The URL can be used to link to this page

09010104 PLANSNOTE. (N) FAN COIL SHALL BE ATTACHED TO (N) '822' BEAM W/ 1�'0 CAP SCREWS, MIN., EA. SIDE (2 TOTAL PER (N) 3"0 ROD. T1 '8103' ANGLE FITTING W/ 0 M.B. & WASHER ERED ON BEAM, TYP. r-(E) N. GLB., TYP. (E) 4x NAILER ANGLE FITTING (E) HSS6x6 W/ M.B. & WASHER CENTERED ON 4x NAILER, TYP. ALT. CONNECTION STEEL TUBE (N) '822' I �J BEAM i (2 TOTAL) (N) FAN COIL, MAX. WT. =300(f 6'-0' MAX. (E) 1" GYPCRETE OVER }" PLYWOOD SHEATHING 0 0 (N) }"0 M.B. J, W/ WASHER 7 MIN. (E) TJL PURLIN TYP. (N) 'SEC-1- SEISMIC SWAY BRACE SYSTEM W/ d"O AIRCRAFT CABLE, TYP. (4 TOTAL) PLAT (N) '8202' FLATE ® (N) 'SBC-1', TYP. CONNECTION @ GLULAM 16" ® FLOOR 24" 0 ROOF f� 1 (N) NAILS, --44 TYP.N) (N) LAC SCREW (4 TOTAL) (N) 4"0 M.B. j i X 4S, / (C SWAY TYP., BRACE, TYP. PLAN DETAIL 1q 3/4"-1 -O_ S I (N) 3.6 FLAT BLKG. (N) 2 ROWS 8d ® 6" O.C. STAGGERED (N) J"0 M.B. CENTERED (N) 1"0 LAG SCREWS (}" LEAD (N) 2 ROWS i6tl ON (N) BLKG. sZ HOLE REQUIRED) CENTERED ON ® 6" O.C., THE UNDERSIDE OF THE TOP STAGGERED CHORD (2 LAG SCREWS ON EA. TOP CHORD) CEM (N) "0 M.B. W/ MW. 2" (N) '8103' ANGLE FIRING PENETRATION FROM BRACE TO CENTERED M.B. &WASHER UNDERSIDE OF (N) 3x6 FLAT SLEEPERON DBL. 2x BLKG. DETAIL_ 2 (N) 3"0 M.B. CENTERED ON 4x NAILER (E) 4x NAILER (E) HSS6x6 ALT. CONNECTION @ STEEL TUBE i 4'-6" MAX. SEE 51 FOR NOTES NOT SHOWN (N) }"O M.B. CENTERED ON (N) BRACE (N) 'B22' BEAM, TYP. I 6'-0' MAX. I \ / Lo- CONNECTION @ OPEN -WEB TRUSS GENERAL NOTES 1. (E) DENOTES EXISTING CONSTRUCTION (N) DENOTES NEW CONSTRUCTION 2. 20'-0'3 DENOTES EXISTING DIMENSION 2'-0"" DENOTES DIMENSION PROVIDED BY VENDOR. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY. 3. SEE STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS THIS SHEET 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND/OR ORDERING MATERIALS. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. 5. WEIGHT OF UNIT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING IS THE MAXIMUM WEIGHT ALLOWED INCLUDING ATTACHED ACCESSORIES 6. THE SIZE, LOCATION AND ORIENTATION OF THE MECHANICAL UNITS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE UNIT SUPPLIER. ANY CONFLICT SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. 7. SEE Si FOR SUPPORT AND BRACING OF (N) FAN COIL FROM (E) GLB. OR (E) HSS6x6 0 SEE 51 FOR SUPPORT AND BRACING OF (N) FAN COIL FROM (E) OPEN WEB TRUSS 0 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS :) 5 1/8 GLB. FRAMING DOUGLAS FIR COAST REGION, CONFORMING TO WEST COAST LUMBER INSPECTION BUREAU STANDARD GRADING AND DRESSING RULE NO. 17 AS AMENDED TO DATE. MOISTURE CONTENT AT TIME OF FABRICATION SHALL NOT EXCEED 19% AS SHOWN BY TESTING. 1. 2x, 3x, 4x JOISTS AND BEAMS, NO. 1 (IODOF-b), 123-B, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. 2.4. 3.4 STUDS AND BLOCKING, STANDARD GRADE, PARR 122-C, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PANEL POINT.- TYP. (N) }'0 ALL THREADED ROD, TYP. (N) '622' STRUT BEAM 4'-6" MAX. SEE 51 FOR NOTES NOT SHOWN (N) }"O M.B. CENTERED ON (N) BRACE (N) 'B22' BEAM, TYP. I 6'-0' MAX. I \ / Lo- CONNECTION @ OPEN -WEB TRUSS GENERAL NOTES 1. (E) DENOTES EXISTING CONSTRUCTION (N) DENOTES NEW CONSTRUCTION 2. 20'-0'3 DENOTES EXISTING DIMENSION 2'-0"" DENOTES DIMENSION PROVIDED BY VENDOR. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY. 3. SEE STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS THIS SHEET 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND/OR ORDERING MATERIALS. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. 5. WEIGHT OF UNIT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING IS THE MAXIMUM WEIGHT ALLOWED INCLUDING ATTACHED ACCESSORIES 6. THE SIZE, LOCATION AND ORIENTATION OF THE MECHANICAL UNITS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE UNIT SUPPLIER. ANY CONFLICT SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. 7. SEE Si FOR SUPPORT AND BRACING OF (N) FAN COIL FROM (E) GLB. OR (E) HSS6x6 0 SEE 51 FOR SUPPORT AND BRACING OF (N) FAN COIL FROM (E) OPEN WEB TRUSS 0 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS :) 5 1/8 GLB. FRAMING DOUGLAS FIR COAST REGION, CONFORMING TO WEST COAST LUMBER INSPECTION BUREAU STANDARD GRADING AND DRESSING RULE NO. 17 AS AMENDED TO DATE. MOISTURE CONTENT AT TIME OF FABRICATION SHALL NOT EXCEED 19% AS SHOWN BY TESTING. 1. 2x, 3x, 4x JOISTS AND BEAMS, NO. 1 (IODOF-b), 123-B, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. 2.4. 3.4 STUDS AND BLOCKING, STANDARD GRADE, PARR 122-C, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PANEL POINT.- TYP. (N) }'0 ALL THREADED ROD, TYP. (N) '622' STRUT BEAM NAILS ALL NAILS SHALL BE BRIGHT COMMON WIRE NAILS. GALVANIZED FOR EXTERIOR WORK. 16d GREEN VINYL SINKERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR lod COMMONS IN ALL APPLICATIONS EXCEPT SHEET METAL CONNECTORS AND PERMANENT EXTERIOR CONDITIONS. 16d GREEN VINYL SINKERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 16d COMMONS AT — OF THE SPACING REQUIREMENT FOR THE 16d COMMONS. > IN NO CASE SHALL GREEN VINYL SINKERS BE USED FOR SHEET METAL CONNECTORS - USE THE zp MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED NAILS. TO PROVIDE CORROSION RESISTANCE. NAILS INTO PRESSURE PRESERVATIVE TREATED AND FIRE-RETARDENT TREATED WOOD SHALL BE HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED: a a HOWEVER, SOME METHODS OF PRESSURE -TREATING MAY ACT ADVERSELY WITH GALVANIZED METAL COMPONENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER SUPPLIER THAT - a GALVANIZED COMPONENTS WILL NOT BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED. Wo p1. LAG SCREWS LAG SCREWS SHALL BE AA307 FASTENERS LEAD HOLES SHALL DRILLED FOLLOWS: w THE SHALL BE FOR A DEPTH EQUAL TO THE UNTHREADED PORTION OF THE SHANK, THE LEAD HOLE -� THE SAME DIAMETER AS THE SHANK: FOR THE THREADED PORTION, THE DIAMETER SHALL BE 40% ¢ TO 707. OF THE DIAMETER OF THE SHANK TO THE SPECIFIED DEPTH OF PENETRATION. LEAD HOLES SHALL BE LUBRICATED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. o w n ¢ THREADED RODS - ASTM A36 MATERIAL MEETING THE MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A307. N o - MACHINE BOLTS - ASTM A307. HOLES IN STEEL SHALL BE 1/16- OVERSIZED U.N.O. o B-LINE CHANNELS AND FITTINGS 8- LINE CHANNELS AND FITTINGS SHALL BE THOSE MANUFACTURED BY B-LINE SYSTEMS. INC., HIGHLAND, ILLINOIS OR APPROVED EQUAL. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S 5,m' RECOMMENDATIONS. SEISMIC SWAY BRACE SYSTEM o m; p O N SEISMIC SWAY BRACE SYSTEM SHALL BE THOSE MANUFACTURED BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED, HAUPPAUGE, NEW YORK. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. U y STEEL AIRCRAFT CABLE STEEL AIRCRAFT CABLE SHALL BE 7.19 STRAND CORE AND CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SEISMIC SWAY BRACE SYSTEM MANUFACTURED BY MASON INDUSTRIES. INCORPORATED. W a m HAUPPAUGE, NEW YORK. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. lu a n CONSTRUCTION LIABILITY Li u m CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR AND HIS SUBCONTRACTORS AGREE THAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH Z _ GENERALLY ACCEPTED CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES, CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR 6NQ ,H,IS, o RO SUBCONTRACTORS WILL BE REQUIRED TO ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RES)d31B)EITY-.fOR U n JOB SITE CONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE PRO(IECi INCLUDING Z x W SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY: THAT THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL 1361"E TQ7�' W APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS, AND C( TRUCTIQ CONTRACTOR AND HIS SUBCONTRACTORS FURTHER AGREE TO DEFEND, INDEWTI 'M- Cn HOLD DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL LIABILITY, REAL OR ALLEGED3 Q -1 IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THIS PROJECT, EXCEPT LIABILTY . Q ARISING FROM THE SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF DESIGN PROFESSIONAL.` Q T O as U o I m I OL v cn a PLYWOOD O O -(E) TJL PER PLAN Er f U 0 Q "+ J O m (N) gT`a M.S CENTERED IN 2x SLEEPERS - CINCH TIGHT (00 O C) w NOT CRUSH STEEL WEBS) C� Of z LLJ u (N) DBL. 2.8 SLEEPERS - SPAN Ln U w 2 MIN. PANEL POINTS Q J N (— O .Q N �- ..�. J UJ P,1 " I L :> Q_ SHEET NUMBER 0,,. .1 SHEETS g$ R 9 $ cExnRas�lA _--. _ ioP oesnlotrw.$ I ;^`COM.FNEFAiED,AWU3i1O3FAUM. j i(! '� LouNeraw.TE .--FMW FKf TEXnRFD8PGX1E0K 7ae'WOODSRAFPA�miO PER �®L1E0,m. STRLCTI.wIL LRA.waIES 1?0.YW000ptoSB SHFAnmlGPm U) W^ I..I.. SifiA.•MUl GYPSW BW+D A srTYFExGYP. N).m. B. W.AT ERRESKfA SMWEGYP. (-.. m.ATPUA6NOWNLSORwETAPFK 1'OtSifdCDAULON.YI VGS .- oWO.TTnp(SROLr)WIW011 EOUV.wEAT1FAAE3tSTAAT i A4PP]FR G Sb'CEMEfOngtSBOND AT CEPIABL � -ROD(K� � r+rw0005RDiNA1wG0,e'OG SEIfiLWm10, GVDE9'Iml PIPEtte�D. NETK UM /.\ + J J DAG WDN312AmLTHp(F13ER(3K3 SOMA ATIflNA1gR NJUAIKWN Silo aHlY.ATIKN OYP. �.ro j 1 _3C0ITSRA%0-:NSNdTF%IUE KSOEDUiD Q ST,.ASwiMTIlPE30R WORM'Nl soETYs roc.m. OVA ~—W,FPESOEDUFA { N 1 BVSEKStl®ltID O i N I. GDHf.FwEAAIm,ALDV311CSFNAYT,m �ROORFE�4KSClEO{AID -AllEXTERIORui A EO Z eun TYPE Oi ,.IRAsrmmowAuwwnsnKco TYPE E] ,mRATmmowNEvrtmsnwco FIE Mi,GPH11S1 CAD FNEREORYE PARN„dl WilMp. iNE RAtWGpEAB1J1 ®GFNEfE561NF PA(IIIfICW M11dt• TAMEp&pRMNb1XlDN TFSfE]B,IIFMNbIXION BFAApO NON-METALIC PIPE THROUGH 1-HOUR RATED WALL 13 srxr:r. ra TESTEDASSF}@LY: IA.SYATEF.11q.w{.11 T$ AFNN.US. RUSN OFt ADiH SURFACES OF WAIL `SAuESTDiOrAr1OProENY1S1VBaBSIEOYWT T.EN RK AWIDN11E y \AEY 1S8 E SPALE BEIW'EEN TUBE OR WlAUrt MAY BEO• AT NIMOFCONfACr. - SB• TYPE x GYPSUM BMItO. mm. METALLIC PIPE THROUGH 1-HOUR RATED WALL 14 wpe,• FXEOFI A FA[Ea51EA1HG esr ) yr TYPE 1NDlR RAIm.lON 6EAF@iGWALLRGA FEE W.WP.iBAj f W(IN SDJlD AiIEMYInNG NStMTAN SiLPAiekC JJ f311MTm TEATEO ASSEMULY: tASYSTEY N0. FC-DCB, .7 UA NON¢Tm=ma'Tnm ABSIPwE OR WtEIrt NSfAAFD LEMma msm sSl3TFMa aw�tTTEDwBOMoaT,lc E ROO,CEINGASSHBY. _ - � Lw,weKs WR G WLE f IIIESYE RIS00 dt WIIN Mr IRl TXOOES4 Wf IImI 11E ANFAUS qua SUPfALE CFFIDLttt sa• r1{DOEss MlTlm, TIE AMMOS a nE eonaN swFALE LF,EANO , uYTAaxTYPEY: cTPa1BN1t0 ---_7apasTwwul$ COYT. FRERnTm, AOOV3i1C sulAvr.m. OOIIREIa RAfE FM91 F/AE TFXIIAE9 d PANTED KSD�IDUEO.m. GYPSW BOVD sm•mExG».m-m. A Sr WAIFRPFSt3TAMi1PEx GYP. m. AT RIMPNG W.VIS Qt iwrAPEK G SKCDF1DInW38pARDAT N mMERE SgEIXAID L SASEKSC,®IAm 30,E RATE CONT. FwEtN1m,ADDISiIC sFUANr.m. ROORTNSIKSCF4Olim s: e1FooR+G$ -- '.---ac�cEuwAssEvay$ 1 i? OEFP CO W XA]ON FROIECIEn.! 51V P FD, $! E 6 �? LNTti i F/ Ll (AT TOP d BOTiON n1M U iW K IE(S OF 1.6 7 (C W NN Rm. PFATESTm ASBE,pBLY) m.ATRUATW WALLS a1WET G em•aMD1nI SDOVNAT aRAI W' I,?WDEBY, U7D PROTEMSTER-S=FPAt2Xi PFA STPoIC, W L DADA rA Gx Jm.. gN O.GIWCR FERTESIEOKJDA¢YT t'-TICKatENJ. Woo4S ATTDRlATN6 NSUATID, NAWOTN r TrvEsuc GYPswwAUBp•AD S.ISEKSYOIAm arrt. FVEaun n, AL OI6TIC sFUAvr, m ATTaaNATOY TYPE ❑B tN01NPA1B1.loAD3FAIGrcwAu{cAFFs,ro.wPsero/ TYPE a ,+patNATm sIRGrwAufuoeaw,NatN1A W(M9XWATTDJATmA NJUAi1pN T STCPATNGJ9ESTMAIm STC PAttIGJB ESIllA1FD ALWSDVAT/SIXIAOF/DEmtOSYSiEN,m. 1 tKACObTYATINV1 m30uTANSifRAT STUDWAMS d SEK WITH SdOONE tout m. RYwV CO T d G SUBRI-0OR PEN StRA:11RLL Z_-a— GENERAL WALL NOTES i. ITY uDmltA, SIfH mo FPAV@FG GAIAA 2 SEESiWIC01PAt DRAWWGS FORROOIt 51AB6CONgiEIEWALL Sff NGaKATAK A sffFrssnsamAEFatFxsE.c t SEESPmNG1KKi4 PoRMAiEi+Yl5AV1ADOfiYAYLiWPoA11KKl A FONALL0.V,®NGWNI3.ALLSa0.Y, XOTAYATBt,fATNA WASIEND aANPwIW NlsraEvleNATIONsaATmrolm,N�aRDmuTE wnTFAnox xolsE ru rrEs swu eE,souTm - OO HOTALAW TFE eewa. PwEcwEaaPxPSEruvcEns.anvKv£sroovscnrTouw THESiR1KNiES,UO4, OYPSW 9PWO,OROMRPPFS & NSTALL}Ur 3ATTN5UATgNN01NE0.1rRElNA4AAT®SIVONID ' JOISTSPALES OOATIDVNG WATERPWGWIBIWNIAMALEI,R TOA tNNG9'ACEOttf0,6,C 1AFAOR6'iNEEI,NYp IAaTS T. NLN.OVSOCSFNMTSWKBEAAfKMtANEAS 0I,EAYY4E GA,ID. � �d N1JaHTSnlLNASSEI�ESSIi41CORSSTaAfNSHCDATOAEi{A Y { . SQUTCH6 BItMNe/SEWATKAfYtI®IY2IAYERSafAAlDNO /} a PIPDti®ARAIVA 17HIA In, ARCHITECTS in AY li C-11824 AfU�RiTG CRroIV,n ABY REStF)1t FAPOSEO FA=AS$0FEDUID E9'TYPESGtPAAIBON+DATf/t1EDTO8FlA1 I W(M23GA lml,d8'STE£IRABEILS®IDOLMmoy �t � �w 4CTED ARKt®TOIF�ERJEE0G8ENl.fM91K �� 2"NONMETALLIC PIPE THROUGH 1-HR FLOOR/CEILING FIRE PROTECTED T.S. COLUMN AT EXT. WALL - PLAN FIWALL -SECTION RATED PITCHED TRUSS ROOF ASSEMBLY - SECTION z w>Er. ra % rxr•T vr. ry 4 scuEffrr•ra• 1 SGUE,__: 't--, a v� S PDACL AAt PB&IMTKN 1FYSTEM NO. F.C,1 O 1' FAU1 PA1m,TYPIb1 ROORASSEAEIY TYP, U15Y51EK NO.FG103{—,'GYPalETE10W GYPSIINLFIIEIIt O Z ULOESA]INOI5ffi zam. Ne I Atarsil SaxmDG.Na +G,AAm. _ V� WRT{PROOFVIc PFN3FEQiCAT R p RYwVW 9wRA0R 'rlml - .� I—,KADasnaWrrw,vlssanTlwsTTm•Ar slam RxFDEaac RnsTracTwa J; t yi. mowuudsFKwnrsiw,E CAUXm. >:Roam+cRNmuiuluowmacsroForoA • wlulttm. _. _ _. -.._ _ _ -_ RYWOCOTIG SI8FtD01t PENSIRICILML �� A, xaeu STOB6NWTK SCFtmUID ORSY•'NOS UJ I Ta D#?PDaOPB,WFB0.DLRJOIST _._ ArrAcnaultRroumsPsmEaFwaR _._. ____�___—gCAfgPiWG$ Q. RDOIt J013TPEHSTRA':TU+K. AEtTINGWIMIETKATTAfHIFNfQwA,m. _ -- MAwA%:5 SIRUCfuBII WSIVPED(SgIM7 aiTIWAR hNVV3t PEli A1RUCTUNtOMWNCSATSTFB WAGRNEFIAAE.UFE FS1900tw 4 m STER OOIUtBl PER 51iBGTUW. BFAM3,m. TAORPNWIBCIDPDOPFA riESBSFiW53E5 III EOUKFPFSiaPNC3EAUNTAPRIm - DPAWN45 EYTYPEC't:RYJNb ATLKGIDTOR00i PFRSIPoA:IUVLIXUwP45 QN'OA,RK t Y WGHYt'Imt TROOESSWOIW itE eB•TYPExGYP3WBOWDAT)AD m FFAImK.W(MdSW WLtm'fJLVk✓0D RJOIW,.NRAFTPIPEiI &L!®BATTNYAA,iKN NMtU30NTa SL AmwRooR6 SiEfl SnAS WOHT\PESpTAVNL3CREwS- RESAFNf fIFtlW00UME5ATJa'0.4m.- WOH1PDn MTNOTYREIi 50'IHtl0ES3 W(IlminENewrsa GAE mOSm FADESKSCfEDAFD.8W106 G,SNKSQEDAFDWXFAF 4YPSLN ROGOSm TNEBOTIW SWGACEa CEU.VG - - NEmeE�VFRIIGULYNITM]Ilf BOTTONa HO�DNTKJOPRS@OiLOMtlfdNa0PN1VlcBft0012J05fPFR-_-_....__,� �A)iGK3YlYY STPoA:TWLMUWNGA 5STYPEY•OYPSW BOKOATTKAEAropI001t C i IAYFRa Ye'iYPECGIPSYBL/AO EJOFIULRWALL WALLTiPEi SIWAIU+AL3TERWSI.Pm BFJNPRt FRMRtlG WftH)J Gl fAN 14G4VANIFD G A BYNESIENT >7 � � 51RlGTLWLOPNrN4S (ltT31 SCf�IAED YhEPFGYP5VN6E)0'aED K . aC COM.SIiCA.1YP%'IL ATNIGYPSINXkR3 t �; f 0.'\VI.YNWAT IJWIS. m. ' Atl'T1PE'C GIPSW OWTO ATTIaEAroBEAN !f�31WlFJi{S � Ott tMM2J W 1ml,saSRBNANTAS®1r OG _ I ALUmAY STORffPa1TK3DEDASA ATTAATEUtOINaBEIW-FNSXK ttwPER nBAG EENSTAtIm AGAGLLVKQm IETK WMEIAFAO WGN SDEDAFOWeEIEGYP3U16EYP06m W RRKGLLYOSYMAI1IY i.,KIEGSGPPIEDATKIIbP`E7✓SWIM N6 --iEfK WfA9t MliE WONmWtld6'IF45. vnTHMEFVTEsras5lEMatxaxv MAa{.OwrmuaxmAmlmame zam.PlTsl m. s,¢aA M.woR,EDonmMSDEsa WwERBEAD,m.—cwsuNRmTEGTFOSTm1ATFExrcaAw MAA PAETw,trN FIxRtE1AGAssFAelr. eEYaowTt�ocaws METALLIC PIPE THROUGH 1-HR FLOOR/CEILING FIRE PROTECTED STEEL COLUMN AT EXT. WALL- WALL FIRE PRO CTED STEEL BEAM - SECTION TYPICAL RATED FLAT ROOF scAlEr•ry $ suE:t,¢•ra 5 srAli=, vr•ro• 2 sAlEf vr•ra• TESTED ASSEMBLY: iHOURRATFD SiFACOIAN O iASYS1EM Na w{-Toos uLOFSGvra.zm ' —rowaETE)mocfvsw LGGtaD z.wvoo sTw aesrEEl MIT awm�oG,m. A$$E48IY�.AS WSCIEDIAID TIEOAW IXtEQlyyppaV3'11$WPoA]if}K,NBATTAD® I—iKA[IXA'RW.TI WAJL 650tA1Kel STPoPAT 3)AY TIaGO.'EAS Of MM,a WKIORPMTIi/>VK SOEDIAID TO FADHCOPA4Ra3TEEl COILitITIP. PGF MNERAL1WOl GATT INSIAATtONM.T.S. FNIA.Y 9ACIG=D IMOOPENNG ASA AWUS'11LSrNARTAT wNLSW1MMgATG �w.�- - SIRICIUVL WSFVPm3pfHCOLUWI PFA 5IRA.'IMK pPAwNGS-wW1Wl EO, PEit IES'TmG55flb.Y PFRAI/V1E1'f T GpUI. PACAINO ELESSED NT M1mWAIL(PAOMECOATIAOVSSNOF'E _ - UTFIL51lITYPEx 1@t GYP9.M 00A9T ATTADf®roSiFEl - FROMB BOTHSW FNOMBOTNSURFACES OF STaPPp JH1A,NUIaES301ntETBOYF5 PAIFD SAAA wtMTYPE500.1WALL3tlEW3-FTMS4KSOEDMFA THE WAIL AA REO. TO fOR1JgUTWALLOD'6TEA:IeJNAREt6EDj BDARDSA9F roeEAPPlFp19nKN1Y WIIIIDVTHOfCNfDK THE REIL ACOUMGS"S ANTS, 71tIC101E550F SF�UANT. O NKLfXfAFAW(TPADS (ATNA1mWAllAPADABEfNESAFlgN3UAlON .fait MDURMieA,AP0.YTUYERSacYP3lMfORATOTK c�Psle,napo¢ssa rryloxp ,r.0 Np+Nu (al AROUOOVTIETeW( UAESSgIRET B6.FS RAIm -fOfifFDIRPARG.MPlYJ1AYERSa41A3W FgiAroTK EEA m)JN0.3a WVGE OR HEAVIER) STEEt DUCT(N.TS.) fOR 11,DU1WALL WHSTM1Ln0NAPEV3m) GrpStNTHCpESSai-1? mCEMFSYSWITHTIE flCCTPX/IOVI,ET00A 16GAOKYA>dhDIETK E.DwTIH1•iK1EC3APPL® i FIRESTAP SYSTEM. STEEL NT MiFD WAtlSl6EddYSI133HLDIRIfM ATALLCDtbFFS WIM UI6'TMp(Ja(TC0160.WAPRFDfk61 DucT ToeE Rlcav TEDONBOTHSIDES wnEramuwrExcEmNca•+raRusa,rrE NpVFS NAaFA3TAG(IENBAIXTO BAIXDJSI£TS AWSHAPE COLUMN maslsrAo, m. OF WALLASSEAUSY. SEE w&L m IOGTmwfnml TlE SAM: STW GYffYDYNItN. MECHANK'Al DNAWNGS FON m.l i HOIR RAim3TEfLCDUMt oa L S. ,IACATION,6 DETAAS. EtmIRYKOROATAfaA{AT ULOE4GNiq.15A WA GNACE RAtAE3A:E ! SIRIKf1.-FEa,MSiE6COLUAIPfRSTRUCIUOLOMwtXS FSt9000R EAUAI -l+a TS kKREO.PoRRATIG FINESTOPPiNG SFAIANT APPUEow'ITH,7MAIL AmusTlLNsuATaxxTErLowrtsRRww. xuYGAaa1F�MN �PS<rwAueoFrmForlEswRYSEawm TW WtESSwR,9NTNE srcE TDS,B3COLaAYAW sJCCESJNE urErt wGABMODAPRIm Awtuuls. RtrsH oN eom WTiHOVT,ORNNTKANfS WR'kREDQSaFALNUYFA STADOEfdD. wulDo•.NUTDteRowouTENutERSEcuEp AUNFACEA of wAu. TocauwmM odAlFAoarpa ,eBW oNgsTEawNE ss TrPE xcYPsuAeouN, B. TUBULAR STEEL COLUMN mvM=Iro.4n+fwro�TASAwAPRYormwxl lW. CgwOUA.FND1IFA'OSm FAD:SSKSCIEfANm. DUCT THROUGH 1-HOUR RATED WALL ELECTRICAL DEVICE BOX IN RATED/ACOUSTIC WALL �� FIRE PROTECTED INTERIOR STEEL COLUMN -PLAN Rr 15 21STEEL 12 - - rxeEvr -va• scu r•ro __ I \ LNAWYX:S(KTS.) CONT. S.I Ptp ATAkD3,m. i BOTitd1 D,OB0a0PEFi WEB R00R.,c6TPElt sTmlcTufA1 LNAwvrs dT TYPE Y' 4YPS1M BOND ADAl]lm ro ft00R ro I FtuMAGwm+zsoAlml,rrcuvANan PESUFNT fURtPJ^.s DUH83 AT )t• OL- m: _ Fw4NKACIEDUFDw1EGEL1P3tM 6FJ6YMFD N TYf E C GYPSUI BNltT ATTK.+®TO SFN, _ N1TN]$GA YK,EB'AtH1RAYfItS®160.G ARN]®TO UAEAMDEaef •FvffiNK \ SCNEDAFD INEIE 4YMW6EARSm j\ GYPStNPWTEG,msTEapuAN1EY0N0 I MnmEocams IETKCIXnDt AYPif WRNEOVK tE?IEGS. m. � —CYPSW FROTECI81 Sif8,AJIENT000AN BEVIX.n W1EPE000NS FIRE PRO CTED GLULAM BEAM - SECTION sr lEt vr.rc • susPE,Om FPa9ED TaNcmE�oaus mowARKsc1,®utA,ntant saws PRELIMINARYSET NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 4SSEMBLY-SECTION - ]300] PERMRAEf aMm RRImsErpEYUFA; t — iWiC1EDt REYEDKI IJIDJR MIm.TI➢KAL 0.00R 55H0.Y I ULDFS1OV,q.lS16 � 2 m 0.ANDEO(FEYDIIX51 muwGUK3gmucow,ErEoodxlc s t IRAAQEOKREYGO131 WALLBISEKSOEAAm a PERMTAMENOIEM/t Ut' KOIAf tilAT I WNl SCJIATgN 51R9 AT STA WALL565(Al WIMSdCCAFGMAXm. _ Fwls,RooRKsa�ulo r LYPaiETE a Bo cTPMn! aA1Exr sAr+tYD++c 0.0piIMFAtAYMDpi0.9tAC01A1NMT,SDIPL DEMETmiGsrslEllm. RAT D '.a .. o PEN9TRUC,LPKOMVPA�S ••••••. •••-,•.•�-_ � Sle'DPESG1951Y BONDATTIpED tO fL001t M1wwS FNAWIG WIM)J W IIX 1G'GAIVAATdD RE3AA(T PwRrtA aAMII3ATNO.Cm.-FA41K PERMI AMENDMENT SpED/.E0NIEAEGYP3W t3 EV+X['D SUBM AL PROVYIE UCPEAPETAt ARGMLJEALALLA%(IS wIM FPFPATm MDSTIIA sFA1A4T PFADER PFR SiPoGtU V1 OTUWW GS - OttBtF,a PV,IES,gA,i Su$PEIAm f NSfEO G821GMIFREOQ]dK N+✓w:t R 1l101RIm1 RAIm STIR WALLKSOEDUIID W1ENE TYDPICAL RAT D FLOOR/CEILASSEMBLY -SECTIONAl 0. 3 s. E,ur•ra I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 110 11 12 13 14 15 i f 16 17 18 PI NI MI LI KI HI GI FI EI DI CD C i_ 00 �- 0 0 0 --6 s U3 K � B U) 0 a S a 0 0 Q zz A 0 W 0 a 0 W U) GENERAL NOTES 22. THE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE TIMELY ARRIVAL OF ALL SPECIFIED 42. (3G ANU/UK I HEIR KESF'EU I WE SUIT-UUN I KAU I UK JHALL VtKit-Y, UUUNUINA I t FINISH MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, LIGHT FIXTURES AND ANY OTHER SUCH AND/OR INSTALL ANY SMOKE DETECTION AND/OR FIRE ALARM CONNECTORS AS MATERIALTO BE UTILIZED ON THIS PROJECT. THE GC SHALL NOTIFY THE REQUIRED PER LANDLORD AND CITY. CSPM IN WRITING WITHIN 10 DAYS OF DATE OF CONTRACT OF THOSE 43. GC AND/OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY, COORDINATE SPECIFIED ITEMS THAT MAY NOT BE READILY AVAILABLE. IF NOTIFICATION IS AND/OR INSTALL ANY FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED PER LANDLORD NOT RECEIVED BY THE CSPM, THE GC ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE AND CITY. PROPER ORDERING AND FOLLOW-UP OF SPECIFIED ITEMS AND WILL PURSUE 44. ANY REQUIRED FIRE DAMPER ASSEMBLIES INCLUDING SLEEVES AND WHATEVER MEANS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO CHARLES INSTALLATION PROCEDURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING INSPECTOR SCHWAB, INSURE AVAILABILITY OF ALL SPECIFIED ITEMS SO AS NOT TO PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CREATE A HARDSHIP ON THE OWNER AND NOT DELAY PROGRESS OF TO 45, PROVIDE FIRE DAMPER WITH FUSIBLE LOUVER WHEREVER DUCT WORK CREATE A HARDSHIP ON THE OWNER AND NOT CONTRACT WILL BE ALLOWED PENETRATES 1-HR, CEILING OR WALL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 23. GC SHALL VERIFY EXACT DIMENSIONS WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS. GC 46. ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND APPROVALS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE FIRE 1. PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING PERMIT, THE APPLICATION SHALL HAVE SHALL VERIFY ALL SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF DUCT OPENINGS BEFORE DEPARTMENT BEFORE BUILDINGS ARE OCCUPIED. EVIDENCE OF CURRENT WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE ON FILE INSTALLATION AND VERIFY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE ARCHITECT, IF ANY. 47. DURING CONSTRUCTION THE GC IS TO PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE WITH THE DEPARTMENT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LOCAL LABOR CODE. 24. ALL EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS, FLASHING, COUNTER FLASHING, COPING AND EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2-A WITHIN (75 FT.) FOOT 2. AFTER OBTAINING BUILDING PERMIT AND BEFORE COMMENCING WITH THE WORK, EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE WATERPROOF. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING ON EACH FLOOR. GC SHALL SHOW EVIDENCE THAT ALL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN MET. 25. CAULKING AND SEALANTS: ALL OPEN JOINTS, PENETRATIONS AND OTHER 48. DOORS OPENING INTO REQUIRED ONE HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE CORRIDORS SHALL FORWARD INSURANCE CERTIFICATE TO CSPM. OPENINGS IN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE SEALED, CAULKED, BE PROTECTED WITH SMOKE OR DRAFT STOP FIRE ASSEMBLY HAVING A 20 3. ALL REQUIRED PERMITS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE REQUIRED AUTHORITIES GASKETED, AND/OR WEATHERSTRIPPED TO LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE TO MEET CODE MINUTE FIRE RATING WITH SELF -CLOSERS. HAVING JURISDICTION BEFORE BUILDINGS ARE OCCUPIED. REQUIREMENTS. 49. MECHANICAL DUCT AND PIPE SHAFTS SHALL BE OF ONE HOUR FIRE RESISTANT 4. GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AND OBTAIN ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES AND PAY 26. USE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AROUND ALL PIPES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, OUTLETS, CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING TOP AND BOTTOM OF ENCLOSURES. REQUIRED FEES. SWITCHES, ETC. ON BOTH SIDES OF CROSSING! PENETRATING WALLS WITH 50. PROVIDE FIREPROOFING OF STRUCTURAL BEAMS AND CEILINGS, ETC., AS 5. GC SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND CRITERIA, AND THERMAL AND ACOUSTIC INSULATION. REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SAME. GC SHALL INVESTIGATE 27. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE SITE IN A NEAT, CLEAN AND ORDERLY 51. ANY WOOD CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. LOCAL CODES AND PROCEDURES AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS. CONDITION UPON THE CONCLUSION OF HIS WORK ON A DAILY BASIS, ALL 52. ALL NOISE BARRIER BATTS (SOUND INSULATION) SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE. 6. GC SHALL MEET WITH LANDLORD AS REQUIRED BEFORE CONSTRUCTION WASTE, RUBBISH AND EXCESS MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE 53. ANY DECORATIONS USED SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE OR BE FLAME PROOFED COMMENCES. GC SHALL MEET WITH LANDLORD AND CAPTURE ANY LANDLORD PROMPTLY. THE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF IN AN APPROVED MANNER. COSTS (SECURITY/ENGINEER, DUMPSTER, ETC.) PRIOR TO BID. ALL TRASH, INCLUDING OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AND TRASH GENERATED BY 54. ALL REQUIRED EMERGENCY EXITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EXIT SIGNS HAVING 7. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED IMPROVEMENTS, INCLUDING ELECTRICALAND OWNERS GC'S FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. LETTERS SIX (6) INCHES HIGH AND 314" WIDE IN CONTRASTING COLORS. SEE MECHANICAL. 28. SAFETY: ALL CONDUCT, WORK EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FULL PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 8. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS PREVAIL IN ALL INSTANCES. ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST SAFETY RULES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL 55. ANY MATERIALS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED 9. A COPY OF LANDLORD'S FINAL APPROVED PLANS MUST ON SITE DURING AUTHORITIES AND AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. CONSTRUCTION. 29. CONSULT BUILDING UTILITY PLANS AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS BEFORE SAW 56. WORK COMPLETED BY OTHERS SHALL BE PROTECTED. IF OTHER TRADES CAUSE 0. INSPECT SITE, E, VERIFY FIELD DIMENSIONS BEFORE COIRAIVIENCING CONS T RUC I IQIV. CUTTING/CHOPPING CONCRETE SLAB OR CORE DRILLING CONCRETE SLAB. ANY DAMAGE IT IS THE RESPONSIBii_i I Y OF SAID TRADE TO COORDINATE NOTIFY CSPM, ARCHITECT AND LANDLORD IMMEDIATELY OF ANY SIGNIFICANT SPECIAL ATTENTION AND PRECAUTION MUST BE GIVEN BY THE GC TO REPAIRS WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST OR SCHEDULE CHANGES TO THE OWNER. DISCREPANCIES. COORDINATE AROUND THE EXISTING MECHANICAL WORK LOCATED IN THE 57. GC TO SCHEDULE FINAL CLEAN ON THE SUNDAY BEFORE OPEN DATE 11. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON PLANS ARE TO FACE OF EXTERIOR MASONRY, CONCRETE CEILING BELOW THE DEMISED PREMISES. GC SHALL RECEIVE SEPARATE SUPERVISED BY CSPM. R COLUMN OR GRID LINES AND FACE OF GWB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED O R WRITTEN APPROVAL BY LANDLORD AFTER TENANT SUBMITS A COORDINATED 58. FIREBLOCKING AND DRAFT STOPPING SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING DETAILED. HEIGHTS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR. SHALL LAYOUT THAT IS APPROVED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. NOT ADJUST DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR," "CLR;' OR "HOLD" WITHOUT STATE APPLICABLE. 59, INTERIOR FLOOR FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES. ACCEPTANCE FROM THE ARCHITECT. 30. GC TO PROVIDE POWER FOR SIGNAGE CONTIGUOUS TO THE NEW SPACE AS 60. PENETRATIONS OF MEMBRANES THAT ARE PART OF A FIRE-RESISTANT RATED 12. FOR SIZE AND LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS FOR MECHANICAL DUCT WORK, REFER NECESSARY. GC TO COORDINATE WITH CSPM AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE FOR HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES. TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. SIGNAGE POWER REQUIREMENTS. 61, FOR FIRE -RATED WALLS OR PARTITIONS, THE SURFACE AREA OF INDIVIDUAL 13. RI WHERE FACTORY FINISHED OR FACTORY PRIMED ITEMS OCCUR, SUCH AS GRILLES, 31. THE SCOPE OF THE WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IS FOR INTERIOR METALLIC OUTLET OR SWITCH BOXES SHALL NOT EXCEED 16 SQ. INCHES. THE DIFFUSERS, METAL TRIM AND ACCESSORIES, ETC., THEY SHALL BE PAINTED IMPROVEMENTS ONLY. OTHER BASE BUILDING SPACES AND CONSTRUCTION AGGREGATE SURFACE OF THE BOXES SHALL NOT EXCEED 100 SQ. INCHES PER MATCH THE ADJACENT SURFACE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ARE NOT IN THIS CONTRACT AND ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY (I.E. 100 SQ. FT, OF WALL SURFACE. BOXES LOCATED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF WALLS 14. LL ALL CUTTING, GC SHALL, IN THE WORK OF ALL TRADES, PERFORM ANY AND A STRUCTURAL WORK, EXIT STAIRS, ELEVATORS, TOILET ROOMS, TELEPHONE OR PARTITIONS SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF PATCHING, REPAIRING, RESTORING AND THE LIKE NECESSARY COMPLETE THE AND ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES, ETC.) INCHES. WORK AND TO RESTORE ANY DAMAGED OR AFFECTED SURFACES RESULTING FROM 32. A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY MUST BE OBTAINED BY THE GC PRIOR TO 62. GC TO PROTECT AND MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATED STRUCTURE AND PATCH G THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION TO THE OCCUPYING ANY BUILDINGS OR PORTIONS OF BUILDINGS. AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY. SATISFACTION OF LANDLORD. ALL ROOF PATCHING AND REPAIRS SHALL RETURN 33. GC TO PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED THROUGHOUT SPACE 63, GC TO INSPECT EXISTING CONDITION OF EXTERIOR GLAZING, STOREFRONT, ETC. NEW" CONDITION. AREA TO "LIKE W INCLUDING EQUIPMENT ACCESSIBILITY, DRAIN CLEANOUTS, AND J BOXES. ANY AND REPORT ANY NOTABLE DAMAGE TO CSPM. CSPM TO COORDINATE WITH 15. THERE SHALL EXPOSED PIPE, CONDUITS, DUCTS, VENTS, ETC., IN PUBLIC ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED BUT NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS NEED TO BE LANDLORD FOR REPAIRS TO SUCH AREAS. AREAS. COORDINATED AND IDENTIFIED TO ARCHITECT AND CSPM PRIOR TO WORK. 64. ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A MINIMUM 16. GC SHALL COORDINATE WORK PERFORMED BY OTHER CONTRACTORS. 34• ON RENOVATIONS AND EXPANSIONS, WHEN THE BRANCH SPACE IS OCCUPIED, PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. THE GC SHALL DISCREPANCIES, IF ANY, SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION THE CSPM GC AND ALL VENDORS WILL BE REQUIRED TO PERFORM ALL WORK AFTER PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS, WARRANTIES AND FOR RESOLUTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. CHARLES SCHWAB BUSINESS HOURS AND ON WEEKENDS. GGS ARE TO BID OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UPON FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 17. SHOULD THE DRAWINGS DISAGREE WITH THEMSELVES WITH THE THE PROJECT APPROPRIATELY AS NO CHANGE ORDERS WILL BE ISSUED FOR 65. DURING ALL CONSTRUCTION, THE GC IS TO PROTECT ANY AND ALL EXISTING DISAGREE WITH THEMSELVES, IS SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOULD THE SPECIFICATIONS DI TIME PREMIUMS. ALSO, THEY ARE TO PROVIDE A SCHEDULE WHICH IS TO BE COMPUTERS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FROM DUST AND DAMAGE THE BETTER QUALITY AND/OR GREATER QUANTITY WORK MATERIALS SHALL REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY CSPM. GC IS TO VERIFY WITH CSPM IF SPACE IS DURING ALL PHASES OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING THE BE ESTIMATED UPON AND SHOULD BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT AS A REQUEST IN FACT OPERATIONAL. EXISTING EQUIPMENT ROOM. GC SHALL COORDINATE THE PROTECTION OR FOR INFORMATION. 35. THE GC SHALL FURNISH A SITE TELEPHONE AND FAX OPERATING RELOCATION OF ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT WITH THE CSPM PRIOR TO 18. ANY ERROR OR OMISSION APPEARS IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GC SHALL C THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, AND ALSO HAVE DAILY PROTECTION/RELOCATION EFFORTS. DAMAGE TO ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF SUCH ERROR OMISSION BY COMPLETING A ACCESS TO EMAIL. CAUSED BY NEGLECT OF THE GC SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC TO REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM, AND SUBMITTING IT TO THE CSPM AND 36. THE GC WILL PROVIDE SUPERVISION VIA AN ON -SITE FULL TIME REIMBURSE THE CSPM THE AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENT. ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. SUPERINTENDENT FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT UNTIL 19. GC TO VERIFY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION THAT ALL ASSEMBLIES WITHIN THE SPACE ALL PUNCH LIST ITEMS ARE COMPLETED AND SIGNED OFF BY SCHWAB PM AND OPERATE PROPERLY INDIVIDUALLY AND IN CONJUNCTION WITH ADJACENT THROUGH THE INVESTOR OPENING AT WHICH TIME THE FURNITURE AND SYSTEMS AND REPORT ANY CONFLICTS TO THE CSPM AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO TECHNOLOGY ARE COMPLETED AND SIGNED OFF ON BY SCHWAB PROJECT FINAL INSTALLATION. MANAGER. 20. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ARE PERMITTED WITHOUT ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN APPROVAL. 37. GC SHALL RECEIVE AND SAFEGUARD ANY AND ALL PACKAGES, SHIPMENTS 21. GC IS TO SUBMIT COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT, VIA EMAIL AND DELIVERIES ADDRESSED TO CHARLES SCHWAB. GC SHALL NOTIFY CSPM WHENEVER POSSIBLE, FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF ALL PRODUCTS BEING USED VIA EMAIL WHEN SUCH DELIVERIES ARRIVE. FOR THIS PROJECT. GC IS ALSO TO SUBMIT COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS TO 38. GC TO PROVIDE WEEKLY PROGRESS DIGITAL PHOTOS TO THE CSPM VIA EMAIL. ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL ON ANY AND ALL CUSTOM BUILT 39. GC TO PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SIGNS CONFORMING TO APPLICABLE BUILDING MILLWORK, CABNETRY, FIXTURES, ETC. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER BACK OFFICE/PANTRY MILLWORK, LOBBY WEB TRADER FIXTURE, PLASMA SCREEN INFORMATION. SURROUND, ETC. AND MUST BE DONE IN EVERY CASE REGARDLESS OF HOW 40. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL EXIT SIGNS AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN TYPE, NUMBER MANUFACTURER MATCHES ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. AND LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. 41. INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL NOT EXCEED A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AT EXIT CORRIDORS (WALLS AND CEILING). NOTE: ITEMS WITHOUT (4) MARKS DO NOT APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. Of W m W W R V Q 0 tr NOTE: ALL WORK SHOWN IN z 0 Q= z z a,- z 0 THESE DOCUMENTS IS THE <n > U N � > W 0 QJ z RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. m} m m} m m m m m m m LU W J z=) z Z) z z z COMMENTS: 1 FURNITURE • s ELECTRICAL BY GC SEE BID DOCUMENTS FOR CABLING 2 MILLWORK • • ELECTRICAL BY C SEE BID DOCUMENTS FOR CABLING 3 APPLIANCES • • ELECTRICAL BY GC 4 FAX/COPIERS/PRINTERS • • ELECTRICAL BY GC 5 SAFE • • 6 POSTAGE METER • • ELECTRICAL BY GC 7 SHREDDER • • ELECTRICAL BY GC 8 (2) SHEETS PLYWOOD, ELEC. @ EQUIP. RM • • ELECTRICAL BY GC 9 EQUIPMENT RACK • • I ELECTRICAL BY GC 10 TELE/DATA SYSTEM HARDWARE I SEE SHEET E5.1 11 SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM • 4- ELECTRICAL BY GC CABLE BY SONITROL 12 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE I I ELECTRICAL BY GC 13 POWER FOR EXTERIOR SIGNAGE • • ELEC. D O ELEC. DRAWINGS 14 EXTERIOR -FACING SCREENS 15 EXTERIOR -FACING SCREEN MOUNTS 16 INTERIOR -FACING SCREENS • • ELECTRICAL BY GC 17 INTERIOR -FACING MOUNTS • • 18 VGA CABLING . @ CONFROOM SCREEN • ELECTRICAL AND ALL CONDUIT BY GC FINAL CONNECTION BY EC 19 MEDIA POLES 20 LIGHT BOXES 21 INTERIOR APPLIED LETTERS AND LOGOS • • 22 INTERIOR BRAND GRAPHICS AND FRAMES • • SCHWAB SPECIFIED VENDOR 23 INTERIOR ARTWORK • • SCHWAB SPECIFIED VENDOR 24 INTERIOR PLANTS • • SCHWAB SPECIFIED VENDOR 25 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS • • 26 ALL FLOOR, CEILING & WALL FINISHES • • 27 GLAZING FILM • • 28 LOW VOLTAGE CABLING • • SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 A . SCOPE OF WORK THIS PERMIT IS FOR INTERIOR TI WORK, INCLUDING LIMITED MEP SCOPE, WITHIN AN EXISTING BUILDING SHELL. THERE IS NO STRUCTURAL WORK INCLUDED. FIRE PROTECTION WORK AND EXTERIOR SIGNAGE IS UNDER DEFERRED SUBMITTAL. SYMBOLSI ABBREVIATIONS VICINITY PLAN TENANT CODE SUMMARY ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE INCAN INCANDESCENT APPLICABLE CODES: ADAAG AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES INFO INFORMATION 1� 3W� 1 Z&BUILDING: 2007 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE SECTION ACT ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES INSUL INSULATE, INSULATION s N 101 SECTION NUMBER , AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR INT INTERIOR -,�, ; , �� , �\�� SHEET NUMBER r n STRUCTURAL: 2007 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE ABV ABOVE 33 , , ACCESS ACCESSIBLE JST JOIST F AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT ` ' 1 PLUMBING: 2007 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE ALT ALTERNATE LAM LAMINATE ` F.c. �'" .*h��_ , �, z , ALUM ALUMINUM LAV LAVATORY a u� I Ins M� i } K �r1il tag? f,1tl MECHANICAL: 2007 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE ELEVATION 1 APPROX APPROXIMATE LT LIGHT 6 r_ k t, Ply�s,,, ELEVATION NUMBER s „ ELECTRICAL: 2007 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE 101 SHEET NUMBER „ BD BOARD MDF MEDIUM DENSITY NETY w &% z f: l s, R� e BLDG BUILDING FIBERBOARD "'" ""' FIRE/LIFE SAF 2007 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE 6, BLKG BLOCKING MATL MATERIAL n ` ; 1 BO BOTTOM OF MAX MAXIMUM ACCESSIBILITY: 2007 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (TITLE 24, PART 2) MECH MECHANICAL s%rek� .'' 101 DETAIL CL CENTER LINE MFR MANUFACTURER ENERGY. 2007 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (TITLE 24, PART 6) DFTAlt NUMBER SHEET NUMBER CAB CABINET MIN MINIMUM t nr. '* CLG CEILING MISC MISCELLANEOUS .,��1-:.. .� 1�_.�1*`1_11.: ..� ..1. ::,�--.i�,,:7q::,�,:I%�::::I1:�*�,,..,�...�'I...".�,,"...1.-:."I�,,;�>1 �� ,!�:,.�. -, .,��.�' �. :�.:I.I.�:a,-y',_� \�__.1G.�\..�..'1__.1,._.II`v'%-, .�...I �, `�,� �III 11 ��I 1, t I� I �-�,., 1:. "'g':z,I �. .: i��;1,. .,1 , ,�;P�.-1:.�Z.,.,',1I _� 1, , �,Z� ::� CLR CLEAR MTL METAL 0xtiZ (X �s BASE BUILDING: L - T 0 CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT �, ''' = v` , " V TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VA (PROTECTED WOOD FRAMED) FULLY SPRINKLERED A COL COLUMN NIC NOT IN CONTRACT Zit<< ,�«��€,,,,, rl �;: �� BUILDING HEIGHT IN STORIES: 1 CONC CONCRETE NTS NOT TO SCALE FLOOR COVERING DETAIL \ i 7 fix. � 101 DETAIL NUMBER CONSTR CONSTRUCTION NO NUMBER ��i ` i'\aa F` la \ M' ;> . TENANT SPACE: 1ST FLOOR SHEET NUMBER CONT CONTINUOUS t A'�' �'` ' , USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION: BUSINESS CORR CORRIDOR OC ON CENTER - - CSPM CHARLES SCHWAB OPNG OPENING - PROJECT MANAGER OPP OPPOSITE 7 ° SQUARE FOOTAGE: +l- 6628 U.S.F. ROOM ,"'��\�`", \ ,,,\ rf")II ROOM IDENTIFICATION CSWK CASEWORK \ \�\\ 4 >►7Vtl ��1u7 CTR CENTER PLYWD PLYWOOD SITE LOCATION CUPERTINO OCCUPANT LOAD: DEMO DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION R RADIUS 19620 STEVENS CREEK BLVD NORTH OCCUPIED AREA: 66281U.S.F./100 = 67 OCCUPANTS DOOR IDENTIFICATION DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN RO ROUGH OPENING NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED: 2 DIA DIAMETER RCP REFLECTED CEILING CUPERTINO, CA 95014 NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED: 3 O KEYNOTE DIM DIMENSION PLAN ON DOWN RD ROOF DRAIN DP DATUM POINT REQ REQUIRED A REVISION IDENTIFICATION DET DETAIL REV REVISION DWG(S) DRAWING(S) RM ROOM SITE MAP ACCESSIBLE PATH OF T RAV E L FINISH IDENTIFIER EC ELECTRICAL SCHED SCHEDULE CONTRACTOR SECT SECTION EQ EQUAL SIM SIMILAR STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD n EA EACH SPEC SPECIFICATION ACCESSIBLE Y PARTITION TYPE EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION SQ SQUARE PATH OF TRAVEL AND FINISH SYSTEM STD STANDARD THROUGH SPACE ACCESSIBLE ACCESSIBLE DATUM POINT EJ EXPANSION JOINT STL STEEL EXIT RESTROOMS 1' ELEC ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL STRUCT STRUCTURE ❑ ELEV ELEVATION SUSP SUSPENDED � - - -= - -� � FLOOR EQUIP EQUIPMENT '!,. -,".%: '*� ' �� ELEVATION MARKER �" -` 1 0'-0" EXIST EXISTING TEMP TEMPERATURE = ;'. ' C-01 10 Otz ' EXP EXPOSED THRU THROUGH _ ' r. f '� PLANT IDENTIFIER EXT EXTERIOR TO TOP OF `' ., . - '�-`'`` ❑ �� PLANT1 TYP TYPICAL "'� ' i I � FC FIXTURE CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER LION UNLESS OTHERWISE '` -� ' Q ::�..:.:. . - � CABINET NOTED I 01 .IN . 3*s,,,� - . . FO FINISHED OPENING UPS UNINTERRUPTED POWER ❑ hl I m R GRAPHICS IDENTIFIER FR FIRE RATED SUPPLY FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME �r� o i � �� FD FLOOR DRAIN VIF VERIFY IN FIELD FIG FIGURE VERT VERTICAL ❑ ' O 0� FIN FINISH VEST VESTIBULE FL FLOOR WC WATER CLOSET Q I U FLUOR FLUORESCENT WIC WOOD INSTITUTE OF FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED CALIFORNIA E ❑ 4__a_zP1T C:::30 11-i . FT FOOT WR WATER RESISTANT W/ WITH AREA OF WORK GC GC W/0 WITHOUT ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD WD WOOD ACCESSIBLE GA GAUGE EXIT a` . HDF HIGH DENSITY \,\ '\`\\\` \\\\(T� c .\\ \\ � �4 \� SCH�►�AB FIBERBOARD SUITE LOCATION HORIZ HORIZONTAL HR HOUR I NORTH NORTH HT HEIGHT _ I&- _.-_._M-_ s _ �_&------------- r r-_� ® ® ® A, w ___ _ - .___ _ _.__ __.__ s _ _ _ 1 2 __ 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0 �\ �, \\�\\\\OMNI�``\\\\\ I\\ \\\\ \\\ ` °\ I °� \\o °° 1 \ \ �\\SCHWAB %a'U P E RT I N 0 ""* FIRST FLOOR NEW LOCATION IMPORTANT NOTE: ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BUILD FROM SETS STAMPED AND DATED AS "CONSTRUCTION SET" ONLY UNLESS INSTRUCTED OTHERWISE. 19620 STEVENS CREEK BLVD., SUITE 100 CHARLES SCHWAB CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 (415)667-6021 Phone (415)667-6006 Fax (415) 740-5250 Cell Project Manager: Amaro Silva e-mail: amaiO.SIIVa@SCiiWab.cGiii Design Manager: Ann Nieman -Smith e-mail: ann.nieman-smith@schwab.com STech: Mike Deninno e-mail: mike.deninno@schwab.com LANDLORD CONTACT KCR DEVELOPMENTS, INC. 19770 Stevens Creek Boulevard Cupertino, CA 95104 (408) 373-1088 Phone Contact: Lisa Lim (408) 343-1088 x8118 Direct (408) 863-7333 Fax ARCHITECT FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE -CINCINNATI, INC. 311 Elm Street, Suite 600 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 (513)241-3000 Phone (513)241-5015 Fax Team Leader: Craig Paul e-mail: cpaul@frch.com Primary Job Captain: Robert Stoll e-mail: rstoll@frch.cwm Secondary Job Captain: Benjamin Madson e-mail: bmadson@frch.com BUILDING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CUPERTINO Building Division 20269 Stevens Creek Blvd. Cupertino, CA 95014 (408) 777-3228 Phone (408) 777-3333 Fax building@cupertino.org PRE, Q, A.t�41� Q 'ONC D S WiD 600 � / ° ;"s i ,fir- _ 'x ,,, set -` �rl%. "IS �V ` k,a e k r � ;i smo W. lc� a�„ " tIM 1� { an\' CUPERTINO, CA 95014 ENGINEERING CONSULTANT KLH ENGINEERS Ft. Thomas Executive Center 1538 Alexandria Pike, Ste. 11 Ft. Thomas, KY 41075 (859)442-8050 Phone (859) 442-8058 Fax Principal Engineer: Jeff Millard e-mail: jmillard@kihengrs.com Project Manager/Electrical Engineer: Jim Tavernelli e-mail: javernelli@klhengrs.com Mechanical Engineer: Matt Debevec e-mail: mdebevec@klhengrs.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR TBD , _ ., . Vq a SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE ISSUED FOR CS/LL REVIEW ISSUED FOR PERMIT ISSUED FOR BID ADDENDUM A ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION REVISION A REVISION A REVISION �< �: i .: G1.0 INDEX/LEGENDS/LOCATION PLAN & GENERAL NOTES 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 t' , G1.1 SITE/PARKING PLAN 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A1.0a CONSTRUCTION PLAN 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A1.0b CONSTRUCTION PLAN 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A1.1a REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A1.1b REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A1.2a FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A1.2b FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A1.3a FURNITUREIEQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A1.3b FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A1.4 DOOR SCHEDULE/FIN ISH SCHEDULE 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A2.0 TOILET ROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A2.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 12115/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A4.0 WALL TYPES & DETAILS/MISC. DETAILS 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 1- ! TRANSITION, DOOR, CASEWORK, & CEILING DETAILS 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A4.2 LOBBY WEB TRADER ELEVATIONS & DETAILS 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 A5.0 TITLE 24/SEISMIC SHEET 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 SP1.0 SPECIFICATIONS 12/15/08 01/19/09 01/16/09 02/26/09 M1.1 H.VA.C. PLAN 12/15/08 01/08/09 01109/09 02/20/09 M2.1 H.V.A.C. DETAILS AND SCHEDULES 12/15/08 01/08/09 01109/09 02/20/09 M3.1 H.V.A.C. SPECIFICATIONS 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 M3.2 MECHANICAL T-24 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 M4.1 PLUMBING PLANS 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 M4.2 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 M5.1 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 M6.1 FIRE PROTECTION NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 E1.1 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 E2.1 ELECTRICAL POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02120/09 E2.2 ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONS PLAN 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 E2.3 ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS PLAN 12/15/08 01108/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 E3.1 ELEC. SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULES 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 E4.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 E5.1 TELECOM AND DATA SYSTEMS DETAILS AND SPECS 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 E6.1 LIGHTING TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE FORMS 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 MEP1.1 SEISMIC DETAILS 12/15/08 01/08/09 01/09/09 02/20/09 ______ _-_�___________.___ �_____ _ _ _ _ _.___ 13 14 15 16 17 18 I F I R I C I H I Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com !, V) \\ \�\ , \ \a11 \\\\ \ .. �\\\o�I ft . \ . 1\ , t" �4\�\%%%\, 1 \ \\\ , \, ��\.\ ��\\\ 'S%%\%\%\%% `�\\\\%.'\\-\ ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12115/08 BID 01116/09 tI CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ON FROM SETS STAMPED "C CTION SET" HEREIN REVISI 0 A BUIL P N MMENTS 02/26/09 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE- CINCINNATI, INC. �D AR k- S 8 AP 11. -4 Z 0 A * C- 71 * P ooa ` Q- ly DfATE OF CAL\� PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT M 20830.000 SHEET INFORMATION Index, Legend, Location Plan and General Notes DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: As Noted G1nO 16 17 18 ill MI LI 21 0 GI IF EI C ID 0 Q J a g 0 N� O a s Q B LL a 0 a a 0 M N 0 A W 0 J d J Uj W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 t GENERAL NOTES: FLOOR PLAN A SCALE: 3" = 1 4 WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE TO BE LOCATED ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR EXIT CLEAR OF DOOR -SWING. MOUNT AT CN 5'-0" TO CENTERLINE OF SIGN FROM FLOOR AND 9" FROM CENTER LINE OF SIGN TO THE DOOR Tactile Exit Signage GC TO COMPLETE ALL WORK FROM ALL TRADES IN EQUIPMENT ROOM #130 NO LATER THEN 7 WEEKS AFTER CONSTRUCTION START. SEE SHEETS E5.1 AND M1.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. ANY EXCEPTION TO THIS MUST BE BY PRIOR APPROVAL BY CSPM. I• 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. ALL METAL STUD GAUGES PER STUD SCHEDULE M7/A4.0. SEE USG "STEEL -FRAMED DRYWALL SYSTEMS" LIMITING HEIGHT - STEEL STUD ASSEMBLIES CHART. USE THE U240 ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION FIGURES ONLY. THE ARCHITECT HAS ENDEAVORED TO VERIFY THAT ALL DIMENSIONS WORK WITH ALL WALL SYSTEMS AND FIXTURES. HOWEVER, IT MAY BE NECESSARY FOR THE MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO SLIGHTLY ALTER A FIXTURE SIZE FOR VARIOUS REASONS. THEREFORE, THE GC SHALL VERIFY WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR THE ACTUAL SIZE OF ALL WALL SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS, AND FIXTURES BEFORE CONSTRUCTING ANY WALLS. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF GWB OR CENTERLINE OF COLUMN. ALL ELEVATIONS ARE NOTED FROM FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONS. ALL GWB SHALL BE 5/8" TYPE'X', UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE DRYWALL TRIM BEAD AT ALL EXPOSED EDGES AND CORNERS. GC SHALL VERIFY THAT DEMISING WALLS EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND ALL PENETRATIONS ARE SEALED TIGHT, AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND OR BUILDING SHALL PROVIDE ALL WORK REQUIRED TO CORRECT DEFICIENT CONDITIONS. ALL WALL FRAMING NOT BRACED TO DEMISING WALLS SHALL BE SECURED OR DIAGONALLY BRACED AT 4'-0" TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. DEMISING WALLS ARE NOT DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE LOADING. ALL FIXTURES MUST BE SUPPORTED BY THE FLOOR OR NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION. ALL FRAMING LUMBER, PLYWOOD, AND CONCEALED WOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (F,R.T.) - NO WOOD IN CEILING PLENUM. MINIMUM DIMENSION FROM ANY CORNER OR WALL TO FRAMING STUD AT DOOR JAMB OPENING SHALL BE 4" (U.O.N.). PROVIDE METAL OR F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL SIGNS, HOOKS, AND ANY OTHER WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE ALL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY FOR MILLWORK WITH MILLWORK SUPPLIER. SHOULD THE DRAWINGS DISAGREE WITH THEMSELVES OR WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOULD THE SPECIFICATIONS DISAGREE WITH THEMSELVES, THE BETTER QUALITY AND/ OR GREATER QUANTITY OF WORK OR MATERIALS SHALL BE ESTIMATED UPON AND SHOULD BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT AS A REQUEST FOR INFORMATION. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ARE PERMITTED WITHOUT ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN APPROVAL. THE GC SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF THE EXISTING SPACE AND OF ANY EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN BY ACTUAL MEASUREMENT BEFORE ANY WORK IS PERFORMED. IF ANY MEASUREMENTS DIFFER FROM DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON PLAN, GC IS TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND CSPM IMMEDIATELY. THE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES FOUND AFTER THE WORK IS PERFORMED, AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE CHARLES SCHWAB GC TO VERIFY ALL FINISHED DIMENSIONS AND CHALK SPACE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FIELD CONDITIONS ALTERING ANY DIMENSIONS SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND CSPM THE GC SHALL COORDINATE WORK OF VARIOUS TRADES IN INSTALLATION OF INTERRELATED WORK. BEFORE INSTALLATION OR WORK BY ANY TRADE BEGINS, MAKE PROPER PROVISIONS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. CHANGES REQUIRED IN WORK CAUSED BY NEGLECT TO DO SO SHALL BE MADE AT NO COST TO THE CHARLES SCHWAB THIS SHALL INCLUDE WORK PERFORMED BY ANY SUB -CONTRACTOR. THE GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY POWER AS NECESSARY. THE GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR TELEPHONE BOXES AND CONDUIT. 13 14 15 KEY NOTES: FLOOR PLAN 18. THE GC SHALL LEAVE NO GAPS AND FILL SOLID TO PIPING AND DUCTWORKTO MAINTAIN 1. ALL EXTERIOR DIMENSIONING OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE VERIFIED IN FIELD. THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF DEMISING WALLS AND MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF ONE 2. GC TO TRENCH CONCRETE SLAB FOR INSTALLATION OF FLOOR MONUMENTS IN LOCATIONS HOUR FIRE SEPARATION AS REQUIRED. SHOWN. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS. 19. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS MOUNTED AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES UNLESS OTHERWISE COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. NOTED. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS AND ROCKER SWITCH COVER PLATES TO BE CHARLES 3. ELECTRICAL PANEL - SEE SHEET E5.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. SCHWAB STANDARD WHITE BY "DECORA" WITHOUT VISIBLE SCREWS. OUTLETS TO BE 4. TELEPHONE PANEL - SEE SHEET E5.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. LOCATED SO TO BE AS INCONSPICUOUS AS POSSIBLE AT 18" A.F.F. 5. GC TO PROVIDE 24" 16 GAUGE METAL STRIP BACKING BEFORE FINISHING WITH 5/8" GWB 20. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENED FROM THE SIDE FROM WHICH EGRESS IS TO FOR CABINET ATTACHMENT. SEE DETAIL M4/A4.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. BE MADE WITHOUT USE OF KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL HAVE 6. NOT USED ALL HARDWARE NECESSARY TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL BLDG. 7. GC TO COMPLETE ALL WORK FROM ALL TRADES IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM NO LATER THEN DEPARTMENT. 7 WEEKS AFTER CONSTRUCTION START. NO "NON TELCOM" SUBCONTRACTOR ACCESS 21. THE GC SHALL PROVIDE CAULK JOINTS WHERE GWB MEETS THE FLOOR OR ROOF DECK. GRANTED IN THIS ROOM WITHOUT PRIOR COORDINATION WITH CSPM. PACK FLUTES AT DECK. 8. GC TO MOUNT (2)4'X8' SHEETS OF 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD TO BACK WALL AND PAINT P-51. SEE 22. ALL INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM MATERIALS SHALL MEET APPLICABLE CODES FOR FLAME SHEET E5.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. SPREAD RATINGS. 9. EXISTING DEMISING WALL GC CONFIRM LOCATION OF WALL AND THAT MINIMUM 1-HOUR 23. ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD RATING IS MAINTAINED ALONG TENANT WALL. OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. THE GC SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER 10. NEW CEILING TRANSITION ABOVE SHOWN DASHED, SEE SHEET A1.1 FOR MORE WITH ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS, WARRANTIES AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UPON INFORMATION. FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 11. GRAPHIC SIGN FURNISHED BY CHARLES SCHWAB TO BE INSTALLED BY GC AND APPROVED 24. THE GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL AND BY CSPM AFTER FURNITURE ARRIVAL AND PLACEMENT. SEE DETAILS M1 AND/OR L4/A4.1 MECHANICAL WORK. ALL SUCH OPENINGS SHALL BE FRAMED AND REINFORCED. NO FOR MORE INFORMATION. SEE LEGEND ON SHEET A1.3AND ELEVATION SHEETS FOR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE CUT THOUGH DEMISING WALLS OR FLOORING WITHOUT PRIOR EXACT DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS AND VERIFY IN FIELD. AUTHORIZATION BY THE LANDLORD. 12. WALLCOVERING WC-1 WITH TRIM AND TRAY, SEE SHEET A1.4 & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR 25. THE GC SHALL CLEAN THE SITE OF ALL UNNECESSARY DEBRIS PRIOR TO STARTING MORE INFORMATION. CONSTRUCTION, AND SHALL KEEP THE SITE NEAT AND CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. THE GC 13. GC TO PROVIDE RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER, SEE SHALL CLEAN ALL DOORS, WINDOW GLASS, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALLS, CEILINGS SHEET A1.3 AND DETAIL J7/A4.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. AND FLOORS, AS WELL AS ALL INSTALLED ITEMS (FIXTURES) BEFORE VACATING THE 14. INTERIOR LOGOS AND SIGNAGE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGNAGE VENDOR. PREMISES. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATION SHEETS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. 26. THE GC SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING SURFACES AS NECESSARY BEFORE 15. GC SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A THRESHOLD AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS THAT SHALL NOT APPLYING NEW FINISHES. ALL SOFT, POROUS, FLAKING OR OTHERWISE DEFECTIVE EXCEED 1/4 INCH IN ELEVATION IF ONE DOES NOT CURRENTLY EXIST. FINISHES WILL BE REMOVED BEFORE APPLICATION OF NEW MATERIALS. OPENINGS, 16. MILLWORK TO BE FINISHED ON ALL VISIBLE SIDES. VOIDS, OR UNFINISHED SURFACES CREATED BY REMOVAL OR MODIFICATION OF EXISTING 17. GC IS TO INSTALL A FLUSH MOUNT COUNTERTOP SUPPORT BRACKET PRIOR TO DRYWALL WORK SHALL BE FILLED OR PATCHED AND FINISHED AS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING INSTALLATION. SEE SHEET A4.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. CONTINUOUS SURFACES OF NEW FINISHES REQUIRED. SPECIFICALLY, FLOOR SURFACES 18. EXISTING EXTERIOR DOORS TO REMAIN. AT ENTRY SHALL BE LEVELED TO ASSURE SMOOTH SURFACE FOR FINISH FLOOR 19. WALLCOVERING WC-2, SEE SHEET A1.4 & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. INSTALLATION. 20. NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION IS TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION FOR A FLUSH 27, ALL EXISTING FIREPROOFING TO BE MAINTAINED. DAMAGE OR REMOVAL OF TRANSITION. FIREPROOFING MUST BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AT NO COST TO CHARLES SCHWAB 21. END OF NEW WALL IS TO ABUTT EXISTING STOREFRONT MULLION. SEE DETAIL C10/A4.1 28. IT IS THE GC'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN THE STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL, AND FOR DETAILS AND MORE INFORMATION. FIRE RATED INTEGRITY OF LANDLORD'S DEMISING WALLS, FLOOR SLAB, BEAMS AND 22. GC IS TO ADD "WT-3" WINDOW FILM TO ALL STOREFRONT GLAZING. SEE SHEET A1.4 FOR COLUMNS, AND ROOF STRUCTURE. MORE INFORMATION. 29. GC TO COORDINATE WITH CSPM THE DISPOSITION OF ALL QUESTIONABLE WALL 23. GC IS TO ADD "WT-1" SHADES TO EXISTING GLAZING. SURFACES. PARTICULARLY IN AGED BUILDINGS AS TO THE ACCEPTABLE LEVEL OF FINISH 24. EXISTING BUILDING COLUMN IS TO REMAIN, GC IS TO VERIFY THAT EXISTING COLUMN REQUIRED. WRAPS MATCH AS SHOWN. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES. PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES 30. GC TO REFER TO REQUIRED DOOR CLEARANCES ON SHEET A1.4 FOR ALL DOORS. OF CONSTRUCTION. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY. 25. LA GC TO FURR WALL AND PROVIDE BLOCKING TO ALLOW FOR PLUMBING AND INSTALLATION T NEW 1-HOUR FIRE RATED DEMISING WALL BY GC. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OF WALL WITH LANDLORD FOR ANY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS. SEE DETAIL Al/A4.0 FOR MORE F26. INFORMATION. 27. GC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL TACTILE EXIT SIGNS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL GOVERNING CODE. SEE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. f LEGEND: WALL CONSTRUCTION INDICATES EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. EXISTING DEMISING WALL, GC TO VERIFY AND MAINTAIN FIRE RATING PER LOCAL CODE. PER U.L. U465, A16 INDICATES NEW 3 5/8" METAL STUD CONSTRUCTION 17777 EXTENDED FROM FLOOR TO 6" ABOVE ACT CEILING. 3" A4.0 G SOUND BATT INSULATION, 5/8" TYPE "X"GWB EACH SIDE. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING AS REQUIRED. REFER TO METAL STUD SCHEDULE AT M7/A4.0 FOR GAUGE SIZE. ALL WALLS TYPE A UNLESS NOTES OTHERWISE. INDICATES FURRED OUT 3 5/8" METAL STUD CONSTRUCTION EXTENDED FROM FLOOR TO 6" ABOVE ACT CEILING. 5/6' TYPE "X" GWB ON ONE SIDE. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING AS REQUIRED. REFER TO METAL STUD SCHEDULE AT M7/A4.0 FOR GAUGE SIZE. A10 INDICATES NEW 6" METAL STUD CONSTRUCTION EXTENDED FROM FLOOR TO 6" ABOVE ACT CEILING. 3" SOUND BATT O INSULATION, 5/8" TYPE "X" GWB EACH SIDE. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING AS REQUIRED. REFER TO METAL STUD SCHEDULE AT M7/A4.0 FOR GAUGE SIZE. Al INDICATES NEW METAL STUD 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE A4.0 CONSTRUCTION W/ 3" SOUND BATT INSULATION EXTENDED OF FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE/DECK ABOVE OR SCHEDULED RATED CEILING. WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED PER U.L. DESIGN NO. U419. A NOTE: • GC IS RESPONSIBLE TO BRACE ALL PARTITIONS NOT INDICATED TO EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING AT UNSUPPORTED PARTITION ENDS AS REQUIRED • WALL TYPE SECTIONS ON SHEET A4.0 • FOR ALL WALL TYPES ALSO SEE DETAIL M7/A4.0 ALL PARTITIONS ARE TO BE TYPE "A" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. F Lz I F I R I C I H I Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com 0%11 ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/16/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02/26/09 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE • CINCINMTI, INC. ARC v y0 � 2 � N 2009 DATE AL CAl. PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 - PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: 20830.000 SHEET INFORMATION Construction Plan DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: As Noted A1.0a S 4 3 4 9 IT 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 PI NI MI LI KI HI GI FI EI DI 0 J co (D s a a B U- CL n. 1p 0) N m A 0 W 0 a 0 co W w N REFLE SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" CTED CEILING PLAN NORTH 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 I F I R I C I H I Design Worldwide Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com TT11' ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12115/08 BID 01/16/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02126/09 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE -CINCINNATI,INC. Z. ST R` V � � v � � ( j! 31 9 RENEWAL 0 C P'L PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT* 20830.000 SHEET INFORMATION Reflected Ceiling Plan DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: As Noted Alolb E 2 2 3 4 5 0 7 i1 p 10 12 13 14 15 17 18 J G [9 E L�] N C 0 a J 3 co 0 N s a s J Q B LL a g 0 a M 0 M 0 0 A W 0 J a 0 Uj W U) 2 I11 tr- 2 7 C-2 _ 2 7 PRIVATE OFFICE 104 - READY ADVISOR 103 -1 C-2 2 7 I ` P 56 SEE A2.1 FOR MORE INFO- B 52 C_ 1 C-2 00 TOWNSQUARE NOTE: GC TO COORDINATE WITH CSPM FOR THE INSTALLATION AND SPECIFICATIONS OF THE C-1 & C-2 CARPET TILES INSTALLED IN ALL COMMON AREAS. SEE SHEET A1.4 FOR MORE INFORMATION. C-1 & C-2 CARPET TILES ARE DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED IN A PARQUET PATTERN. IN THIS ' C- 1 CASE, THE ARROWS SHOULD BE TURNED 90 Quarter -turn installation C_2 DEGREES EVERY OTHER TILE. C-1 & C-2 CARPET TILES ARE TO BE RANDOMLY LAID IN A 50/50 MIX. GC IS TO VERIFY AGE OF CONCRETE SLAB AND �\ THAT PROPER CURING TIME HAS BEEN ALLOWED s BASED ON THE CARPET MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. IF SLAB DOES NOT MEET .000 .v vagI GUIDELINES FOR CARPET INSTALLATION, GC IS TO NOTIFY CSPM AND ARCHITECT ASAP AND ,�.:� ,::,, �� ,,: ,�,�•�� „ \ .,,�,. INCLUDE PROVISIONS IN BID TO READY SLAB FOR ;<< ....� ..�. ..... CARPET INSTALLATION. \ � `ilk• ..Z. ,. k. A 1 GC IS TO LAY OUT0x1 0TES AREA OF THE C-1/C-2 MIX AND SEND A DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPH TO THE CSPM, CSDM AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FINAL INSTALLATION. C-1 6 0 -- C-2 11 -2 MAWA ALIGN PAINT REVEALS SEE A2.1 FOR MORE INFO CLOSET 114 CLOSET 113 GENERAL NOTES: FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN 1. REFER TO FINISH MATERIALS SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTIONS OF FINISH MATERIALS. 2. REPAIR, REFINISH AND PREPARE, AS APPLICABLE, EXISTING SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW MATERIALS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, COLUMNS, PARTITIONS, FLOOR SLAB, CEILING, AND RELATED ITEMS AS REQUIRED U.O.N. 3. REPAIR AND REFINISH EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN AS REQUIRED TO MATCH NEW CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, COLUMNS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, DOORS, FRAMES, AND RELATED ITEMS. 4. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATION SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL FINISH INFORMATION. 5. ALL FLOOR COVERING MATERIALS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS, VERIFY WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 6. THE GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A SMOOTH LEVEL FLOOR SURFACE THAT MEETS THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ALL FLOORING MATERIALS. USE EPDXY BASED LEVELING COMPOUND. PATCH/SHIM ALL AREAS AS NECESSARY SO THAT NEW FLOORING MEETS LEVEL WITH ALL OTHER FLOORING SURFACES, MAX. SLOPE OF 1:20. 7. THE FLOORING SUB -CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THAT THE CONDITION OF THE BASE FLOOR MEETS THE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW FLOORING MATERIAL. 8. P-51 EGGSHELL FINISH ON ALL DRYWALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DOORS AND CABINETS TO BE PAINTED P-51 SEMI GLOSS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PANTRY CABINETS TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH. 9. ANY MAJOR CONCRETE SLAB REPAIRS OR ADDITIONS UNDER 28 DAYS OLD ARE TO BE SEALED/FINISHED BY THE GC PER CARPET MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. B 56 l:. B T561 PRIVATE > PRIVATE OFFICE OFFICE _122 121i C-1 C-1 C-2 C-2 03 OKEY NOTES: FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN 1. FLOOR MONUMENT LOCATION PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. GC TO CAREFULLY TRIM CARPET AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER TO INTERACT WITH COVER PLATE. 2. 2 112" VINYL BASE, SEE DETAILS A7 AND N4 ON SHEET A4.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3. LAY VCT-2 GRAIN END TO END, TYP. 4. INDICATES THE FLOOR COVERING START POINT. 5. SEMI -GLOSS PAINT ON EXPOSED GWB BEHIND MILLWORK AT PANTRY SINK AND/OR DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 6. PROVIDE FEATHERING AT TILE/CARPET TRANSITION. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 7. FOR CARPET INSTALLATION, REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. GC TO COORDINATE WITH CSPM. 8. GC TO PROVIDE TRANSITION STRIP. SEE DETAIL G14/A2.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 9. 2 1/2" B-3 VINYL COVE BASE, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE AND DETAIL F10/A4.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 10. 4" B-3 VINYL BASE AT CABINET KICK, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 11. NEW FLOOR MAT LOCATION. SEE SHEET Al A FOR MORE INFORMATION. NOTE: GC IS TO FINISH ALL WALLS P-51 W/ 8-51 BASE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. STORAGE CLOSET LEGEND: FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR BASE LOCATIONS C-1 CARPET CARPET C_2 VS N� VINYL VCT-2 COMPOSITION TILE NOTE: SEE SHEET A1.4 FOR MORE MATERIALS AND FINISHES INFORMATION. 17 18 IFIRICIH) Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com 1101 \\\\\\\\\\\ \\\\_%�Iomwv) ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12115/08 BID 01116/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02/26/09 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE-CINCINNATI,INC. ARG S ST P4 t� ,k 24471 � N 31 2009 Q` 9�F FtEN TE aF C M� PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: 20830.000 SHEET INFORMATION Floor and Wall Finish Plan DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: As Noted A1.2a 1 2 3 4 5 7 E:] 0 10 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 ICI M1 ►T,01 M1 M1 1101 GI FI EI F12I Cl! Q 0 J 3 0 cco N� s a s B to U_ a 0 a 0 N M A 0 I_ 0 a J ry W w n 1 n-rl= GC TO COORDINATE WITH CSPM FOR THE INSTALLATION AND SPECIFICATIONS OF THE C-1 & C-2 CARPET TILES INSTALLED IN ALL COMMON AREAS. SEE SHEET A1.4 FOR MORE INFORMATION. C-1 & C-2 CARPET TILES ARE DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED IN A PARQUET PATTERN. IN THIS C—� CASE, THE ARROWS SHOULD BE TURNED 90 Quarter -turn 'Halpin C_2 DEGREES EVERY OTHER TILE. C-1 & C-2 CARPET TILES ARE TO BE RANDOMLY LAID IN A 50/50 MIX. GC IS TO VERIFY AGE OF CONCRETE SLAB AND THAT PROPER CURING TIME HAS BEEN ALLOWED BASED ON THE CARPET MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. IF SLAB DOES NOT MEET GUIDELINES FOR CARPET INSTALLATION, GC IS TO NOTIFY CSPM AND ARCHITECT ASAP AND INCLUDE PROVISIONS IN BID TO READY SLAB FOR CARPET INSTALLATION. GC IS TO LAYOUT A 10x10' TEST AREA OF THE C-1/C-2 MIX AND SEND A DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPH TO THE CSPM, CSDM AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FINAL INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES: FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN 1. REFER TO FINISH MATERIALS SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTIONS OF FINISH MATERIALS. 2. REPAIR, REFINISH AND PREPARE, AS APPLICABLE, EXISTING SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW MATERIALS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, COLUMNS, PARTITIONS, FLOOR SLAB, CEILING, AND RELATED ITEMS AS REQUIRED U.O.N. 3. REPAIR AND REFINISH EXISTING SURFACES TO REMAIN AS REQUIRED TO MATCH NEW CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, COLUMNS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, DOORS, FRAMES, AND RELATED ITEMS. 4. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATION SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL FINISH INFORMATION. 5. ALL FLOOR COVERING MATERIALS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. VERIFY WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 6. THE GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A SMOOTH LEVEL FLOOR SURFACE THAT MEETS THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ALL FLOORING MATERIALS. USE EPDXY BASED LEVELING COMPOUND. PATCH/SHIM ALL AREAS AS NECESSARY SO THAT NEW FLOORING MEETS LEVEL WITH ALL OTHER FLOORING SURFACES, MAX. SLOPE OF 1:20. 7. THE FLOORING SUB -CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THAT THE CONDITION OF THE BASE FLOOR MEETS THE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW FLOORING MATERIAL. 8. P-51 EGGSHELL FINISH ON ALL DRYWALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DOORS AND CABINETS TO BE PAINTED P-51 SEMI GLOSS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PANTRY CABINETS TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH. 9. ANY MAJOR CONCRETE SLAB REPAIRS OR ADDITIONS UNDER 28 DAYS OLD ARE TO BE SEALED/FINISHED BY THE GC PER CARPET MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" NORTH ■ OKEY NOTES: FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN 1. FLOOR MONUMENT LOCATION PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. GC TO CAREFULLY TRIM CARPET AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER TO INTERACT WITH COVER PLATE. 2. 2 1 /2" VINYL BASE, SEE DETAILS A7 AND N4 ON SHEET A4.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3. LAY VCT-2 GRAIN END TO END, TYP. 4. INDICATES THE FLOOR COVERING START POINT. 5. SEMI -GLOSS PAINT ON EXPOSED GWB BEHIND MILLWORK AT PANTRY SINKAND/OR DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 6. PROVIDE FEATHERING AT TILE/CARPET TRANSITION. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 7. FOR CARPET INSTALLATION, REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. GC TO COORDINATE WITH CSPM. 8. GC TO PROVIDE TRANSITION STRIP. SEE DETAIL G14/A2.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 9. 2 1/2" B-3 VINYL COVE BASE, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE AND DETAIL F10/A4.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 10. 4" B-3 VINYL BASE AT CABINET KICK, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 11. NEW FLOOR MAT LOCATION. SEE SHEET A1.4 FOR MORE INFORMATION. NOTE: GC IS TO FINISH ALL WALLS P-51 W/ B-51 BASE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 17 18 LEGEND: FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR BASE LOCATIONS C-1 CARPET C-2 CARPET VINYL VCT-2 COMPOSITION TILE N0� vSE� , � ENTRANCE MAT ............ CERAMIC TILE CERAMIC TILE ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ AInTC- SEE SHEET A1.4 FOR MORE MATERIALS AND FINISHES INFORMATION. x I F I R I C I H I Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com I %\ \� ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/16/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED _ "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN 0 REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02/26/09 o x 0 v - - 2 a 0 — a m 0 '3 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE - CINCINNATI, INC. $ s !`SSE sT Rey * 4471 ylr � N 31 2009 Q- �,9� pNAE�AL Q` CAL�FO PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 U C U m v PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO Z 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD E c SUITE 100 M. CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: 20830.000 U SHEET INFORMATION Floor and Wall Finish Plan = m DRAWN BY: a B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: a As Noted M A 15 Al n2b 8 N O 2 3 4 5 Ef 7 :1 WE 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 71 M1 M1 LI KI HI GI FI 0 0 CU C M a 0 a J 0 N� Q ;j s J Q B m LL 0 g CL a N O M N M A 0 W 0 J Q. J J 0 Q' W W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 INTERIOR ARTWORK LEGEND: FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN LOCATION ARTWORK # QTY NOTES READY ADVISOR AREA #103 7036 & 7037 1 EA. (1) ON THE BACK WALL & (1) ON THE FRONT WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #104 9649 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #105 6808 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #107 20047 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #108 20564 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #110 20565 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #111 20048 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #112 7118 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE#115 9597 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE#116 6809 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE#117 6848 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #118 9596 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #120 6849 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL PRIVATE OFFICE #121 7240 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL READY ADVISOR AREA #123 6751 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL LARGE CONFERENCE ROOM 9893, 9892, 9891 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL CORRIDOR LEFT 6811 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN CORRIDOR RIGHT 20666 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN - P-56 PAINTED WALL CORRIDOR#132 7212, 7213 1 EA. HANG AS INDICATED ON PLAN ALL ARTWORK LISTED SHALL BE FURNISHED BY CHARLES SCHWAB SPECIFIED VENDOR, AND INSTALLED BY GC. SEE PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. GC TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION QUESTIONS WITH CSPM. IF THERE ARE MORE THAN (14) PRIVATE OFFICES, GC IS TO COORDINATE ADDITIONAL ARTWORK PLACEMENT WITH CSPM. S-TECH EQUIPMENT LEGEND: FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN WEIGHT HEAT # EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION (HxWxD) IN INCHES IN LBS DISS. VOLTS O19" MULTISYNC LCD BLACK LCD MONITOR FOR 15.2-19.5 X 16.2 X 8.7 16.5 5-35 C/ 100-120 W MONITOR MODEL REPS DESKTOPS AND ALL 41-95 F OP 220-240 v LCD197ONX-BK (BLACK) OTHER LOCATIONS TEMP PACKARD DESKTOP HEWLET PACKARD 3.95 X 13.3 X 14.9 21(W/O 971 230 V OHEWLET HP DC 7800 SFF CPU (BLACK) DESKTOP CPU (TO BE MULTIBAY DV, BTU/HR ORDERED IF REDEPLOYED KEYBOARD MAXIMUM PC'S UNAVAILABLE) AND MOUSE) OINTERNAL FACING 57" LCD INTERNAL FACING 57" LCD 31.2 x 53.5 X 6.5 130 100-240 V SCREEN MODEL SCREEN NEC LCD5710-BK DETACHABLE LCD SCREEN DETACHABLE LCD SCREEN 31.2 X 4.0 X 2.13 10.0 (PER STEREO SPEAKERS MODEL STEREO SPEAKERS SPEAKER) NEC SP-57 PLASMA SCREEN MOUNT WALL MOUNT FOR 57" 22.8 X 29 X 3.9 to 25.5 70 MODEL: CHEIF "PNR-2144" PLASMA SCREEN OLANIER RECEIPT PRINTER LANIER RECEIPT PRINTER 19.33 X 19.1 X 17.7 63.93 120V / 60Hz LD016SPF 60 LANIER PRINTER LANIER COPIER/FAX PRINT 38.6 X 26 X 23 156 120V / 60Hz LD325 COMBINATION CHECK PRINTER 6.0 X 15.7 X 13.6 16.4 120V (+6-15%) OOKIDATA MICROLINE 420N OHEWLETT PACKARD COLOR PRINTER 39.8 X 24.8 X 28.2 230 110-127V (+10%) H P4700-DTN 50-60Hz PACKARD MANAGER'S OFFICE 10.1 X 13.8 X 17.7 22.7 110-127V (+10%) OHEWLETT HP-P2015 PRINTER I 1 60Hz (±2Hz) �o LAPTOP LAPTOP FOR USE IN 1.4 X 14.1 X 10.0 I 4.9 246 1BTU/HR 100/240 V RAMP T61 BUNDLE CONFERENCE ROOM (ALL ITEMS FURNISHED BY CHARLES SCHWAB, UNO) DEDICATED LOCATION/ NEMA ADDITIONAL AMPS VA OUTLET INFORMATION 52 WATTS ON FOR REPS DESKTOPS AND <2 W POWER ALL OTHER LOCATIONS SAVE 5 A 240 PRIVATE OFFICES, READY ADVISORS, WATTS GREETER DESK, WEB WALL, BACK OF HOUSE WORK AREA 11 12 13 14 (SEE SHEET G1.0FOR FACILITIES EQUIPMENT LEGEND: FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE) DIMENSIONS WEIGHT LOCATION/ADDITIONAL # EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION (HxWxD) IN INCHES IN LBS POWER INFORMATION O TIME/DATE STAMP WIDMER T-3 7.4 X 4.6 X 10 15 115 VAC, BACK OFFICE 60 HZ POSTAGE METER DM 300 BACK OF HOUSE - COPY O AREA O SHREDDER DESTROYIT 2602 35 X 20 X 19 111 115 VAC BACK OF HOUSE - COPY AREA OSAFE (SMALL) MEILINK BC2218-1 27 5116 X 24 7/16 X 25 3/4 520 BACK OF HOUSE - WORK AREA MICROWAVE WHIRLPOOL 13.625 X 22.625 X 17.375 39 120OW PANTRY COUNTERTOP O GT4175SPQ 1.7 CU. FT. (OR APPROVED EQUAL) COFFEE SERVICE PER BRANCH PANTRY REFRIGERATOR WHIRLPOOL 67.375 X 28.125 X 29.125 225 PANTRY O ER8AHMXRQ 17.6 CU. FT. FIRST AID KIT ZEE #0160 13.75 X 16.5 X 7.25 BACK OFFICE -WALL O MOUNTED 350 WATTS LOBBY, NEAR SEATING AREA O BOTTLED WATER BY LOCATION FOR USE AS SCHWAB TV COOLER 41 X 12.5 X 13.5 PANTRY - FLOOR ATTACHED TO NEC LCD UNIT. PER (BY CS SPECIFIED VENDOR) FIRE EXTINGUISHER LARSENS OCCULT 24 X 91/2 X 6 INSIDE PER CODE - BROCHURE: RATED INPUT- 20W; RATED IMPEDENCE 6 OHMS O CABINET SERIES #0-2409, MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. TO SOLID DOOR WITH 25.5 X 11 W/ FLANGE CENTERLINE OF CABINET BLACK TYPE "A" DIE HANDLE BY GC. BLACK PLASMA WALL MOUNT (TILT, CUT LETTERING SWIVEL, PAN, AND EXTENDING) (STAINLESS STEEL) LOBBY AREA & S.B.O.'S TRASHCAN 15 X 15 PANTRY -FLOOR O (BLACK) (PROVIDED BY CSPM) 15A BACK OFFICE -COPY AREA FREE S I ANDING - LEAVE OPENOL FIRE EXTINGUISHER KIDDE FE-02 SEE PLAN FOR SPECIFIC FLOOR AREA (IN CABINET AND/OR 2A10BC LOCATIONS WALL MOUNTED) BACK OFFICE -COPY AREA O FLOOR LAMP NESSEN NF412 55 1/2" X 16 X 16 TOWN SQUARE - "MOSLER" FLOOR LAMP - SATIN NICKEL HOSPITALITY TABLE BACK OFFICE - COPY AREA FREE STANDING - LEAVE OPEN FLOOR AREA IN MANAGER'S OFFICE T.B.D. - COORDINATE W/CSPM 1.4/0.7 A 72 PRIVATE CONFERENCE ROOM WATTS 15 16 17 18 PLANT LEGEND: FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN # TYPE QTY PLACEMENT CONTAINER PLANT1 YELLOW SILK ORCHID 1 CONF. ROOM CREDENZA RECTANGULAR GLASS VASE PLANT2 RED SILK ORCHID 2 COFFEE TABLE RECTANGULAR GLASS VASE PLANTS PRESERVED BAMBOO 2 TOWN SQUARE SQUARE TALL VASE PLANT4 RHAPIS EXCELSA 5 PRIVATE OFFICES 15" SQUARE BRUSHED ALUMINUM PLANTS DRACAENA MARGINATA 2 TOWN SQUARE 15' SQUARE BRUSHED ALUMINUM PLANT6 STRELITZIA NICOLAI 5 PRIVATE OFFICES 15" SQUARE BRUSHED ALUMINUM PLANT? SANSEVERIA ZEYLANCIA 4 PRIVATE OFFICES 15" SQUARE BRUSHED ALUMINUM PLANT8 ASPIDISTRA ELATIOR 1 CONFERENCE ROOM 15" SQUARE BRUSHED ALUMINUM PLANTS AGLAONEMA EMERALD BEAUTY 4 PRIVATE OFFICES 15" SQUARE BRUSHED ALUMINUM INTERIOR BRAND GRAPHIC LEGEND: FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN # TYPE QTY INSTALLATION BY DIMENSIONS BP BRAND POSITIONING 1 GC SUBSTRATE/GRAPHIC ?'-53/4"WX5'-103/4"H OUTSIDE FRAME T-6 3l8"W X 5'-11 3/8"H IL INTERIOR LOGO 1 SIGN VENDOR - --- SUBSTRATE/GRAPHIC T-5 3/4"W X T-4118"H PC PRIMARY CAMPAIGN 1 GC OUTSIDE FRAME T-6 3/8"W X 3'-4 7/8"H SG SMALL GRAPHIC 1 GC SUBSTRATE/GRAPHICS'-4114"WX2'-53/4"H OUTSIDE FRAME T 41/2"W X 2'-6"H SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION ON SCHWAB BRANDING GRAPHICS. GENERAL NOTES: FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN FURNITURE IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT IN THE CONTRACT. CHARLES 1. SCHWAB SHALL PROVIDE FURNITURE SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. 2. EQUIPMENT LISTED IN EQUIPMENT LEGEND, IS NOT IN CONTRACT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION ON THE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. 3. GC SHALL COORDINATE ELECTRICAUTEUDATA/FEED REQUIREMENTS WITH CSPM 4. EXACT LOCATION OF POWER & DATA RECEPTACLES ADJACENT TO FURNITURE SHALL BE PER DIMENSIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND CSPM IF THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES. 5. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICE TYPES, RATINGS, AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 6. GC SHALL CONSULT WITH A LICENSED ENGINEER AND OBTAIN ACCEPTANCE FROM CSPM AND THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO MODIFYING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE UTILITIES AND OUTLETS. 7. COORDINATE ANY ADDITIONAL CUTTING OF FLOOR SLAB FOR ACCOMMODATION OF FLOOR BOXES WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 8. ALL FURNITURE SHOWN ON PLAN MUST BE VERIFIED BY FURNITURE VENDOR AND CHECKED BY CSPM 9. NOT ALL EQUIPMENT IN THE EQUIPMENT LEGEND MAY BE USED. EQUIPMENT LEGEND IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 10. GC TO COMPLETE THE EQUIPMENT ROOM CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING ALL ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK, WITHIN THREE WEEKS FROM THE CONSTRUCTION START DATE, FOR CHARLES SCHWAB GC. 11. EQUIPLISTEDFACILITIESQUIP LEGEND IS PROVIDED BY SCHWAB, FIRE EXTINGUISHER ED BY OKEY NOTES: FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN 1. TENANT LEASELINE. 2. (2) SHEETS 4' X 8' X 314" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS. VERIFY WITH MEP SHEETS FOR EXACT LOCATION. 3. SEE TELECOM AND DATA SYSTEMS INFORMATION SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION ON EQUIPMENT ROOM PLAN, ELEVATIONS, AND GC EQUIPMENT. 4. FRAMED ARTWORK AS FURNISHED BY CHARLES SCHWAB, AND INSTALLED BY GC AT 5'-0" A.F.F. ON CENTER. SEE ARTWORK SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR ARTWORK PLACEMENT BY SPECIFIC PIECE NUMBER. ALSO SEE INTERIOR ELEVATONS FOR ADDITIONAL PLACEMENT INFORMATION. 5. GC TO INSTALL CHARLES SCHWAB BRANDING WALL GRAPHICS. SEE DETAILS M1 AND/OR L4/A4.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6. INTERIOR LOGO TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGNAGE VENDOR. LOGO AND TRACK LIGHTING IS TO BE LOCATED ON CENTERLINE OF GREETER DESK. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. 7, SONITROL PANEL TO BE INSTALLED IN LOCATION AS SHOWN. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. a W I 0 1 0 w O I I EQ. ARTWORK FURNISHED BY CHARLES SCHWAB zo EQ. ARTWORK FURNISHED BY CHARLES SCHWAB I I I NW�/ ix I � z I � :n o I U EQ. U) ------------ TYP. PO ARTWORK LOCATIONS SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 18 I F I R I C I H i Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www,frch.com V) �\\jdan 1� ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12115/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/16/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02/26/09 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE • CINCINNATI, INC. 'SAD ARC S T p< � 0 * 2 N ULY 2009 Q 9�F R DATEEA" OF CPAL\� PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT* 20830.000 SHEET INFORMATION FurniturelEquipment Location Plan DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: As Noted A1.3a Ig 2 3 4 5 0 7 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 01 ©1 ©1 LI KI HI GI FI EI DI 0 2 co 0 s Q 0) a B ca U_ 0 0. 0 93 0 U) ZE 0. 0 M A 0 W 0 a J p U: U) 1 IV 2 3 IV 4 5 6 7 IV -8 IV 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 O DOOR /OPENING FRAME COMMENTS W FRAME TYPES Z W W Q Q Q A NO FRAME O W z B HOLLOW METAL FRAME � 00 W = F- = Cr U _ W (n W Q m _ H 07 r) C ALUMINUM FRAME D EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME (EITHER MANUF. BELOW) ICI 600 0- - �C FZ-- a - Q z SERIES CONTACT MIKE ATKINS 510-487-1190 FRAMEWORKS W n }. - W _r Z } W Q Q CONTACT JOHN CRISP 713-692-5222 W Z F- S 2 I- W I- 2 -� LL S 101 B 3' 0" 7'-0" 1 3!4" - - - EXIST DOOR BY LANDLORD TO BE PROVIDED WITH PANIC HARDWARE AND VERIFIED ACCESSIBLE ALOCKABLE BY GC, CLEAN AND REPAIR AS NECE ARY. A T-O" T-0" 13/4' CLEAR102 ALUM. _ D A16/A4.1 A161A4.1 ALUM. 1 102a - 2'-6" 7'-0" 1 3/4" P-51 SIG - A _ _ _ 4 FRAMELESS WOOD "BLIND" CLOSET DOOR, PAINT P-51 SEMI-GLOSS.A SEE ELEVATION 5 A2.1 AND DETAIL 5/A4.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 104 A T-0" T-0" 13/4" CLEAR ALUM. - D A16/A4.1 A161A4.1 ALUM. CLEAR 1 105 A T-0" T-0" 13/4" ALUMR - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 ALUM. CLEAR 1 106 A T-0" T-0" 13/4" ALUM. - D A16IA4.1 A16/A4.1 ALUM. CLEAR 1 107 A T-O" T-0" 13/4" CLEAR ALUM. - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 ALUM. CLEAR 1 108 A T-0" T-0" 13/4" ALUMR - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 ALUM. LEAR 1 109 F T-0" T-O" 1 314' P-51 S/G - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 - 1 WOOD DOOR PAINT P-51 SEMIGLOSS 110 A T-O" T-O" 13/4" ALUM. CLEAR - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 ALUM. C AR 1 111 A 3'-0" 7' 0" 1 3/4" ALUM. D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 ALUM.CL AR 1 112 A T-O" T-0" 13/4" CLEAR ALUM. - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 ALUM. CLEAR 1 113 D 4' 0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" P-51 SIG _ D A161A4.1 A16/A4.1 FACTORY FIN. P-51 3 TWO 2'-O" WOOD DOORS IN 4'-O" FRAMED OPENING. PAINT DOORS AND FRAME P-51 SEMIGLOSS. 114 D 4'-O" T-0" 1 3/4" P-51 S/G D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 FACTORY FIN. P-51 3 T 2-0" I 4- ' FOPENING. PAINT DOORS AND FRAME P-51 SEMIGLOSS. 115 A T-O" T-0" 13/4" CLEAR ALUM. - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 ALUM. CLEAR 1 116 A T-O" T-0" 13/4" AL CLEAMR - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 CLEAR ALUM. 1 117 A 3-0" 7'-0" 13/4" CLEAR ALUM. - D A16/A41 P.16/P,4.1 CLEAR ALUM. 118 A 3'-0" T-0" 13/4" CLEARCLEA ALUM. - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 AL MR 1 11 9 D 4 -0 „ 7 0 „ 1 4" 31 P-51 SIG _ D A1 A4.1 61 A16/A4.1 FA T RY FIN. P-51 3 -0" FRAMED OPENING. PAINT DOORS AND FRAME P-51 SEMIGLOSS. 120 A 3'-O" T-O" 13/4" ALUM - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 A��M 1 121 A T-O" T-O" 13/4" ALUM. - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 CLEARCLEAR ALUM. 1 122 A T-0" T-O" 13/4" ALUMR CLEA - D A16/A4.1 A161A4.1 ALUM. CLEAR 1 124 E 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" P-51 SIG - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 P-51 SIG 5 WOOD DOOR PAINT P-51 SEMIGLOSS 125 E T-0" T-0" 1 3/4" P-51 SIG - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 P-51 S/G 5 WOOD DOOR PAINT P-51 SEMIGLOSS 126 F T-O" T-O" 1 3/4" P-51 S/G - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 - 1 WOOD DOOR PAINT P-51 SEMIGLOSS 128 F 3'-O" T-O" 1 3/4" P-51 S/G - D A16/A4.1 A161A4.1 - 1 WOOD DOOR PAINT P-51 SEMIGLOSS 129 F 2'4" T-0" 1314.1 P-51 S/G - D A16/A4.1 A16/A4.1 - 1 WOOD DOOR PAINT P-51 SEMIGLOSS 130 C 8'-0" T-O" 1 3/4" P-51 SIG - A C7/A4.1 C7/A4.1 - 2 WOOD DOOR PAINT P-51 SEMIGLOSS A 131 F 2'4" T-0" 1 3/4" P-51 S/G - D A16/A4.1 A161A4.1 - 1 OOD DO AIN P-51 EMI LOSS 132A G 3'-O" T-O" 1 3/4" P-51 S/G - - - - - EXIST R B A DL D B PR ID D A D A D I I ACCESSIBLE & LOCKABLE BY GC. CLEAN AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY. 1326 G 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" P-51 S/G - - - - - EXIST DOORPROVIDED WITH A HARDWARE AND VERIFIED ACCESSIBLE & LOCKABLE BY GC. CLEAN AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY. DOOR TYPES 1. 11 11 EQ. EQ.1-11 a I C16 \\� \ \\� A4.1i :I<` - C16 A4.1 C\ N L A41 \\ \ \� A10 o \ 11\ A4.1 _;I4" 4" EQ. EQ. DESCRIPTION: CLEAR ALUMINUM FINISH DOOR WITH FACTORY INSTALLED 1/4" TEMPERED GLASS INSET. FIRE ASSEMBLY: NON -RATED TYPE A PRIVATE OFFICE DOORS LAMINATE ACCESSIBILITY SIGN, FURNISHED AND A16 INSTALLED BY GC, AT TOILET A4.1 ROOMS ONLY 12" HIGH STAINLESS STEEL KICKPLATE ON BOTH SIDES, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC AT TOILET ROOMS 11 I ONLY, UNDERCUT DOOR 1" DESCRIPTION: SOLID CORE DOOR WITH PAINT GRADE VENEER ON BOTH SIDES, PAINT P-51 SEMI -GLOSS FIRE ASSEMBLY: NON -RATED TYPE E RESTROOM DOORS A" 0\� I UL! % / \ \\ �\ [�\] \ \\,� \\\ I DESCRIPTION: ANODIZED ALUMINUM DOOR WITH FULL GLASS INSET PROVIDED BY LANDLORD AND FURNISHED WITH PANIC HARDWARE. IN ONE HOUR WALL) TYPE B EXISTING ENTRANCE/EXIT DOORS DESCRIPTION: SOLID CORE DOOR WITH PAINT GRADE VENEER ON BOTH SIDES, PAINT P-51 SEMI -GLOSS FIRE ASSEMBLY: NON -RATED TYPE F BACK OFFICE DOOR ADAAG / CABO /ANSI A117.1 Swing -Door Minimum Clear Floor Areas TYPE QTY MANUFACTURER NUMBER/COMMENTS GROUP 1 - PRIVATE OFFICE/BACK OFFICE WITH FRAME NON -LOCKING HINGE 4 PR I HAGER BB 1279,4 1/2" X 41/2" DOOR LEVER/ATCHSET 1 1 SCHLAGE S10D-NEP-626 STOP 1 I IVES FS436 BRUSHED CHROME WITH 1/4" CARPET RISER .... ... ... ..... ..... ............. L.... .._ .... USED NOT .. ... .. .. . GROUP 2 - FRAMELESS DOUBLE BI-FOLD DOOR BI-FOLD DOOR HARDWARE 1 SET GRANT WING LINE 1262 FOUR -DOOR SET HARDWARE & TRACK-BI PARTING PULL 2 TYDIX EDGE PULL - SAF 3/8 X 5/US26D HINGE 4 PR GRANT 2646 GROUP 3 - DOUBLE CLOSET DOORS HINGE 8 PR HAGER BB 1279, 41 /2" X 41/2" DOOR LEVER 2 SCHLAGE S170 NEP 626 BALL CATCH 2 DEXTER #345 (US32D) - TO BE MOUNTED AT TOP OF EACH DOOR. GROUP 4 - "BLIND" CLOSET DOOR TOP PIVOT 1 RIXSON 180 - GC TO PROVIDE SOLID WOOD BLOCKING AT TOP OF DOOR OPENING. BOTTOM PIVOT 1 RIXSON 117-1/4 PULL 1 TYDIX EDGE PULL - SAF 3/8 X 5/US26D GROUP 5 - RESTROOM DOOR LOCKING HINGE 4 PR HAGER BB 1279, 41/2" X 41/2" DOOR LEVER/LOCKSET 1 SCHLAGE S40D-NEP-626 STOP 1 IVES FS436 - BRUSHED CHROME WITH 1/4" CARPET RISER COAT HOOKS 2 DOUG MOCKETT www.mockett.com CH23A (SATIN STAINLESS STEEL) - CENTERED ON BACK OF WOOD DOOR, OR ON WALL BEHIND METAUGLASS DOOR. (1) HOOK @ 48" A.F.F. AND (1) HOOK @ 66" A.F.F. CLOSER 1 DORMA RTS 88 PACKAGE RTS-28 .. . . ..:... ... ..: ... ..:..._.,.. ___....... .. __ ... .. _ 18" METAL CIRCULATION TE PAINTED P-51 DESCRIPTION: SOLID CORE DOOR WITH PAINT GRADE VENEER ON BOTH SIDES, PAINT P-51 SEMI -GLOSS FIRE ASSEMBLY: NON -RATED TYPE C BI-FOLD CLOSET DOORS A 11 L__\_1 DESCRIPTION: ANODIZED ALUMINUM DOOR WITH FULL GLASS INSET PROVIDED BY LANDLORD AND FURNISHED WITH PANIC HARDWARE. IN ONE HOUR WALL) TYPE G EXISTING REAR EGRESS DOOR 1'-0" 4'-6" (54") DOOR + 24" U - aD F,. 1 °'°� 2 �Do __ _ W 0- * M Fo' V. 111. o v. N o = 0 v N o = * w v v v EACH DOOR CONTRACTORS ALUM. ) ih ih STOREFRONT/WOOD/HOLLOW METAL) SHALL BE (n _17RESPONSIBLE TO ADJUST ALL INTERIOR DOORS SO O THAT THE DOOR'S REQUIRED OPENING FORCE IS 5 Ibs -j V 0D OR LESS. ANY DOOR WITH A CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO SLOW THE CLOSING TIME TO A MINIMUM 11 OF THREE SECONDS FROM A STARTING POINT OF 70° FRONT APPROACH HINGE -SIDE APPROACH LATCH -SIDE APPROACH OPEN TO 3" FROM CLOSING. - REFER TO DIAGRAM: V1: DOOR +42" _ 1. ADDITIONAL CLEAR FLOOR AREA REQUIRED } WHEN DOOR HAS BOTH CLOSER AND A LATCH. v2: DOOR + 3s" DOOR + 24" 2. ADDITIONAL CLEAR FLOOR AREA REQUIRED W 3 WHEN DOOR HAS CLOSER W _ 2 ^ W' - o _ _ o11 - - _ - D N AREA BASE 0 ALTERNATIVE ATIVE CLEAR FLOOR S 3 EN C 0 VJ 6" = o iD - ,v - APPROACH CLEARANCES. z 1 N - 0 v� 8" W FRONT APPROACH HINGE -SIDE APPROACH LATCH -SIDE APPROACH _____ 1 e 2 3 4 5 6 7 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES 1. THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALLSTATE AND LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES. 2. THRESHOLDS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. EDGE TO BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 IN 2. 3. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE, MOUNTED 30" TO 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR AND BE OPERABLE WITH A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 LBS. FOR INTERIOR DOORS. 4. ACCESSIBLE DOORS MUST BE A MINIMUM 3'-0"W X 64"H. MODIFY IF REQUIRED. 5. REFER TO LEGEND ON THIS SHEET FOR ACCEPTABLE REQUIRED STRIKE/PUSH SIDE DOOR CLEARANCES ON DOOR CLOSERS. 6. FLOOR SHALL BE LEVEL THROUGHOUT. 7. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED. DESCRIPTION: SOLID CORE DOOR WITH PAINT GRADE VENEER ON BOTH SIDES, PAINT P-51 SEMI -GLOSS FIRE ASSEMBLY: NON -RATED TYPE D DOUBLE CLOSET DOORS 1. CLOSERS - FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GC. DOOR CLOSERS TO HAVE A MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE OF 5 LBS (INTERIOR HINGED DOORS). THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR SHALL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 IN. FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. 2. GC SHALL VERIFY WITH SUPPLIER THAT ALL HARDWARE MEETS ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3. ALL DOOR HINGES TO BE STEEL BALL BEARING, FULL MORTISE TYPE. 4. ALL METAL DOOR FRAMES TO BE PROVIDED WITH SILENCERS. 5. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE PROVIDED WITH COMMERCIAL GRADE WALL OR FLOOR STOPS. 6. GC TO SUBMIT TYPE -WRITTEN SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE SPECIFIED. 7. GC SHALL ENSURE ALL EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN TO BE IN GOOD OPERATING ORDER AND TO MEET CURRENT BUILDING CODES AND ADAAG REQUIREMENTS. GC TO RESTORE DOORS AND HARDWARE TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. 8. EXTERIOR HINGES TO HAVE NON-REMOVEABLE PINS. 9. ALL RATED DOORS TO BE SUPPLIED WITH THRESHOLDS AND GASKETS PER SPECIFICATIONS AND CODE, 10 COORDINATE EXTERIOR 00 DETAIL DOOR AND THRESHOLDS WITH S LANDLORD. 11. DOORS AND FRAMES TO MATCH IN COLOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4A ELEVATIONS FOR DOOR/FRAME D INTERIOR 12. REFERENCE A1. N COLOR DESIGNATIONS. 13. GC TO PROVIDE SIGNS TO UNISEX FACILITIES IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE WITH A TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 12" DIAMETER. FINISH NOTES A. THE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER PREPARATION OF ALL NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES IN A SATISFACTORY MANNER TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. THIS INCLUDES THE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF NECESSARY ITEMS. TOUCH-UP AND/OR REFINISH OF SURFACES DAMAGED BY SUBSEQUENT WORK SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHODS. THE GC SHALL PREPARE THE EXISTING FLOOR PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF FINISH FLOORING. THE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB MUST BE SMOOTH AND F E-EI -EIGHTH INCH PER F OT. LATEX CEMENT PATCHING LEVEL TO WITHIN A TOLERANCE 0 ON G C 0 COMPOUND SHALL BE UTILIZED (NO ASPHALT BASED COMPOUNDS). B. ALL SURFACES WHICH ARE TO RECEIVE A PAINT FINISH SHALL BE PRIMED AND FINISHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS. C. ALL JOINTS IN GWB WALLS SHALL BE FINISHED WITH PAPER TAPE 2' WIDE AND THREE COATS OF VINYL, DRY OR PREMIXED JOINT COMPOUND. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE FINISHED WITH METAL CORNER BEADS, TAPED AND SPACKLED. ALL AREAS TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE SANDED SMOOTH. JUST PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF THE FIRST COAT OF PAINT, WIPE SANDED SURFACES WITH A DAMP CLOTH IN ORDER TO LAY FLAT ANY NAP WHICH MAY HAVE FORMED IN SANDING. D. THE PAINT CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL HARDWARE, SWITCH COVERS, ETC. PRIOR TO PAINTING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REINSTALLATION AFTER PAINTING IS COMPLETED. E. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN MATERIALS TO BE TIGHT AND CONSTRUCTED IN A NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER. F. SEE SHEET A1.2 FOR WALL AND FLOOR FINISH PLAN. G. FINISH FLOORING INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION WITH OTHER TRADES, SUCH AS ELECTRICAL. H. THE INTENT OF THE FINISH SPECIFICATION IS TO PROVIDE A SATISFACTORY FINISH TO ALL PARTS OF THE WORK. COVER ALL SURFACES THOROUGHLY. I. ALL FINISHES SHALL BE TOUCHED UP TO CORRECT ANY IMPERFECTIONS AFTER INSTALLATION. FIXTURE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THE GC ALL MATERIALS FOR TOUCH UP WORK, THE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE APPLICATION OF ADDITIONAL T AT NO ADDITIONAL COATS OF THE SPECIFIED MATERIAL 0 GIVE SATISFACTORY COVERAGE, FA T RY S S C O COST TO OWNER, IF THE SPECIFIED NUMBER OF COATS DOES NOT ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT. J. VINYL TILE INSTALLATION S N ALLA I HALL BE FREE OF BUCKLES JOINTS OR IMPERFECTIONS. C 0 S SEAMS S SHALL BE IN ACCURATE ALIGNMENT ALONG BOTH COORDINATES. UPON COMPLETION, PROVIDE FIFTEEN FULL EXTRA TILES FOR FUTURE TENANT USE. K. CLEAN ALL GLASS SURFACES WITH LIQUID GLASS CLEANER AT PROJECT COMPLETION. L. ALL PAINT FINISHES TO BE EGGSHELL WITH THE EXCEPTION OF WET AREAS FACTORY FINISHED DOOR FRAMES AND PAINTED DOORS WHICH ARE TO BE SEMI -GLOSS. M. ALL EXPOSED METAL FINISHES TO BE A BRUSHED TYPE STEEL OR ALUMINUM, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF PAINTED METAL, IN WHICH CASE SURFACE TO BE FACTORY FINISHED IN COLOR NOTED. N. GC IS TO SUBMIT FULL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL FRAMEWORKS AND/OR ICI DOOR AND FRAME SYSTEMS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY MATERIALS. MATERIAL FINISHES & COLOR SCHEDULE - NO SUBSTITUTES ACCEPTED FLOORING WALLCOVERING TYPE MANUFACTURER STYLE/DESCRIPTION/COMMENTS TYPE MANUFACTURER COMMENTS/DESCRIPTION C-1 INTERFACE STYLE: 1371002500 FLANNEL WC-1 SINGER WALLCOVERINGS ELITE #EL-0360 WALLTALKER (60" WIDE) -INSTALL TO CONTACT: DAVID HILL COLOR: 6457 OXFORD (800) 543-0412 BE HORIZONTAL "RAILROAD" TYPE, UON. (415) 421-7700, xi CARPET TILE: MODULAR TILE 50CM X 50CM CONTACT: JACKIE RIMELE TO ORDER WALLTALKERS CAP #CSC-05 TRIM - TRIM TO BE ON CS CONTRACT PRICING INSTALLATION: QUARTER -TURN, RANDOM 50/50 RATIO WITH C-2 CONTACT: ERIN RINK w! QUESTIONS ALL FOUR SIDES OF WALLTALKER, UON. CARPET TILE, COORDINATE WITH CSPM. SEE SHEET Al.' FOR Q 4'-0" MARKER TRAY #DEC-0405 W/ (2) #DEEC-05 END MORE INFORMATION. GC IS TO USE TACTILE INSTALLATION A **ASTM E 84: FSI = 5, SDI =10 CAPS - TRAY IS TO BE CENTERED ON BOTTOM OF METHOD. WALLTALKER WI TRIM ON EITHER SIDE, LION. C-2 INTERFACE STYLE: 1371102500 FLANNEL WC_2 SINGER WALLCOVERINGS TACKRIGHT #TR86-05 (COLOR: ACORN) - PRODUCT IS CONTACT: DAVID HILL COLOR: 175558 ACCENT FLANNEL (800) 543-0412 48"WIDE, INSTALL IS TOP OF BASE TRIM TO CEILING. (415) 421-7700, A 1 CARPET TILE: MODULAR TILE 50CM X 50CM CONTACT: JACKIE RIMELE TO ORDER ALUMINUM TRIM STRIP #JTRO3 - TRIM IS APPLIED TO CS CONTRACT PRICING INSTALLATION: QUARTER -TURN, RANDOM 50/50 RATIO WITH C-1 VERTICAL EDGES OF PRODUCT ONLY. CARPET TILE, COORDINATE WITH CSPM. SEE SHEET A1.2 FOR A **ASTM E 84: Class B, NFPA 253: Class II TACKRIGHT ADHESIVE #TRAD-01 MORE INFORMATION. GC IS TO USE TACTILE INSTALLATION METHOD. WC-3 BO #W-415-VL .: :::::::�� GC TO APPLY PANELS TO WALL FOLLOWING THE """r SEA Q **Class 1/Class A fire rating MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 4'x8' PANELS SHOULD BE APPLIED VERTICALLY, STARTING WITH CS CONTRACT PRICING ND11, FULL PANELS IN THE CENTER OF THE SECTION WITH 1. 1. ,: EQUAL WIDTH MAKE-UP PANELS ON EACH SIDE. ALL PANEL JOINTS ARE TO BE STRAIGHT AND HELD TIGHT VCT-2 ARMSTRONG EXCELON TOGETHER. COLOR: CLASSIC BLACK 51910 WC-4 MAHARAM FABRIC: ORACLE 901460 SIZE 12 X 12" www.maharam.com COLOR: #023 DELTA �-- UPHOLSTERED HOMOSOTE PANEL -DO NOTGLUE C � �� '""" : _ A **Class A fire rated in accordance with FABRIC TO PANEL. --NOT U `� ASTM unadhered method. NOTE: DARK BLUE SIDE IS BACK OF FABRIC WC-5 AH M FABRIC: DIALOGUE 900904 rya--. COLOR: #005 EARTH M-2 INTERFACE STYLE: 6003002504 SUPERFLOOR **Class A fire rated in accordance with UPHOLSTERED HOMOSOTE PANEL - DO NOT GLUE COLOR: 603059 ASTM E84 unadhered method. FABRIC TO PANEL CARPET TILE: MODULAR TILE 50CM X 50CM - - INSTALLATION: PARQUET% �_____ .1 . 11 - ---"J CONTACT: DAVID HILL: (415) 421-7700 FOR CHARLES SCHWAB PRICING CIO T usE° CONTRACTURAL CT-1 AMERICAN OLEAN UNGLAZED MOSAIC 1" X 1" : A-38 "MUSHROOM" UNGLAZED WINDOW TREATMENT GROUCOLORT: ATICRETE #24NATURALGREY SANDED GROUT WITH LATEX ADDITIVE TYPE MANUFACTURER STYLE/DESCRIPTION/COMMENTS CT-2 AMERICAN OLEAN UNGLAZED MOSAIC VX 1" WT-1 MECHO SHADES SYSTEMS THERMO VEIL - 2100 SERIES COLOR: A-13 "BISCUIT" UNGLAZED OPEN BASKETWEAVE GROUT: LATICRETE, #44 BRIGHT WHITE 2101 WHITE (MANUAL OPERATION) SANDED GROUT WITH LATEX ADDITIVE11 WALL BASE NOT USED TYPE MANUFACTURER COMMENTS/DESCRIPTION WT-3 V-KOOL V-KOOL 70 WINDOW FILM 0 E IG N T EFRONTS B 3 JOHNSONITE VINYL COVE BASE #40 COLOR: BLACK PAINT **ALL BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTS LISTED BELOW COMPLY WITH CLASS A A QASTM ** E 84/NFPA 255 21/2" HIGH AT WALL, 4" HIGH AT KICK (OR SUBMITTED & CERTIFICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84 (Flame/Smoke) - Class8, <450 PPROVED EQUAL) TYPE MANUFA URER S /DESC IPTION M ENTS B-51 JOHNSONITE INYL STRAIGHT BASE "NO TOE" P-51 BENJAMIN MOORE GLACIER WHITE **ASTM E 84/NFPA 255 68 COLOR: WHITE SAND AC-40 (SEMI -GLOSS ON PAINTED DOORS) (Flame/Smoke) - Class B, <450 1/2" HIGH (OR SUBMITTED & APPROVED EQUAL) P-52 BENJAMIN MOORE MINERAL ALLOY B-52 JOHNSONITE INYL STRAIGHT BASE "NO TOE" #1622 **ASTM E 84/NFPA 255 71 COLOR: STORM CLOUD (Flame/Smoke) - Class B, <450 1/2" HIGH (OR SUBMITTED AND APPROVED EQUAL) NOT U S : �_.�w USE® . P 55 BENJAMIN MOORE JET BACK ��1. Np-T' 2120-10 B-56 VINYL STRAIGHT BASE "NO TOE" P-56 BENJAMIN MOORE BLEEKER BEIGE ASTM E *Fame LOR: CANVAS OH HC 80 O Smoke) - CI ss B, <450 "HIGH (OR SUBMITTED MITTED AND APPROVED EQUAL) 211/2" . _ NOT USED MILLWO GLASS TYPE MANUFACTURER STYLE/DESCRIPTION/COMMENTS PL-1 AMINART BRONZE 42402-T (TEXTURED) TYPE MANUFACTURER STYLE/DESCRIPTION/COMMENTS "CUSTOM" INSTALLATION (BACK OFFICE BASE GL-1 3M 3M SCOTCHAL SPECIAL EFFECTS FILM - "DUSTED CABINET FACES) CRYSTAL" (ACID ETCHED LOOK) #7725-314. PL-2 FORMICA MINERAL SPA #6920-58 (MATTE) **TO BE INSTALLED ON OFFICE SIDE OF "CUSTOM" INSTALLATION (BACK OFFICE GLASS ONLY** (3)-10" WIDE BANDS W/BOTTOM OF BAND SET AT 33" COUNTERTOPS &UPPER CABINET FACES) A.F.F. HOLD 1" BETWEEN BANDS AND 2" OFF ALL PL-3 ARBORITE #W-415-VL MULLIONS. "PREMIUM" INSTALLATION (BUILT-IN TOWNSQUARE AND CONFERENCE ROOM FIXTURES) GL-2 3/8" TEMPERED GLASS: ASTM C1036, TYPE 1-TRANSPARENT, QUALITY - --- Q3-GLAZING SELECT QUALITY. �� ---~"" APPLY "GL-1" FILM TO EACH SIDE OF GLASS. HOLD OT us EA N FILM BACK 1/16" FROM EDGES. NO SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE PERMITTED. CEILING - ACOUSTICAL TILE & GRID TYPE MANUFACTURER STYLE/DESCRIPTION/COMMENTS ACT-1 TILE: DUNE 1775 WHITE 24"xM'4/8" TEGUAR Ck%sA(RanSpread25orurlder)ULLaboM b GRID: SILHOUETTE 9/16" WI 1/8" REVEAL, BOLT SLOT SYSTEM A ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - SEE A2.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION # AREA FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING FINISH HT. COMMENTS � I1 -- 101 TOWNSQUARE C-1 & C-2 SEE COMM. SEE COMM. GYP. BDJACT 8'4" SEE SHEET A1.2 & ELEVATIONS ON SHEET A2.1 FOR TOWNSQUARE PAINT SPECS ,`5~'` >?a. 102 CONFERENCE ROOM C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 GYP. BDJACT 8'-0" SEE SHEETA1.2 & ELEVATIONS ON SHEET A2.1 FOR CONFERENCE ROOM PAINT SP`" 103 READYADVISOR C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'-0" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 104 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'-O" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 105 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 F-O" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 106 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'_O" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 107 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'_0ll SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 108 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'4 SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 109 FILE ROOM C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'4° 110 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'4" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 111 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/B-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'-0" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 112 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8.4. SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 113 CLOSET C 1& C 2 B-3 P-51 ACT-1 8'-0" 114 CLOSET C-1 & C-2 B-3 P-51 ACT-1 8'-0" 115 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/B-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 g_0" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION ; :'= 116 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/B-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'-0" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 117 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51IB-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8-4" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 118 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 8'4" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION ,--M"',7, 119 STORAGE CLOSET V.C.T.-2 B-3 P-51 ACT-1 F-O" ,_y - .._.________ ______ 120 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/B-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 81-01, SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 121 PRIVATE OFFICE C-1 & C-2 B-51/13-56 P-51/P-56 ACT-1 81-01. SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 122 PRIVATE OFFICE _ C 1 & C-2 _ B-51IB 56 _ P 51/P-56 ACT-1 8' 0" INFORMATION SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMA ON 12 3 READYADVISOR -1 & -2 C C B 51/B-56 _ P 51/P-56 ACT-1 8' o„ RE INFORMATION SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MO 0 124 WOMEN'S RESTROOM CT-1 CT-1 CT-2, P-51, P-56 GYP. BD g'-0" SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 125 MEN'S RESTROOM S - CT 1 - CT 1 -2 P 1 P CT -5 -56 GYP. BD 8' 0" INFORMATION SEE A1.2 SHEETS FOR MORE INFOR 0 126 BACK OFFICE V.C.T. 2 B-3 P-51 ACT-1 8' 0" 127 PANTRY V.C.T.-2 B-3 P-51 & SG ACT-1 8'-0" 128 CLOSET V.C.T. 2 B-3 P-51 ACT-1 8' O" 129 JANITOR'S CLOSET V.C.T. 2 B-3 P-51 ACT-1 8'-0" 130 EQUIPMENTROOM V.C.T.-2 B-3 P-51 ACT-1 8'-0" 131 CLOSET V.C.T.-2 B-3 P-51 ACT-1 8'-0" __ 1 1.9 1 I F I R I C I H I Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com !t V' \ \�\\\\\�\\\\ \ , '�\\\\\\��\ \\\\, \\\�� LLL \\. \�\ ls�\\ \\\, \�\ \�\F- ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/16/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS 0 A BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02/26/09 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE - CINCINNATI, INC. ARC `l�,� S ST P4 G -4 A * * N 3 9 Q Ft ATE OQ�` OF \F CA l PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: 20830.000 C SHEET INFORMATION Door Schedule/ Finish Schedule DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: As Noted Al A F 9 10 11 12 15 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 STALL PARTITION SPECIFICATIONS G E N E R A L N 0 T E S: RESTROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS 1. THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL FEDERAL 2'-0° AMERICAN WITH DIABILITIES ACT ACCESSIBILITY PART1:GENERAL F I R I C I H 1.01 TYPE GUIDELINES AND ALL LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY P THE RESTROOM PARTITIONS SYSTEM SHALL BE HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATED FLOOR MOUNTED CONSTRUCTION AS MANUFACTURED BY GENERAL PARTITIONS MFG. GUIDELINES. , Design worldwide CORP., ERIE, PENNSYLVANIA. www.generalpartitions.com - OR SUBMITTED AND APPROVED EQUAL. 2. THRESHOLDS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2" ABOVE - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 FLOOR, EDGE TO BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 PART 2: PRODUCT ( GREATER THAN 1 IN 2. SEE DETAIL G14/A2.0. 513 2413000 2.01 DOORS AND PANELS: 1�. 1�1 3. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH www.frch.com FINISH THICKNESS SHALL BE 1" AND 58" HIGH. DECORATIVE LAMINATE SURFACE SHALL CONSIST OF .0625" GP GRADE NEMA APPROVED MATERIAL LAMINATED TO I ® I TYPE. MOUNTED 30" TO 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR AND BE PARTICLEBOARD. ALL EXTERNAL EDGES SHALL BE BANDED WITH MATCHING HPL EDGE BANDING. I ( OPENABLE WITH A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 LBS. FOR INTERIOR DOORS. 2.02 PILASTERS: \ 4. PROVIDE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS OF ACCESSIBILITY FINISH THICKNESS SHALL BE 1 114" AND 70" LONG. THE PILASTERS SHALL BE OF THE SAME CONSTRUCTION AS THE DOORS AND PANELS. PILASTERS WILL BE AT 60" ABOVE THE FLOOR ON EXTERIOR AT MAIN ENTRY. ANCHORED TO THE FLOOR AND LEVELED VIA THE LEVELING SCREW ASSEMBLY PROVIDED. MOUNTING HARDWARE IS TO BE CONCEALED AND MADE - - - - - - - - - - - \ THE SYMBOL SHALL BE A WHITE FIGURE ON BLUE VANDAL -PROOF THROUGH THE INSTALLATION OF A ONE-PIECE #304 STAINLESS STEEL SHOE COVER. N r - - - - - - - - - - - - i BACKGROUND. 5. ACCESSIBLE DOORS MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 3'-0"W. X N 2.03 HARDWARE: I , 6'-8"H., MODIFY IF REQUIRED. CONCEALED LATCH (No. 2000CPL), COAT HOOK (No. 6200D), HINGE BRACKETS (No.1250PL), AND DOOR STOP KEEPER (No. 2060C-PL) HEAVY CAST NON-FERROUS 6. PROVIDE 18" CLEAR SPACE AT STRIKE/PULL SIDE ON ALLOY, CHROME -PLATED. CONCEALED HINGE (No.1000PL), WORKS ON OPPOSING NYLON CAMS. TOP PIVOT PIN,MOUNTED WITHIN DOOR HAVING BEARING POINTS � � ( INTERIOR DOORS, AND 12" CLEAR AT STRIKE/PUSH SIDE ABOVE AND BELOW HINGE BRACKET. FITTINGS -- WALL CONNECTION BRACKETS FOR PANELS AND PILASTERS TO BE HIGH STRENGTH HEAVY CHROME PLATED. OF DOORS WITH CLOSER. PILASTER TRIM TO BE 3in. HIGH..031 STAINLESS STEEL. ALL HARDWARE AND FITTINGS TO BE SECURED WITH VANDAL -PROOF HEX BOLTS OR No. 14 SCREWS OF ( 7. FLOOR SHALL BE LEVEL THROUGHOUT. PROPER LENGTHS. i I 8. PROVIDE HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE,1/4" THICK AND CENTERED ON DOOR 60" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, 2.04 FINISH: ADJACENT TO RESTROOM DOORS: 12" EQUILATERAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE FACED WITH .0625" GP HPL. HARDWARE FINISH SHALL BE CHROME PLATED. TRIANGLE FOR MEN AND 12" DIAMETER CIRCLE FOR PL. LAM. COUNTERTOP & 4" WOMEN, BACKSPLASH ON THREE (3) SIDES 2.05 COLOR: 3/4" PL. LAM. CABINET 9. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES ' TO BE FINISHED PL-2 HPL COLOR SHALL BE WILSONART, #4621-60 "WHITE NEBULA" OR SUBMITTED AND APPROVED ALTERNATE. SHALL BE INSULATED. M BULL NOSE ATTOP 4, PL 2 DROP -IN LAVATORY SINK TO BE 2'-0" PART 3: EXECUTION TILE AS REQUIRED ------- "'"""""""' "'""'"�,K_ CAULKED & SEALED. SEE MEP 3.01 INSTALLATION: 3/ L. LAM. CABINET DOOR, EQ. EQ. SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION 2 INSPECT ALL DOORS, PANELS AND PILASTERS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALL RESTROOM PARTITIONS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WITH PULL ON CONCEALED _ - INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. USE OF THIS SYSTEM IS NOT RECOMMENDED IN WET OR HUMID AREAS. OVERLAY HINGES 2" 2" I I RAKKS EH-1818 SUPPORT ANGLE - _ PART 4: ADDITIONAL HARDWARE WATERPROOFING % TO BE INSTALLED AT STALL ° n .. e KEY NOTES: RESTROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS MEMBRANE I () I PARTITION END OF LAVATORY - - \ 4.01 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER: 8 A SINGLE ASI.0710 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER IS TO BE INSTALLED IN EACH TOILET STALL WHERE THE TYPICAL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE SHOWN BELOW CAN NOT BE H ADJ. SHELF ON CLIPS IN 5mm ° III COUNTERTOP ONLY MIN. USED IN A STUD WALL, THE DISPENSER IS TO BE MOUNTED DIRECTLY TO THE SIDE WALL OF THE PARTITION ON THE HINGE SIDE OF THE DOOR AT 2'•10" FROM THE HOLES @ 2" O.C. VERTICALLY 1. ASI #3456 - STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR WITH BACKING BACK WALL OF THE STALL. e o PLATE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S L I II I PL 2 GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL ^ - - - RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL PER ADAAG GUIDELINES. 1 X 1 CERAMIC TO SECURE SUPPORT ANGLE CD ¢ 4.02 GRAB BARS: -' - 2. ASI #3401-M18 - STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR WITH TILE `� N ° ° BACKING PLATE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S z ASI STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BARS ARE TO BE INSTALLED PER DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET AND FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL PER ADAAG. TWO (2) 3" BALL STYLE TENSION N 3. LAVATORY: REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR COMPLETE THINSET BED CATCHES INSTALLED AT EACH END 8" SPECIFICATION FAUCET: REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR INSIDE FACE, BACK AND ° - 00 3-g OF THE PL. LAM. PANEL SHELF TO BE WH. MELAMINE COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. FAUCET CONTROLS MUST _ a V.I.F. ° ° BE OPERATIONAL WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT CT-1 w REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING. STALL PARTITION BEYOND 4. WATER CLOSET: REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR . _.. COMPLETE SPECIFICATION. FLUSH: REFER TO MEP NOTE: SHEETS FOR COMPLETE SPECIFICATION. TOP OF SEAT ° ° ° ° ° ° ..� ° a °' 4 EXTERIOR CABINET SURFACES TO MATCH 8" NOT TO EXCEED 19" A.F.F. WATER CLOSET SHALL HAVE ELEVATION A SECTION B K PARTITION WALL LAMINATE, OR BE "PL-2" OSCILLATING FLUSH CONTROL HANDLE OPERATING AT IF NO PARTITION WALLS ARE REQUIRED. 5 LBS FORCE AND WITHOUT EXCESSIVE BODY MOVEMENT. TO BE LOCATED AT WIDE SIDE, 44" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR MAXIMUM. K1 Restroom K4 Accessible Lavatory & K14 Restroom Storage 5. ASI #10-7402 - STAINLESS STEEL TOILET PAPER SCALE: SCALE- SCALE: DISPENSER INSTALLED PER ADAAG. 3"=V_0" Waterproofing 1"=1'0,. Countertop Details 11/2"=1'-0" Cabinet Detail 6. ASI #10-0462•AD-9- PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE �\\ RECEPTACLE INSTALLED PER ADAAG. 7. INSULATE HOT AND COLD WATER PIPES WITH "HANDI LAV GUARD" INSULATION BY'TRUEBRO INC". NO SHARP EDGES OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER\\\ 4 LAVATORY.\\\\ 8. FLOOR DRAIN WITH TRAP PRIMER WITH NICKEL BRONZE J EQ. EQ. WOOD DOOR TOP. REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR COMPLETE PAINTED P-51 SPECIFICATION. ��\ 9. ASI #10-0620-2448 - 24" X 48" FRAMED MIRROR. DOOR FRAME 10. CT-1 AT FLOOR AND COVE BASE, CT-2 ABOVE TO 52" z A.F.F. AS REQUIRED. LATICRETE 424 &#44 SANDED GROUT W/ LATEX ADDITIVE. LATICRETE 9235 WATER \ \ PROOFING MEMBRANE UNDER FLOOR TILE TO CONTINUE 12" MINIMUM UP WALL, SEE DETAIL D14/A2.0. \\ PROVIDE ARMSTRONG 11 WATER RESISTANT GW PAINTED SEMI GLOSS PER �\\\\ �c B \\\ T-0" 4'-6" a " TRANSITION STRIP AT ELEVATION PAINTTAG.�\\ �o I ` .......... 18 DOOR OPENINGS SCHEDULED 12. DOUG MOCKETT#CH23A -COAT HOOK. \\ yy= „„\\„\\\,,, _\\\ FLOORING 13. WATER HEATER TANK ABOVE TOILET. \ °,^"""",,"„"„„"„""","` `\\`\\\\" "\"\`\"\ co __� = 14. ASI #10-0326-RECESSED SOAP DISPENSER INSTALLED co ..,,,,,,,, ; t o H isi ..... a.\:;:.::a xxt "a CERAMIC TILE FLOOR _ oo_ �...,, _ 'n PER ADAAG. :1 \,.. CI' i ,Z,,,, , 15. STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE (BOTH SIDES OF DOOR). > a .:::.........:::::::...::............:::::::: . t,,, a� Q o> q \� ) \ o� 18' CO - _ \\, t„,, 16. PER ADAAG WOMEN S RESTROOM ONLY),INSTALLED M N � NO � � � N ASI #10-0473-FEMININE NAPKIN DISPOSAL , `- TOILET AND GRAB BAR TOILET AND GRAB BAR LAVATORY AND RECESSED TOILET PAPER TOWEL COAT HOOKS RECESSED SOAP RECESSED SANITARY URINAL DRINKING FOUNTAIN - WALL CABINET ° ° ° 17. GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE AT42" a ° _ � a ° a A.F.F. MIRROR TISSUE DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER NAPKIN DISPOSAL MAX. HT. TO SPOUT ° ° a a 18. GC TO PROVIDE BACKING AS REQUIRED FOR ANY WALL SEE DETAILS ON THIS AND KNEE CLEARANCE SHEET FOR MORE MOUNTED ACCESSORIES IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. ISSUE INFORMATION INFORMATION TRANSITION TO 19. GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL (1)-24"x24"x8" WALL ISSUED FOR BE CENTERED CABINET IN EACH RESTROOM, MOUNTED AT 5'-0" CLEAR ON DOOR AFF ON WALL BEHIND WATER CLOSET. CABINET IS TO SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 G BE CONSTRUCTED OFFSITE BY MILLWORK MANUF. SEE LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 DETAIL K14/A2.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 20. URINAL: REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR COMPLETE BID 01/16/09 SPECIFICATIONS. FLUSH: REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR G2 Typical Restroom Fixture and G14 Restroom COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. TOP OF RIM NOT TO �+ EXCEED 17" A.F.F. SCALE:114-1 0" Accessory Installation Requirements " 1.-0" Door Sill 21. IF MULTIPLE STALL RESTROOMS ARE REQUIRED BY CODE, GC IS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ADA COMPLIANT STALL PARTITIONS AS SHOWN ON PLANS AND CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ELEVATIONS AND AS SPECIFIED ON THIS SHEET. ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED WOMEN'S "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN F RESTROOM REVISIONS m Q A BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02126/09 21 P 51 P 51 P 56 21 \ P 51 - LL o 11 11 11 E(1, EQ. 11 C \ , - g s\\\::\\ \6YAD2_ b� _ a \ \� ,,. \\\\\\\\\ „ 5 � s E 10 HOLD - o _�?--\\ - \ -- ` �4 21 E EQ. EQ. EQ - m EQ. EQ. 4 1'-6" 2' 10" 8" 16 10 Gy 15 ey 2-6" MIN. 4 � � FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE-CINCINM11, INC. s ELEVATION A ELEVATION B ELEVATION C ELEVATION D ARC ST D D2 Women's Restroom Elevations D14 Restroom Plan fr"I c 3, 00» c 1/4" V-011.9 RENEWAL C1► t SCALE: SCALE: � �~ N� J. DATE �F CAL�FO r PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 _ MEN'S RESTROOM C 125 PROJECT INFORMATION 9 0 19 P 51 21 P 51 21 P 56 P 51 CHARLES SCHWAB 11 11 EQ. 1`Q. 11 11 CUPERTINO "" _ -BOULEVARD 9 6 1 `�' ,, � N ;`•�� , STEVENSENS CREEK \ \_ „f 19620 STEV ` 17 14 12 A2 D 2 SUITE 100 o Avvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvA\ i ` \ �� O - � �, ,,,,,,� � �;" A2.0 •p � CUPERTINO, CA 95014 � PROJECT #: y s \..,\ u \�,,......;� A2'-8" 20830.000 Q Z 0:� ,,,,,,,a\mcc;.\u\\\ ,...a�•aa:.. ` 5 MIN. I'll c I \�\' ,� 1' 6" _.- -- K B 10 ..a\\.\\\\\\\\\\\.\\\eG\\ s MIN. e� o M z A v y 3.9 T-0" 5'-l" LL 4 � N HOLD ca SHEET INFORMATION E"EQ.EQ. EQE Q.Restroom Plan 1-6Q. 2'6. MIN. 10 15 10 10 16 8" 2'-10" o and Elevations ELEVATION A ELEVATION B ELEVATION C ELEVATION D DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: A R. Rink 0 o LU SCALE: a A2 Men's Restroom Elevations A14 Men's Restroom Plan IF - As Noted o SCALE: ------- ---------SCALE: A2v0 Uj A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A- O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 IFIRICIH P 4' PAINT REVEAL AT PAINT Design Worldwide TRANSITION TO ALIGN 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 24I 3000 WITH HEADER ABOVE. ww w.frch.com E0. EQ. SEE DETAIL M10/A4.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. P 51 P 51 P 51 P 51 FIE CABINET BY GC B.O. CEILI B.O. CEILING NG 80 — \ / y .0 000 � 00 00 — 0 \ N ........\ \�... 3 � L 2' 1 GL / / 1 GL / P 51 d PCB GL 1 / GL 1 / GL 1 / TYP. / TYP. / TYP. / / TYP. / TYP. / T.O. FINISH FLOOR T.O. FINISH FLOOR j Y 0'-D" B 51 B 51 B 51 B 51 B 52 B 51 B 51 B 51 B 51 B 51 B 51 M M1 Interior Elevations WWII Interior Elevations SCALE: SCALE: GC TO PROVIDE ADJUSTIBLE SHELVES IN ONE CLOSET AND A FIXED SHELF WITH L 57"PLASMA SCREEN HANGING ROD IN THE OTHER, BY CHARLES SCHWAB TYP. (SEE DETAIL M161A4.0) GC TO PROVIDE TRIM ON E0. 4'-0" EQ. ALL FOUR SIDES OF WC-1, WC 5 P 51 SEE SHEETA1.4 8:0" al CEILING _ _ / Illy8 OIB.OCEILING qy $-0., CEILING - \ / WC 1 �,..................... :....... «::.,.++ , .- A 01 / \ /FP 151/ '> \ R BILND WOOD D00 .., BY GC TYP. SEE K 0 I �0 0 00 X • �. . - - •• '•t.. • _ ". - "' / \ ..' -... • DETAIL M16/A4.0) 1 GL GL 1 GL 1 GL 1 / \ '- " = TYP. // / TYP. / // TYP. / // TYP. / 4 0 P 51 N (BACK WALL) �\ / / / / \ T.O. FINISH FLOOR T.O. FINISH FLOOR T.O. FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" IV B 51 O' B 51 PL 3 B 56 B 51 'IF0'•0' B 51 B 51 B 51 B 51 B 51 1 1/4" WOOD SHELF (BACK WALL) \\\\\ W/ FINISH J \� J1 Interior Elevations J11 Interior Elevations J15 Interior Elevations \ SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: \ 1 /4" = 1'-0" 1 /4" = V-0" 1 /4" = 11-0, WALLCOVER SEAMING, 57" PLASMA SCREEN SFF SHFFT Al 4 FOR EQ. EO t0' 4. tu' BY CHARLES SCHWAB F10 MORE INFORMATION I IL P 51 P 51 A4.0 WC 3 B.O. CEILING B.O. CEILING ly 8'-U, 8'-0" • .\.. ,.�� ....,.. ��\��\\��\��\��. ISSUE INFORMATION . \ / `.�.��•"� \��'� o\��\��\��\ \' \ / � ...\� F13 ISSUED FOR WC 4\ A4.0 SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 //\_.'.. LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 G BID 01/16/09 2" RECESS TO / \ P 52 (THREE SIDES) FINISH FLOOR T.O. FINISH FLOOR — B 51 B 52 B 51 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD C e 52 B 52 ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED m ti "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN 0 F REVISIONS 3 Q A BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02/26/09 0 x F1 Interior Elevations F11 Interior Elevations - SCALE: SCALE: — 1 /4" = 1'-01. 1 /4" = 1'-0" — GENERAL NOTES: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1. ALL EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE SHOWN IS FOR — REFERENCE ONLY. IT WILL BE PROVIDED BY CHARLES a NEW ELECTRICAL SCHWAB. — o E PANELS BY GC — 2. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL OPEN MILLWORK & OPEN MILLWORK & C �l7n ELECTRICAL CONNECTION INFORMATION. — & SHELVING BEYOND P 51 P 51 p 51 SHELVING BEYOND p 51 P 51 l01 I — — _ B.O. CEILING B.O. CEILING L3 3. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL o g'_0� T-4" �I ( I (�� (�® DUCTING AND DIFFUSER INFORMATION. rIS LE A C �l H ® r D ® 4. ALL EXISTING DUCT AND PIPING HEIGHTS SHA4L.81r''F LD FRCH DESIGNWORLDWIDE-CINCINNATI,INC. s VERIFIED BY GC ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CON�TS,; U roly A J Al C BETWEEN THE HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE D66LIMENTS —ED l AND THE HEIGHTS OR THE HEIGHTS REQUIRE�N THa COLOR POSTAGE M10 - PL 2 m PRIMER m PL 2 � �] 1 FIELD SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITEC�'�'��' PRINTER A2.1 II �� SHALL PROCEED AS DIRECTED. Vv$ D ! _ i _ -� _ PLC C:11 o o ® o o ❑ 3TM t 5. ELEVATION DRAWINGS ARE PRIMARILY FOR FINISH r s LU (]) REFERENCE. PLAN DRAWINGS WILL PRECEDE FOR * * a / TYP. C �® _ Y•� � CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. �..� E T.O. FINISH FLOOR T.O. FINISH FLOOR I °J B 3 B 3 B 3 B 3 I C 'f — — IV 01-00 �® 6. SEE SHEET A1.4 FOR "GL-1"WINDOW FILM � N� �Q �® �� SPECIFICATIONS AND PATTERN., 9J. �" ELEVATION A ELEVATION Bvivi "E II 7. ALL WALLS TO BE PAINTED P•51 U.N.O. SEE SHEETA12 F CAS A2.1 FOR MORE PAINTING INFORMATION. PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 ��---� 8. ALL GYP BOARD CEILINGS AND SOFFITS TO BE PAINTED C A2.1 J15 J11 ®® (All fjE `] fjf P-51 U.N.O. z � 9 _p _ PROJECT INFORMATION z GC TO PROVIDE TRIM ON n ® i2.1 �A2.1 I — ( — F f=l — F — ( 3 ALL TWO SIDES OF WC-2, _ _ " -�, i i � L- L- CHARLES SCHWAB P 51 SEE SHEET A1.4 P 51 P 51 — U U U PL 2 4'-0" FECABINET BY GC �- - - - - - - - CUPERTINO B.O. CEILING B.O. CEILING 7'4' 7,4„ _ _ - - • • ENS CREEK BOULEVARD ® 19620 STEV \L—LA � GRAPHICAL KEY: SUITE100 � — _ \\ � \,,� , WC, ••2 • • PEI, �'�- � CUPERTINO, CA 95014 � F a \ - � , �T PROJECT #: r 1 y ) BP 20830.000 s I I / ` ��--� � � � F11 � i BRAND POSITIONING STATEMENT = I I- — -- -I m PL 2 m /� /� /� /� 1 /� /� G F1 A2.1 PC SUPERGRAPHIC PRIMARY � B I I A \/ C A2.1 �J 113 . IL SHEET INFORMATION a. � INTERIOR LOGO � � [ — ] C — SG SMALL GRAPHIC e T.O. FINISH FLOOR / / / / / / T.O. FINISH FLOOR - - � Inteflor Elevations � � tt PL 1 0'-0 0'-0' a � HOLD m a ELEVATION C ELEVATION D ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ B..WWiilla s REVIEWED BY: M A / R. Rink ul F7 J SCALE: =a o As Noted Al Interior Elevations s A10 KEY PLAN AllSCALE: o SCALE: NONE it 1/4" = 1'4" LU LU co w 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 IV —. CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM ANGLE: STYLMARK HARDWARE NO. 110182 WITH SATIN FINISH #20 GWB WALL AS \ SCHEDULED HILT] KWIK PRO SCREW BOTTOM STRUCTOF EXISTING I F I R ( C H _ 114" DIA. X 3"EMBED RE P Y4" MAGNETIC MOUNTING SUBSTRATE ADHERED TO WALL Design USING WATERBASE PANEL ADHESIVE AND SMALL BRADS, # H WITH PANEL E OVERALL PANEL 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Worldwide C Cincinnati, OH 45202 NAILEDPLUS H N SURFACE. 0 RA RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER BINET - UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING SIZE TO ALLOW FOR %" REVEAL BETWEEN PANEL EDGE LARSENS OCCULT SERIES MO L NUMBER 0-2409, w 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 FASTENERS INTO STRUCTURE 513 2413000 VINYL WALL BASE STRUCTURE ABOVE B. SECTION AND FRAME INTERIOR. 1/2" LENGTH SOLID DOOR WITH BLACK T E "A" DIE CUT `• vvww.frch.com AS SCHEDULED LETTERING (STAINLESS EEL), MOUNTED AT 54" STEEL STRAP V W X 2" L X 1Ya" TYP. A.F.F TO TOP OF CAB ET. EXTRUDED ALUM. REVEAL 12 GA. MIN. SPLAYED SEISMIC FACE OF GRAPHIC --- BRACING WIRE YP. SEE SPECIFICATIONS �' NOTE: HANGER WIRES AT 4'-0" O.C. IN "CHAMELEON" SUBSTRATE. DO NOT USE "SHOT -IN ANCHORS" FOR BRACING WIRE EACH DIRECTION- NO MORE THAT CONTACT: BASE TRIM IS TO BE 1:6 OUT OF PLUMB, TYP. PLATON GRAPHICS MITERED ON OUTSIDE �jO r 136 OREGON STREET CORNERS WHERE ` �� REVEAL TO BE FINISHED N i EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 TWO COLORS MEET V E AND PAINTED TO MATCH o GUISHER HILTI KWIK PRO SCREW 8" MAIN TEE OR CROSS TEE ' 310.204.0292 --1 o O� 1/4" DIA. X 3" EMBED IN w ADJACENT FINISH SUSPENSION SYSTEM COUNTER SUNK SCREW, AND ATTACH TO WALL USING N4 0 ¢ �1 DOWN FLUTE i DRYWALL OR SUBSTRATE -APPROPRIATE ATTACHMENT Vinyl Base Detail < _ SCALE: 3" ALE: at Outside Corner UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM ANGLE: STYLMARK HARDWARE SCHEDULED PARTITION STRUCTURE ABOVE STEEL STRAP 1" W X 2" L X 12 GA. ® NO. 110182 WITH SATIN FINISH #20, PROVIDED BY SCHEDULED PARTITION CHARLES SCHWAB AND INSTALLED BY GC. MIN. — — — — — — — VERTICAL HANGER WIRE 5l8" GYP. BD. CEILING ' 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" LENGTH M A. DETAIL NOTE: PROVIDE BACKING AS REQUIRED NOTE: DO NOT USE "SHOT -IN ANCHORS" FOR HANGER WIRE I M1 Supergraphic Detail M7 Recessed Fire M10 M13 Ceiling Hanger Wire M16 SCALE: S LE: SCALE: SCALE: 6"=1'-0„1 and Section - ' t " . •..::° : �� ::." ::::`: =1„-0" Extinguisher Cabinet 3"=V-0„„ Plan at Vertical Reveal13" -0„„ and Bracing Wire SCALE: Suspended GWB Ceiling 3" = 1'-0' �v Y8„„ BULKHEAD FRAMING SECURED TO STRUCTURE (4 sides) Z(1) LAYER -3/8"GWB ABOVE AS REQUIRED. L — CHARLES SCHWAB GRAPHIC; SEE 30/A4.1 NOTE: PROVIDE BACKI S REQUIRED FOR MORE INFORMATION 6„� 3/8 X 3l8 X 1/8 ST.STL. + + -i-' \ � ANGLE TRIM RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET L4 n set Supergraphic LARSENS OCCULT SERIES MODEL NUMBER 0-2409, SC Mounting Section SOLID DOOR WITH BLACK TYPE"A"DIE CUT LETTERING (STAINLESS STEEL), MOUNTED AT 54" A.F.F TO TOP OF CABINET. VCT TILE SCHEDULED CARPET, DIRECT GLUE TILE ADHESIVE Go �jQ JOINT IN SHELF TO OCCUR AT o .z 1l a GJV BULKHEAD FRAMING -v K STANDARD o w J SECURED TO STRUCTURE J w FIRE _ ABOVE AS REQUIRED EXTINGUISHER °: e• 4 a e " e e n w Uj + PL. LAM. PL-2 SHELF W/ EDGE TRIM; + + \ \\\ REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR SHELF 1010 r QUANTITIES + + - - - - -_ - S IAGGERED STRIP RIP LIGHT MOUNTING PREFERED \\\� eidd 61, MORE LIGHTS AT TOP OF COVE. � \\ J 5l8" GYP. BD. ON 3-518" MTL. STUDS 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3-5/8" MTL. STUDS �\ ADJUSTABLE METAL SHELF '\ + + + + 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3-5/8" MTL.' w BRACKETS ON STANDARDS \�\ INTERACTING W/SUSP. GYP. BD. CEILING + + + + STUDS @ 16" O.C.\ =----- J7 Recessed Fire J10 VCT Tile FlooringJ1 Ste Ceiling J1 Light Fixture (Type TB/TC STANDARDS ATTACHED TO 24" WIDE, p g g (yp ) SCALE: SCALE: S E: S E-.., \ 1 SEE SHEETA1.0 16 GAUGE METAL STRAPPING Extinguisher Cabinet 3"=1-0' to Carpet Transition =1„0. at Town Square 1'0 at GWB Ceding 3" = 1'-0" \\\\\ SCHEDULED DOORS\\\ o ¢ \ \\ \ H I \� w NO. 12 HANGER + + \\ FILE CABINETS; PROVIDED BY " WIRES, TYP. \\\\\\�\ CHARLES SCHWAB PL. LAM. CCU VTERTOP PL-2 a EXTRUDED ALUMINUM METAL STUD WALL � DOOR FRAME ;\ 5/8" GYP. BD. BY GC ^~ SCHEDULED s : BUL EAD FRAMING PARTITION ?'' \ ISSUE INFORMATION S URED TO STRUCTURE a, Q 3 5I8" MTL STUD RUNNER o O BOVE AS REQUIRED. „ ° a 5/8" GYP. BD ON 3-5/8" ISSUED FOR =�"` `` = ' METAL STUDS SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 i z VINYL COVE BASE - < o `� " - ` ¢ LL' v `� LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 G 3/4" INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT PANEL J ADHESIVELYIAPPLIED. '- = w WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH PL-1 O� FURNISHED AND INSTALLED J O� `; BID 01/16/09 i; BY GC w w CONCEALED ALUMINUM G1 Section at Built -In ti v `� CHANNELSECUREDTO N r�.°�r:};:i-�:=;��•:ia:.�::s=a.�,;:.�.�;-: �' �::� ++:r;�_. GYP. BD. WALL SCALE: REFER TO SCHEDULE A1.4 FOR -::..• „_.�'�•�:.:~ -::._:ter -:• ..•..' :..�:• �•:...• 1" = 1'-0" File Cabinet Niche N FLOOR COVERING INFORMATION SCHEDULED CEILING 3/4 END PANEL WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH PL-1 j \ GYP. BD. AS SCHEDULED FIXTURE SHOULD BE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM MODIFIED BY WINDOW FRAME -HOLD CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED m 3/8 3-FORM CLEAR ECORESIN PAN MANUFACTURER TO ALLOW = TIGHT TO GYP. BD. WALL „ BY SIGNAGE VENDOR, WITH SCH B NOTE: FIXTURES MU BE 3„„ 3„„ IT TO SIT PROPERLY IN GWB SCHEDULED GLAZING AS SHOWN CONSTRUCTION SET HEREIN LETTERING AND GL-1 FILM AP P ED TO INSTALLED BEFO CEILING 3 1' 0" 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3-5/8" MTL. STUDS = F FRONT FACE. PANEL IS HE BACK 2° IS INSTALLED INTERACTING W/SUSP. GYP. BD. CEILING REVISIONS m FROM EACH SIDE WALL D SUSPENDED Q A BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02/26/09 0 ON (4)-l" POINT SUP RTS BY3-FORM. F1 F16 — F4 Section at AF7Light Fixture (Type TB/TC) Flo Header at Gypsum Window andSCALE: SCALE: S E: SCALE:V.1'-0"Work Base and Shelves at GWB Ceiling 3„,=1„-0, Vinyl Cove Base =1„-0„, Board and ACT Ceiling _ 3"= 1'-0" Door Jamb Detail - SCHEDULED DRYWALL MOLDING END PARTITION CLOSURE. USE _? AM. COUNTERTOP, BACK 3/4" P.LAM CABINET DOOR w/ PULLS DMEC-4875 OR EQUAL. SCHEDULED u 8" PLASH AND CABINET PL-3 y ( I - `Gj ON CONCEALED OVERLAY HINGES `y �} EXTERIOR GLAZING •' •` ' PARTITION E V 3t„ 2„ 'a AND MULLION w O "DROP IN" CHECK DEPOSITAND :: ?; SOUND ATTENUATION _CL a MELAMINE ADJUSTABLE FRAMING z SHELF BLANKET UNPAGED SCREW � - MERCHANDISE FIXTURES BY CHARLES o ;k DRYWALL 5/8" GYP. BD ON 3-5/8" c� SCHWAB; SEE INSET FOR PLAN VIEW PL. LAM. DOOR PL-2 a _ METAL STUDS 5mm HOLES 2" O.C. VERTICALLY = 5/S" GYP. BD ON 3 5l8" �N- , ; . -}. M P .LAM. DOOR; @ `V �`- �:= a" METALSTUDS '� FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE-CINCINNATI,INC. �p ^L'.., �,_'., 8 WITH CLIPS AT SHELVES `` '' �'` HINGED AT REAR W/ EQ. 9" 9" EQ. w° , ;�° .5 9" 1 CAM LOCK AT FRONT 1l4" NEOPRENE TAPE & SPACKLE_ STRIP "% ^` �p ARC 12" CLEAR BULKHEAD FRAMING _ }�~\'^ 5 $ \ `t' ^!% ;_ SECURED TO STRUCTURE S �� 8 P- / sa DEPOSIT PENCIL WASTE _' ' . ~"; DRYWALL MOLDING END ABOVE AS REQUIRED. ` ' 0 D }. :; = 2 METAL STUDS AT HEAD, m 4'-0" _ ~ • CLOSURE. USE 2 METAL STUDS AT �� O INVERT BOTTOM STUD �•:',`•>`�=;;�,:; }x �'~ .h HEAD DMEC-4875 OR EQUAL. �: = D1 Section at Built -In ALL CABINETS TO BE SCRIBED a , ?� EXTRUDED ALUMINUM _ S E: TO FACE OF FINISH WALLS TYP. _ _�{•• Zo + + N 31 09 tC Check/Merchandise Fixture V:-, �f a =�=��r ``�" J}` FRAMING _ SCHEDULED CEILING WINDOW FRAME L ` �,9 RENEWAL �� m EXTERIOR GLAZING SCREW 00 + + : �F DATE OQ. 2 1 S/ST SINGLE -BOWL SINK N PAINT POD TRIM, DRYWALL -51 GLAZING OF CAL�� _ PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 G j PL. LAM, COUNTERTOP PL-2 SCHEDULED DOOR o U �• � 114" NEOPRENE 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3-5/8" MTL. STUDS 9 C HEAD JAMB TAPE & SPACKLE INTERACTING W/SUSP. GYP. BD. CEILING PROJECT INFORMATION 7 f 2 1f. STRIP o o PL. LAM. PL-2 PL .LAM. PL-2 COUNTERTOP CHARLES SCHWAB ' BACKSPLASH C7 Head and Jamb Detail c10 GWB c13 Cove Ceilingat C16 Window Frame � �• PL. LAM. FACE PL-1 SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: U at Typical Bi-l=old Door 3"=1'-0" Molding End Closure 3"=1'0" Conference Room and Town Square 3 _1-0 do a 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD 0 PI I AM I-PLA DRAWER SUITE 100 SCHEDULED CUPERTINO, CA 95014 wl PULL AND ROLLER a � GLOSSY WHITE PIPE PARTITION ° GLIDE FITTING INSULATOR ADA PROJECT#: 1 ( METAL STUD WALL 20830.000' "g 3/4" PL. LAM. PLA DOOR COMPLIANT) Q o c 5/8" GYP. BD ON 3-5/8" o I 2" 5/8" GYP. BD. BY GC y x wl PULL ON CONCEALED v N n B OVERLAY HINGES, o M METAL STUDS s ;! I� TYPICAL N PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-1 N 3 5l8" MTL STUD RUNNER GLAZING SHEET INFORMATION g MELAMINE SHELF ON CABINET DOORS W/FALSE I SCHEDULED DOOR _ Transition, Door, a I ADJUSTABLE SUPPORTS, KICK FOR ACCESSIBILITY VINYL BASE - ADHESIVELY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM �� '' Casework, and jI TYPICAL ( APPLIED. FURNISHED WINDOW FRAME co EXTRUDED ALUMINUM (2) METAL STUDS AT " • a I 6� Ilk 5mm HOLES 2" O.C. AND INSTALLED BY GC M HEAD Ceiling Details 8 MULLION h �, m VERTICALLY WITH CLIPS AT 3" GROUND LINE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ��41SHELVES 4" BLACK VINYL BASE DOOR FRAME B.RWitllia BY. I REFER TO SCHEDULE A1.4 FOR N CONTINUE SCHEDULED FLOORING FLOOR COVERING INFORMATION GLAZING 4" BLACK VINYL BASE ( SCHEDULED DOOR REVIEWED BY: s M A INTO CABINET SPACE j R. Rink a o E s "' SCALE: a o As Noted 6 Al Section at A4 Section at A7 A10 Horizontal A13 Door and A16 Door Head ti I o SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: A 1"=1'0„„ Pantry Cabinet 1"=1'-0" Pantry Sink and Cabinet 3"=1'-01, Vinyl Base 3„„=1„-0" Window Frame A4A3"=1'_0.„ Window Mullion 3"-1'-0" and Jamb� ry g I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 r E 3 4 5 1*1 7 E 10 11 12 13 14 15 m 17 18 PI NI MI LI KI HI GI FI DI C N a 0 Q J 3 cco 0 NI s a s K � B m M 0 n_ 00 0 co a s M S N M A 0 w 0 a J J 0 r" 6� EXPOSED MILLWORK SURFACES TO BE FINISHED IN: pL 3 Nz Q EJ 0 0= L. L1_0 � M Y ANCHOR STANDARD UNIT TO BLOCKING INSIDE WALL AS REQUIRED F8 SCALE: Detail �-- SEND OUT DESK TOP LONG TO I SCRIBE AGAIIVST VVALL IN FIELD777 1 M 7 IELD VERIFY WIDTH 2'-6" STANDARD UNIT PERFORATED CPU DRAWER WITH LOCK: — 1/8" THICK PERFORATED METAL 1/8" DIA. HOLES OPENING PATTERN IS STAGGERED 40 PERCENT OPEN AREA NOTE: WELD PIECES TOGETHER AS REQUIRED FABRIC WRAPPED HOMASOTE PANEL ANCHORED TO WALL WITH CONTINUOUS METAL Z-CLIPS OR WOOD CLEATS AS REQUIRED 3/8" TEMPERED GLASS PANEL GL-2 ANCHOR TO WALL AND DESK IN CONTINUOUS WILSON GLASS "SDCD38AB" CHANNEL 5, W/ CLEAR SILICONE ADHESIVE TYP. �• I� LINE OF WALL I BLACK 21/2" C C �F�IIIIF� GROMMET I I I MONITOR AND ----_-_-_ _JL_ ________ PHONE BY OTHERS 3'-0' 3'-0' CONTINUOUS DESK STANDARD UNIT STANDARD UNIT TOP; SEND OUT LONG TO BE 6'-0" SCRIBED IN FIELD A10 A4.2 A6 SCALE: Plan 6 L16 A4.2 A15 A4.2 EXPOSED MILLWORK EXPOSED MILLWORK SURFACES TO BE SURFACES TO BE FINISHED IN: PL 3 FINISHED IN: pL 3 HOMASOTE PANEL ' FULL OVERLAY WOOD KEYBOARD TRAY 3/8" TEMPERED GLASS PANEL (FULL EXTENSION) GL-2 ANCHOR TO WALL AND DESK IN CONTINUOUS WILSON GLASS "SDCD38AB" CHANNEL PROVIDE HARDWOOD EDGES W/ CLEAR SILICONE ADHESIVE PRECISION BALL -BEARING METAL DRAWER SLIDE (FULL ao N EXTENSION); USE HAFELE k' 16" - #422.89.940 OR EQUALCYn, o PRECISION BALL -BEARING METAL q 0 DRAWER SLIDE (FULL d d EXTENSION); USE HAFELE o w 20" - #422.89.950 OR EQUAL = a: U) NOTE: WELD DRAWER SLIDE LL: L o TO PERFORATED METAL AS d d m REQUIRED ; m Y ATTACH ADJACENT STANDARD UNITS TOGETHER AS REQUIRED RAKKS EH-1818FM SUPPORT BRACKET; SEE 1Y, DETAIL E FOR MORE INFORMATION NOTE: GC TO FASTEN BRACKET SECURLY TO FULL OVERLAY WOOD DRAWER FRONT, WALL STUD PRIOR TO DRYWALL INSTALLATION ANCHORED TO PERFORATED METAL WITH WOOD SCREWS FROM BEHIND; PROVIDE BLACK CAM LOCK, KEYED PER G.C. AND SATIN CHROME 4" WIRE HANDLE F13 SCALE: Detail A15 PAINT GYP. BD. A42 SCHEDULED CEILING SURFACE P-52 (3) SIDES (SEE RCP) RECESSED LIGHT (SEE RCP) T-0" 2'-9" H. PANEL Z-9" H. PANEL Q' PROVIDE 4" SPACE BETWEEN EQ. EQ. EQ. GLASS AND SOFFIT Uj -- 3/8" TEMPERED GLASS PANEL GL-2 ANCHOR TO WALL AND DESK CONTINUOUS WILSON GLASS "SDCD38AB" CHANNEL W/ CLEAR SILICONE ADHESIVE w a WC-4 FABRIC WRAPPED HOMASOTE PANEL (DO NOT g GLUE FABRIC TO PANEL) �. MONITOR AND PHONE BY OTHERS �.r.—.:—.—...., �..I I-. - — -7.- I.. o I I I CONTINUOUS DESK TOP; SEND o I I Ii I I.. II OUT LONG TO BE SCRIBED IN x w-JC_. �I .. L-_ FIELD _ - _ J FULL EXTENSION - - - - KEYBOARD TRAY :- F8 0 0 A4.2 9 2'-1 0 = STANDARD UNIT CPU DRAWER WITH SIDE CAM LOCK (BLACK LOCK BACK WALL FINISH) KEYED PER GC N P-52 BASE B-52 BACK WALL 72" HOLD A10 SCALE: Elevation 3/4" = 1'-0" A. 10 11 12 13 14 12" 25" 17" r r • EXPOSLINT ORK SURFAE FINISH3 L16 SCALE: 3"= 1'-0" Detail 23" � EXPOSED MILLWORK SURFACES TO BE FINISHED IN: PL 3 CONTINUOUS WILSON GLASS #SDCD38AB MOUNTING CHANNEL (SATIN ANODIZED) W/ CLEAR SILICONE ADHESIVE, ANCHORED TO BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED WC-4 FABRIC WRAPPED HOMASOTE PANEL 3/8" TEMPERED GLASS PANEL GL-2 3/8" TEMPERED GLASS PANEL GL-2 ANCHOR TO WALL AND DESK IN CONTINUOUS WILSON GLASS "SDCD38AB" CHANNEL W/ CLEAR SILICONE ADHESIVE FABRIC WRAPPED HOMASOTE PANEL ANCHORED TO WALL WITH CONTINUOUS METAL Z-CLIPS OR WOOD CLEATS AS REQUIRED 3/4" PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION DESK TOP WITH SUBSTRATE AS REQUIRED BLACK 21 /2" GROMMET BACK OF STANDARD UNIT (CUT SHORT TO MISS RECEPTACLE) ANCHOR TO BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED ELECTRICAL AND DATA RECEPTACLE 1 C/L RECEPTACLE 2'-6" .—J PERFORATED CPU DRAWER WITH LOCK: r — 1/8" THICK PERFORATED METAL ® I 1/8" DIA. HOLES OPENING PATTERN IS STAGGERED 40 PERCENT OPEN AREA ® I NOTE: WELD PIECES TOGETHER AS REQUIRED �I l,l RAKKS EH-1818FM SUPPORT BRACKET; SEE V I DETAIL E FOR MORE INFORMATION ® I NOTE: GC TO FASTEN BRACKET SECURLY TO WALL STUD PRIOR TO DRYWALL L — J INSTALLATION SCHEDULED CEILING (SEE RCP) GYP. BD. PARTITION WALL (SEE A1.0 FOR TYPE) OR EXISTING WALL 2 1/2" MTL. STUD FRAMING @ 16"ocl'�� =" E�„V+ RECESSED LIGHT (SEE RCP) PROVIDE 4" SPACE BETWEEN GLASS AND SOFFIT ra Q 3/8" TEMPERED GLASS PANEL & r GL-2 ANCHOR TO WALL AND a DESK IN CONTINUOUS WILSON GLASS "SDCD38AB" CHANNEL W/ CLEAR SILICONE ADHESIVE WC-4 FABRIC WRAPPED HOMASOTE PANEL (DO NOT GLUE FABRIC TO PANEL) MONITOR BY OTHERS CONTINUOUS DESK TOP; SEND OUT LONG TO BE o F13 In SCRIBED IN FIELD o = A4.2 1 1 BLACK 1/2" GROMMET FULL EXTENSION KEYBOARD TRAY LL ELECTRICAL AND DATA o W RECEPTACLE a `" 0 0 C: I V-5%" [ •I I = PERFORATED CPU DRAWER WITH o •( LOCK 1y" 5 a° COw I N CPU (4" H.x 131/2"W. x 151/4"D.) BY Y N OTHERS A15 SCALE: " Section 3/4" = V-0 15 �FIRICIH� Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com m \\ A ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/16/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02/26/09 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE-CINCINNATI,INC. �D AR P N 3 ULY 2009 .� DATE �F CA�� PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: 20830.000 SHEET INFORMATION Lobby Web Trader Elevation,Section, and Details DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: As Noted A41 4 5 7 9 01 16 17 m PI NI MI LI HI GI FI EI C 0 J 01 0 0 0 s a �o s a B m 0 EL 0 a 0 M g N M A 0 w 0 J n. J J 0 w W u) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 IF IF-- :I1�Cela: n, 1111.4 NOT TO EXCEED 6'-0" SPLAY BRACE WIRE 8" (MAX.) OR 1/4 LENGTH OF DIST. TO FIRST MAIN CROSS TEE �— MAIN RUNNER ACOUSTICAL PANEL — WALL TRIM SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL WALL K1 SEISMIC DETAILS SCALE: EAT SUSPENDED CEILING 1/2" CONT. HORIZ. STRUT TO PREVENT SPREADING OF RUNNERS UMUJJ 1 CC LOCKING CLIP TO FASTEN CROSS TEE TO MAIN RUNNER SPLICES AND INTERSECTIONS OF RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS SUCH AS POP RIVETS, SCREWS, PINS, PLATES WITH BENT TABS, OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS FOR 2x DESIGN LOAD OR ULTIMATE AXIAL OR COMPRESSION (MINIMUM 60 LBS.) (2)-1/4" DIA CONC ANCHORS %" (KWIK BOLT II BY HILTI OR EQUAL) WITH 1 3/4" EMBED EXIST CONC FLOOR SLAB 2"x2"x0'-6" LG, 14 GA O FRAMING CLIP G� (3)-#12 SCREWS DIAG. BRACE + -_ NOTE: FOR PRE -STRESSED CONC SLAB SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR MU VERIFY WITH THE BASE BLD ENGINEER THE ALLO E DEPTH OF BOLT PENET ON. DIAG BRACE CONNECTION TO PRECAST CONC POSITION CONC ANCHORS TO MISS (2)-1/4" DIA CONC ANCHORS EXIST PRECAST REINFORCING. USE (KWIK BOLT II BY HILTI OR EQUAL) EXTREME CAUTION WHEN DRILLING WITH 1 3/4" EMBED HOLES FOR ANCHORS y EXIST PRECAST CONC e s 2"x2"x0'-6" LG, 14 GA FRAMING CLIP (3)-#12 SCREWS 3 5/8", 18 GA DIAG DIAG BRACE CONNECTION TO PRECAST CONC (3) #8 SCREWS EXIST WOOD STRUCTURE DO NOT PENETRATE EXIST ROOF DECK 2"x2"x0'-6" LG, 14 GA FRAMING CLIP INTO EXIST JOIST OR NEW BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS (3)412 SCREWS DIAG BRACE DIAG BRACE CONNECTION TO WOOD JOIST (2)-1/4" DIA CONC ANCHORS (KWIK BOLT II BY HILTI OR EQUAL) WITH 1 3/4" EMBED — EXIST 8 � n nni 2"x2"x0'-6" LG, 14 GA FRAMING CLIP (3)412 SCREWS DIAG BRACE DIAG BRACE PERPENDICULAR TO DECK SPAN A3 TYPICAL DIAGONAL SCALE: NONE BRACE CONNECTIONS 1 2 3 4 5 III 450 MAX. 450 MAIN RUNNER CROSS TEE NOTE: L/R RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 CONC BEAM OR JOIST (2)-1/4" DIA CONC ANCHORS (KWIK BOLT II BY HILTI OR EQUAL) WITH 1 3/4" EMBED Y21, EXIST CONC le le FLOOR S 2"x2"x0'-6" LG, 14 GA FRAMING CLIP (CENTER CLIP IN "DOWN" FLUTE OF DECK). (3)-#12 SCREWS DIAG BRACE DIAG BRACE PARRALLEL TO DECK SPAN DIAG BRA( PERPENDI TO ROOF' DIAG BRAI TO ROOF 2"x2"x0'-6" LG, 14 GA FRAMING CLIP W/(3)-#12 SCREWS �T --- DIAG BRACE CONNECTION TO STL BEAM 1 7 1/2" EMT - RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (4'-0" MAX. FOR 1/2" 0) 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12'-0" O.C. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 6-0" OF EACH WALL VERTICAL- 10 GA. HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0" O.0 3/4" EMT - NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT AND LOCK - NUT AFTER CEILING SYSTEM IS LEVELED SECLSUPPORTRES TOTOP TUREABOF DECK (3) TURNS MIN. IN 1 1/2" (TYPICAL) 45' MAX. (4)-12 GA. SPLAY WIRES - SPLAYED 90° FROM EACH OTHER AND 450 FROM CEILING PLANE HANGER WIRE ALLOWABLE TENSION #12 170 lbs. 4'-0" o.c. max. #10 300 lbs. 5'-0" o.c. max. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL BE THE STANDARD TO IDENTIFY FACILITIES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHYSICALLY DISABLE PERSONS AS SET FORTH IN THESE BUILDING STANDARDS. THE SYMBOL SPECIFIED ABOVE SHALL CONSIST OFA WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKROUND. THE BLUE SHALL BE EQUAL TO COLOR NO.15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARD 595a. ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE INDENTIFIED WITH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED SIGNS SHALL BE VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. EVERY REQUIRED ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOORWAY SHALL BE OF A SIZE AS TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF A DOOR NOT LESS THAN 3 FEET IN WIDTH AND NOT LESS THAN 6 FEET, 8-INCHES IN HEIGHT. DOORS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND SHALL BE SO MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAY IS NOT LESS THAN 32-INCHES. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN PATH OF TRAVEL. SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRNG THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARWARE. HANDACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30-INCHES AND 44-INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE BOTTOM 10-INCHES OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED, 10-INCH HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8-1/2 LBS. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 LBS. FOR INTERIOR DOORS, SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR. MAY BE INCREASED TO NOT EXCEED 15 LBS. TOILET ROOM FIXTURES: TOILET FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. CONTROLS FOR THE FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREAS, NO MORE THAN 44-INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. LEVER -OPERATED. PUSH -TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF -CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10-SECONDS. LAVATORIES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29-INCHES FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WITH THE KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30-INCHES IN WIDTH WITH 8-INCHES MINIMUM DEPTH AT THE TOP. TOE CLEARANCE SHALL BE THE SAME WIDTH AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 9-INCHES HIGH FROM THE FLOOR AND A MINIMUM OF 17-INCHES DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 34-INCHES TO THE TOP OF THE LAVATORY IS RECOMENDED. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES. GRAB BARS, FASTENERS AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR 250 LBS. PER LINEAR FT. LOAD. ELECTRIC SERVICE: THE CENTER OF RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 12-INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. THE CENTER OF THE GRIP OF THE OPERATING HANDLE SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES, OR COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 3-FEET NOR MORE THAN 4-FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. THE CENTER OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES (BOXES) SHALL BE LOCATED 48-INCHES ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE FLOOR, WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE, OR SIDEWALK. A9 TITLE 24 DISABLED NONE ACCESS REQUIREMENTS 9 10 11 LIMITING HEIGHT - STEEL STUD ASSEMBLIES. USG STEEL STUDS (CWS) STUD STUD STUD ALLOWABLE PARTITION- PARTITION- FURRING - DESIGNATION WIDTH SPACING DEFLECTION ONE LAYER TWO LAYER LAYER 4ONE f 212CWS 21/2" 16" 16-611120 iT.9: 18:-6 1T-01/240 14'-0" 14'-9" 24" 14'-6"1/120 15-6" 16'-3" 11'-61/240 12'J" 13'-0" 358CWS 3 5/8" 16" 2r-s°v12o 23'-0" 24'-0" 17'3"1/240 18'3" 19'-0" 24" 19'41/120 20'-0" 20'-9" 15-0/240 16-0" 16-6" 400CWS 4" 16" 23'-6'1/120 24'-9' 25-9" 16-91/240 19-6' 20'-3" 24" 20'-6"11120 21'-6" 22'-0" 16-31/240 17'3" 17'-9" 6000WS 6" 1611 321-3111120 33'-6" 34'-6" 26-61/240 1 26.6" 1 27'-6" 28'-0"1/120 29'4" 29'-6" 24" 22'-3"1/240 23'3" 24'-0" IMPORTANT NOTES DO NOT USE WOOD AND / OR PLYWOOD WITHIN WALLS ALL "IN -WALL" BLOCKING MUST BE METAL. DO NOT USE WOOD AND / OR PLYWOOD BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING ALL "IN -CEILING" BLOCKING MUST BE METAL. (ANY OTHER WOOD BLOCKING IN CONSTRUCTION OF THIS FACILITY MUST BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED AND BEAR MANUFACTURERS' STAMP OF AUTHENTICITY) NOTE: DO NOT USE ANY COMBUSTIBLES ABOVE CEILING. STEEL STUD THICKNESS STUD STYLE DESIGN MINIMUM GAUGE INCHES MM INCHES MM STL 0.0168 0.43 0,0160 0.41 26 ST 0.0188 0.48 0,0179 0.45 25 CWS 0.0344 0.87 0.0329 0.84 20 SJ 20 0.0359 0.91 0.0341 0.87 20 STEEL STUD STANDARDS ICBO NER.211 HNONE L16 STUD SCHEDULE NONE NOTES/INFORMATION NOTE DO NOT ATTACH GY BOARD TO TOP TRA USE THIS DETAIL ONLY IF BUILDING AUTHORITIES REQUIRE THAT PARTITION STUDS BE INDEPENDENT OF TOP TRACK F12 DEFLECTION DETAIL SCALE: NONE AT TOP OF PARTITION SEE F16/A5.0 FOR ALL APPLICABLE ICBO NUMBERS SECURE TOP TRACK TO DECK USING A MIN. OF (2) 5/8" TYPE 'S-12' SCREWS EVERY 24" O.C. MAXIMUM - EXIST. WOOD ROOF STRUCTURE GWB COVE CEILING AND BULKHEAD FRAMING THAT DOES NOT EXTEND TO THE FLOOR IS ALSO TO BE CONSTRUCTED, SECURED AND BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE AS SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL AND IN DETAILS A3/A5.0 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING @ 48" O.C. 3 5/8" X 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB TYP. EACH SIDE — 450 I.C.B.O. NUMBERS METAL STUDS ANGELS METAL SYSTEMS ER-1715 TRACKANCHORS HILTI, INC. ER-2388 CEILINGS U.S.G. INTERIORS "DOWN" ER-2244 GARCY STUDS GARCY CORPORATION ICBO #2040 STRUCTURAL NOTES: 1 5/8" x 3 5/8" X 20 GA. STUDS I MIN. _ .5971 IN. 1 1/4" x 2 1/2" X 20 GA. STUDS I MIN. = .171 IN. 1 5/8" x4" X 20 GA. STUDS I MIN. = .752 IN. 1 5/8" x 6" X 20 GA. STUDS I MIN. = 1.961 IN. 1 5/8" x 3 518" X 18 GA. STUDS I MIN. = .747 IN. 2 1/2" x 12" X 12 GA. STUDS I MIN. = 43.763IN. 2" x 8" X 16 GA. JOISTS I MIN. = 6.680IN. 2 1/2" x 12" X 14 GA. JOISTS I MIN. = 25.606IN. 2" x 10" X 14 GA. JOISTS I MIN. = 14.920 IN. ATTACHMENT OF GYPSUM BOARD NON -RATED PARTITIONS TVPE'C' HI -I O BUGLE HEAD #7 X 1 1/8" SCREWS @ 12" O.C. FIELD & EDGES. RATED PARTITIONS TYPE 'S' HI-LO BUGLE HEAD # 7 X 1 1/8" SCREWS @ 12" O.C. FIELD & 8" O.C. EDGES. GARCY STUDS TYPE'S' SCREWS WITH SPACING AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. CEILINGS DIRECT ATTACHMENT TYPE 'S' HI-LO BUGLE HEAD # 7 X 1 1/8" SCREWS @ 12" O.C. FIELD & EDGES. NOT MORE THAN 112" OR LESS THAN 3/8" FROM EDGES. SUSPENDED ATTACHMENT TYPE'S' HI-LO BUGLE HEAD # 7 X 1 1/4" SCREWS @ 12" O.C. FIELD AND 8" O.C. EDGES. F16 SHONE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SEE A3/A5.0 FOR TYPICAL BRACING CONNECTION DETAILS 45' SCREW BRAC STUDS W/ 3 # SCHEDULED CEILING SECURE BTM. TRACK TO SLAB USING POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN, .145" DIA. @ MAX. SPACING OF 24" O.C. 1141 NOTE: FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHORAGE) USE: ERICO TOOL & FASTENERS - ICBO #ER 4546; HILTI INC. - ICBO#ER 1290; #ITW RAMSET/ RED HEAD - ICBO #ER 1147 OR EQUAL (TYP.) Al2 SCALE: NONE SECTION THRU PARTITION 12 13 14 15 16 5 i 1 17 18 €FI Fa IFIRIC�HI Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com r I V' \\0 1 �\ nd \\\ \\\\\\\ \��\ ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/16/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02126/09 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE - CINCINM11, INC. �D AA 8 AP Cj► � Oy �t 2 N Y 2009 Q �►9�� NAAL TE OF CAL�� PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT M 20830.000 SHEET INFORMATION Seismic Notes and Details DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: As Noted A5mO EXISTING FLOOR DECK ABOVE EXISTING iLEVEL OPEN WEB 'TJL' TRUSS FRAMING CONT. 2x4 TYP. SPANNING TRUSS LAYOUT TYP. 16 GA. MTL. TOP TRACK WITH 'DEEP LEGS' ATTACHED TO EXISTING'TJL' OPEN WEB TRUSSES WITH 318*0 LAG SCREWS THROUGH THE CENTER OF THE BOTTOM CHORD @ EA. TRUSS. LAG SCREWS TO BE INSTALLED IN PREBORED 3116.0 LEAD HOLE IN THE CENTER OF THE BOTTOM CHORD PERiLEVEL COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. GC TO APPLY FIRE CAULK TO EACH LAG SCREW LOCATION TO ASSURE FIRE RATING IS MAINTAINED IN EXISTING CEILING CONSTRUCTION EXISTING 'RC' CHANNEL BEYONDw1518' TYPE "X" GYP. BOARD ATTACHED FOR 1-HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING CONSTRCCMON 3 5/8" x20 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING @ 48' O.C. ATTACHED TOTHE CEILING MOUNTEDTOPTRACK AND MTL. STUD wl (3) #8 SCREWS AT EACH END SCHEDULED CEILING, SEE SHEET All FOR MORE INFORMATION 3 5/8- k 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16' O.C. WITH (1) LAYER 5/8' TYPE W GWB TYP. EACH SIDE GC IS TO USE THIS ATTACHMENT DETAIL WHEN POSSIBLE IN LIEU OF DETAILAI2/A5.0 FOR BRACING PURPOSES. LAG SCREWS ARE AN ACCEPTABLE ATTACHMENT METHOD TO THE EXISTING'TJL" OPEN WEB TRUSSES PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. LAG SCREWS SHOULD BE LOCATED AT LEAST 6- FROM A PIN LOCATION WITHIN THE BOTTOM CHORD AND AT LEAST 9' FROM THE END pF THE BOTTOM CHORD, GC WILL NEEDTO PARTIALLY REMOVE EXISTING GYP. BOARD HARD LID CEILING AS NECESSARY TO LOCATE EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND TO MARK THEIR LOCATIONS AS WELLAS THE PIN LOCATIONS. UPONAPPROVALOF THE CITY OFFICIAL'S INSPECTIONS, ALL AREAS WHERE GYP. BOARD WAS REMOVED SHALL BE PATCHED AND REPAIREOTO MAINTAIN 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTANT RATING. CONTAC-rGARY GATES (925-426.3273) WITH iLEVELTRUSS JOIST P=ORANYSPECIFIC QUESTIONS REGARDINGTHE TRUSSATTACHMENT. gary.gates(awyerhaeuser.can GWB COVE CEILING, SOFFITSAND BULKHEAD FRAMING THAT DOES GC TO PARTIALLY REMOVE EXISTING GYP. BOARD HARD LID NOT EXTEND TO THE FLOOR ISALSO CEILING AS NECESSARY TO LOCATE EXISTING STRUCTURAL TO BE CONSTRUCTED, SECURED MEMBERS AND TO INSTALL BLOCKING AS NECESSARY. UPON AND BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE EXISTING FLOOR APPROVAL OF CITY OFFICIAL'S INSPECTIONS, ALL AREAS ABOVE AS SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL DECK ABOVE WHERE GYP. BOARD WAS REMOVED SHALL BE PATCHEDAND AND IN DETAIL Al2/A5.0 REPAIRED TO MAINTAIN 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTANT RATING EXISTING iLEVEL OPEN WEB 'TJL' TRUSS FRAMING CONT. 2x4 TYP. SPANNING TRUSS LAYOUT EXISTING"RC"CHANNEL BEYONDw/5B'TYPE 'X' GYP. BOARD ATTACHED FOR 1-HOURFIRE RATED CEILING CONSTRCCTION I a 314" P. WOOD WITH 2x BLOCKING TO MAKE UP GAP BETWEEN CONT. 2x FRAMING ABOVEAND'RC"CHANNEL BELOW 3 518" x 20 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING @ 48' O.C. ATTACHED TO STUD 3/4" P. WOOD WITH 2x BLOCKING TO MAKE UP GAP BETWEEN CONT. 2x FRAMING ABOVE AND "RC' CHANNEL BELOW SECURE TOP TRACK TO BLOCKING USING A MIN. OF (2) 5/8" TYPE'S-lZ SCREWS EVERY 24" O.C. MAXIMUM WALL AND CEILING BLOCKINGw/(3) #8 SCREWS AT EACH END SCHEDULED CEILING, SEE SHEETA1.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION GWB COVE CEILING, SOFFITS AND BULKHEAD FRAMING THAT DOES NOT EXTENDTO THE 3 5/8" X 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ FLOOR IS ALSO TO BE CONSTRUCTED, 16- O.C. WITH (1) LAYER 5r8" SECURED AND BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE TYPE W GWB TYP. EACH SIDE ABOVE AS SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL AND IN DETAILS A5/A5.0 SECURE BTM. TRACK TO NOTE: FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILLANCHORAGE) SECURE BTM. RACK TO POWDER SLAB USING PPOWDER SLAB USING POWDER USE: ERICO TOOL &FASTENERS • ICBO #ER 4546; HILT] INC. • I DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. ICBO #ER 1290; #ITW RAMSET/ RED HEAD - ICBO#ER 1147 OR .145" DIA. @ MAX A .145' DIA. @ MAX EQUAL (TYP.) SPACING OF 24' O.C. SPACING OF 24' O.C. I TYP. INTERIOR NON -BEARING PARTITION WALL NOTE: FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHORAGE) USE: ERICO TOOL & FASTENERS - ICBO #ER 4546; HILTI INC. - ICBO#ER 1290; #ITW RAMSET/RED HEAD • IC80 #ER 11410R EQUAL (TYP.) AA.ALTERNATE FRAMING DETAIL `.TLE SAND INFORMATION I.T.S. a Al2 J FRAMING DETAILS AND INFORMATION N.T.S. DETAILS SHOWN ABOVE ARE TO REPLACE PREVIOUSLY SUBMITTED DETAILS A3 & Al2 ON THE A5.0 SHEET. TYP. INTERIOR TYP. FULL HEIGHT NON -BEARING NON -BEARING PARTITION WALL DEMISING WALL r ki 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SPECIFICATIONS 4. Existing finishes and improvements not shown to remain 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3. Quality Assurance: Fire rated doors shall comply with requirements of NFPA 80 and applicable codesforfire rated door hardware W. 17 18 = M ZE LI go I:■ GI F110I a C (10 g �, 2 2 0 a SQ 4 s a It B /n LL 0 (L 8 0 M co U) 2 a N N M A 0 W 0 0- _1 J P af it W In DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. General Conditions for this Project shall be AIA Document A201, 1997 Edition, which is hereby made part of these Contract Documents. SECTION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Use of Specifications: These specifications are to be used to establish a level of quality for Charles Schwab & Company retail branches. In the event of discrepancies between Charles Schwab Design Standards and the building standards materials, substitutions of equal or greater quality may be permitted with written acceptance in advance by Charles Schwab and Architect. All questions, clarifications, and requests for information shall be submitted to the Architect. 2. In case of conflict between or within the various Contract Documents, the more stringent requirements (as determined by the Architect) shall govern, and the greater quantity and the higher quality (as determined by the Architect) shall be furnished. 3.Other work not included in this contract will be executed during the contract time, including but not limited to fumiture installation and telecommunication cabling. Make all provisions for not in contract (N.I.C.) items, cooperate with personnel and provide access to areas, services, etc. Coordinate construction activities under this contract with N.I.C. activities so as not to impede the N.I.C. work and schedule. 4. The general contractor is responsible for coordinating his work with that of any owner's own work force, owner's separate contractors and items/work supplied by owner for the contractor to install. Coordination shall include, but not be limited to the following: a. The general contractor shall coordinate the work of all subcontractors. b. Including and maintaining any owner's work/issues into the project schedule. c. Establishing critical dates for delivery, installation, etc. d. Provide/coordinate hoisting, loading dock and temporary services. e. Provide/coordinate all/any blocking, support, bracing, etc. as required for owner'sworkrssues. 5. Coordinate space requirements and installation of electrical, telecommunication, plumbing, mechanical, and security system work. Establish routing for piping, wiring, ductwork, and conduit parallel with the grid lines of the building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. In finished areas, conceal piping, ductwork, wiring and conduits. 6. All work shall be done in conformance with all applicable federal, state, county, and city ordinances and building codes, and requirements established by state and local fire marshals. In case of conflict, the most stringent requirements shall apply. 7. The General Contractor shall apply for and obtain, at his expense, all permits required by regulatory agencies. The General Contractor's costs shall include the cost of proper insurance as required by state and local laws, national building regulations or codes to adequately protect persons and property. This shall be not less than types of coverage and limits of liability as directed by Charles Schwab. The Architect shall be named as additional insured and coverage shall be primary policy. A copy of such insurance coverage shall be furnished to the Owner and Landlord prior to commencement of work. 8. The General Contractor shall be responsible for design, coordination, and execution of construction methods and procedures and provide protection as required for safety of tenants, pedestrians and job site personnel. 9. Construction operational procedures and methods are the responsibility of the General Contractor insofar as they do not present hazards to personnel or property or infringe upon work schedules for normal site activities, other contractors, vendors and the building's standards for construction activities. 10. The General Contractor shall prepare and submit, before starting work, a schedule indicating required construction time for each trade's work. 11. The General Contractor shall be responsible for verifying access to job site, freight elevator use, schedule and size, and clearances into and out of the building, etc. 12. Schedule and perform work so that other tenants in the building are not disturbed. 13. Schedule all work for regular business hours unless otherwise noted by building regulations or the Contract Documents. 14. Submit three copies of required samples, shop drawings, & product data to Architect for review prior to fabrication. Allow Architect five business days to review and comment. Architect's review will be for conformance with design concept only. Contractor shall review all submittals forconformance with Contract Documents prior to submitting them for Architect's review. Required submittals as specified in this section or/and as specified with additional notes on Drawings. 15. Contractor's Checking of Submittals: Thoroughly check submittals for completeness and for compliance with the Contract Documents before submitting them to the Architect, and mark them with the Contractor's stamp certifying that they have so been reviewed. Any submittal without such stamp shall be returned to the Contractor without review. 16. Identification of Submittals: Mark, tag, or otherwise properly label each submittal item with the name of the Contractor, name of the Charles Schwab branch project, the date, and a reference to the applicable specification section numberfor identification of each item. Accompany each submittal with a letter of transmittal containing similar information and add the purpose for which the submittal is being made. Each submittal item, or the label affixed thereon, shall have a clear space suitable to receive the stamps of the Contractor and the Architect. 17. Stamping of Action Submittals: Each individual submittal will be returned to the Contractor stamped or marked by the Architect as follows. a. "A ACTION": The Contractor is advised that "A ACTION" means that fabrication manufacture and/or construction may proceed providing Yp P 9 the Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. b. "B ACTION": The Contractor is advised that "B ACTION" means that fabrication, manufacture and/or construction may proceed providing the Work is in compliance with the Architect's notations and the Contract. Documents. . c. "C ACTION" means that a portion of the submittal does not comply with the design intent of the Contract Documents. Other portions of the submittal, as noted, may proceed with fabrication, manufacture, or construction providing submittal complies with the notations of FRCH and the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make revisions and resubmit entire submittal only revising portions as noted. d. "D ACTION" means that submittal does not comply with the design intent of the Contract Documents. Submittals stamped "D ACTION" are not to be used. Contractor shall make revisions and resubmit. 18. If a Submittal has received an "A" or "B" ACTION, then further Submission per individual project is not required. The General Contractor shall provide a letter to the Architect for each individual project stating which items, identified by specification sections applicable to this branch project, have previously received an'W or "B" ACTION. 19. Maintain all building life safety, fire protection, and security systems at all times. Do not block exits. 20. Report any hazardous materials encountered to the Owner/Landlord. 21. Do not allow adhesive odor and other fumes from construction activities to enter HVAC system. 22. All work shall be plumb, square, level, in proper alignment, and securely fastened. 23. Where products are specified by manufacturer and model, it is to establish a quality standard. No product or material substitution is allowed, UNO on drawings. Use material specified or approved substitution. Products shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with manufacturer's standard specifications, UNO. The general contractor shall coordinate any change or substitution with the architect as required. 24. Transport, deliver, handle and store materials and equipment at the job site in such a manner as to prevent damage, including damage which might result from intrusions of foreign matter or moisture from any source. Comply with material and equipment manufacturers' instructions regarding temperature limitations and other environmental conditions which are required to maintain the original quality and condition of materials and equipment. 25. Confirm appropriate on -site delivery dates for all construction materials required by the Contract Documents. Notify Architect in writing within 10 calendar days of the Contract date of any possible construction delays affecting occupancy that may arise due to the availability of specified products. Requests for substitutions due to late delivery dates of specified products will not be acceptable after construction starts. 26. Remove and lawfully dispose off site all rubbish and debris resulting from contractor operations daily. Keep project area broom clean. 27. The General Contractor shall employ a qualified full time Representative satisfactory to the Owner and Tenant, to be present at the job site during construction activity on the project. The Representative shall be in full charge of the work and all instructions given to the Representative shall be binding. 28. The General Contractor shall maintain a complete set of the Contract Documents for record markup purposes throughout the contract time. He shall markup these Documents during the course of work to show both changes and actual installation in sufficient form to comprise a complete record for the Owner's purposes. He shall give particular attention to work which will be concealed and difficult to measure and record at a later date, and to work which may require servicing or replacement during the life of the project. He shall bind copies into manageable sets with durable paper covers labeled "as -built Documents", and transmit them to the Owner. 29. The following items are required for substantial completion: a. Final cleaning of all surfaces, including existing surfaces (glass, blinds, etc.) by a professional service. b. Reproducible drawings with as -built conditions noted. c. A binder with operation and maintenance data and warranties. d. Specified quantities of maintenance materials. e. HVAC balance report. f. Schedule & perform a sequence of operation review & demonstration of all new general contractor provided equipment with client & landlord on site. 30. Patch and repair existing fire rated partitions with construction to match existing and meet requirements of fire rating. SECTION 02100 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1. See demolition drawings prepared by MEP engineers and/or consultant(s) for additional information and requirements for demolition of electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing, voice data, etc., items as well as coordination of demolition items. 2. Prior to demolition and before submission of proposed methods and sequences of operations, the General Contractor shall be responsible to obtain for reference any existing record drawings and to conduct any appropriate field testing to determine the nature of the work to be removed. 3. Field -verify all conditions and dimensions and notify of any deviation before proceeding with demolition. 5. Provide f r all existing finishes to remain and repair an damage that occurs. Patch and finish o de o g p y g disturbed areas to match adjacent materials and finishes. Extend patch to the nearest natural break point, i.e. inside corner, existing joint or location approved by Architect. Repair fireproofing on structural elements and fire rated assemblies. 6. Surfaces to remain, when cut, damaged, or otherwise disturbed during demolition, installation of new work or removal and reinstallation of existing items to remain shall be restored as necessary to provide a smooth, clean, complete, properly detailed and finished installation with appearance, function, and wearing qualities equal to new work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain the integrity of all scaffolding, dust barriers, barricades, bracing, shoring, and structural systems required for installation of new work. 7. The general contractor shall provide as required the means and methods to maintain appropriate ventilation, lighting and safety, etc. throughout the demolition process. General contractor to verify/coordinate with building management all means and methods, typical. SECTION 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 1. Work Included: Provide mill fabricated architectural woodwork and cabinetwork, including cabinet hardware. 2. Standards: Perform work in accordance with standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), Quality Standards, "Custom Grade" 3. Submittals: Submit shop drawings for all millwork items prior to fabrication. Submit manufacturer's cutsheets for all hardware items. Verify all dimensions in field prior to submitting shop drawings. 4. Materials: a. Casework and countertops (Refer to sheet A500 for finishes): b. Quality: Custom grade, flush overlay type. c. Wood: Hardwood edged plywood, 3/4" thick up to T-0" between supports, 1" thick if overT-0" between supports. d. Plastic Laminate: Nema LD-3.1, high pressure laminates. e. Casework Hardware: 1) Cabinet Shelves: Adjustable shelf standards and supports flush mounted: KV#255 recessed standards with KV#256 bracket clips, both with polished chrome finish. 2) Cabinet Hinges: Concealed type, minimum 170 degree opening, with spring closer. 3) Cabinet Pulls: Wire type, 3-1/2" center to center, polished chrome finish. 4) Drawer Slides: Full extension, heavy duty 100 lb capacity type with ball -bearing nylon rollers. 5) Open Shelving Heavy Duty Standards, Brackets, and Shelf Rests: Knape & Vogt #87 ano standards with Knape & Vogt # 187LL ano brackets with Knape & Vogt #211 ano shelf rests. 6) Coat Rod Steel Rod, End Angles and Pole Brackets: Knape & Vogt #660 steel rods with Knape & Vogt #734 end angles with Stanely #7045 ore brackets for spans greater than 4-0", . P P f. Concealed wood to be fire retardant treated. 5. Millwork to be fabricated and installed in accordance with the standard of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). o d e s ( ) 6. Materials to be A.W.I. Custom Grade UNO. 7. Wood veneers to receive transparent finish to be plain sliced, book and end matched, UNO. 8. Particle board to be high density. 9. Provide backing sheets on laminated plastic items to prevent warping. Melamine shall be used on interior surfaces and shelves in cabinets, and on all open shelving, UNO. p 9, 10. Construction to be A.W.I. custom grade and flush overlay type, with European (invisible) self -closing, 170 degree opening heavy-duty hinges and 100 pound rated, full -extension, side -mounted drawer slides, UN0. 11. Laminated plastic countertops and splashes to be square edges, UNO. 12. Coordinate locations and provide backing in partitions for all cabinets, countertops, and shelving. Backing to be 6" x 18" and 20 gauge metal plate or 3-5/8" x 18 gauge continuous runner with flanges cut at studs. See also 09250/10. 13. Scribe countertops and splashes to adjacent surfaces. 14. Provide 1/2" x 1/2" reveal where cabinets abut a partition. Reveal color to match cabinet, UNO. v SECTION 07840 FIRE STOPPING Provide hardware bearing Underwriters Laboratory (UL) labels. Door indicated in fire rated partitions and walls shall be positive latching and self closing, with smoke gaskets. Access for persons with disabilities comply with Americans with Disabilities Act 1. Contractor shall complete the closure and protection of penetrations in shafts, roofs, walls, ceiling and floors by sealing all cracks around accessibility guidelines (ADA-AG), doors, louvers, conduit pipes, ducts and the like, with fire sealant, fire safing, fire stop foam or other fire -resistive materials acceptable to the fire marshal, building officials and the architect to contain room environments, complete fire rated assemblies. 4, Supplier: Recognized builders hardware supplier with minimum five years successful experience in scheduling and fumishing hardware. 2. Provide fire stop sealant, one -part silicone elastometric sealant, and fire stop foam, two-part silicone rtv foam: UL rated for 1, 2, and 3 hour fire resistive ratings per ASTM E-814/UL 1479. Dow corning fire stop sealant or 3M barrier caulk. 5. Submittals: Shop drawings indicating locations and mounting heights of hardware and catalog cuts for each type of hardware. SECTION 07920 BUILDING SEALANT 6. Existing Doors: Where indicated on door schedule, provide new or additional hardware to existing doors. Contractor is responsible for coordinating requirements of new hardware with existing. Remove as required and salvage base building hardware 1. General interior building sealant shall be single component, gun -grade, paintable, acrylic -latex sealant, Tremco acrylic latex or approved where applicable. Contractor to notify architect of hardware conflicts. equal with color white. 7. Locksets and Latchsets: Provide of metal matching specified finish; interior parts steel and zinc -dichromate 2. Sealant Back -Up: Non -staining, closed -cell foam compatible with sealant to be used. Size and shape to control depth of sealant and to plating, to resist rusting and corrosion; do not supply plastic, die-cast or aluminum mechanisms. allow 20 to 50 percent compression upon insertion. a. Type: Extra Heavy Duty Commercial Cylindrical LocksetlLatchset. 3. Provide silicone rubber -based sealant: One -part, nonsag elastometric sealant resistant to mildew. Proglaze by Tremco, 786 mildew b. Design: Schlage Neptune Lever with integral 21/8" wrought rose. resistant silicone sealant by Dow Corning. Use at wall mounted urinals, water closets, lavatories, sinks, drinking fountains, countertops, and c. Accurate 8525 latch set. Backset: 2". splashes. d. Strikes: Furnish standard strikes with extended lips where required to protect trim from being marred by latch bolt; verify type of cutouts provided in metal frames. 4. Provide non -hardening acoustical sealant: Tremco acoustical sealant, USG acoustical sealant. Use at perimeter and penetrations of acoustical -type interior partitions. 8. Keys and Keying: Coordinate with base building system. Entrance doors and mechanical spaces to be keyed to the building master. 5. Provide sheet caulking: Electrical box sealer, use at electrical and telecommunication box penetrations of acoustical -type interior partitions. a. Cylinders: Schlage, or match building standard. b. Hardware manufacturers shall provide a quantity of master keying of new space equivalent to the existing grand master, master key alike or different keying as directed. SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES c. Submit all keys to Schwab's representative. d. Hardware manufacturers shall key and register lock cylinders. 1. Fabricate welded hollow metal frames from 14 ga steel. Provide throat opening for frame 1132" larger than partition thickness. 1. Master key to Branch Manager 2. Separate key for entry door. All remaining rooms to be keyed the same. 2. Provide 16 ga anchor clips to each jamb with anchors as follows: 3. Provide new cylinder and/or lockset to match specified keyways and keying schedule at existing doors. a. Hinge sider,2" c: One anchor above & below top hinge; one anchor above each remaining hinge. b. Strike side: Match hinge side. 9. Finishes: a. Provide the following finishes except where otherwise noted. c. Clip widthnape : Match stud width. b. Hinges and pivots: BHMA 626 (US26D), Satin Chromium Plated. 1 �,. r l �,. rated r. ,....:iL I _r err r,n I ll Provide 3. f re rated IIanRes: C'oIIIply Will/ Zabel requirements VI IN,'IFPr% and UL. Provide labels peer, 1ariently fastened on eat h IIame. c. Door Levers and related trim: BHMA 626 (US26D), Satin Chromium Plated. d. Closers: Manufacturer's standard cover finish to match BHMA 626 (US26D), Satin Chromium. 4. Coordinate placement of hardware & mortised frames to receive hinges, strikes and other hardware. Reinforce & prep frames to receive e. Thresholds: BHMA 628 (US28), Satin Aluminum, clear anodized. hardware. f. Other items: Provide manufacturer's standard finishes to match similar hardware types on same door, and maintain acceptable finish considering anticipated use. 10. Mounting Positions: Heights given are center line heights from finished floor. Comply with SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM FRAMES recommendations of Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, subject to approval, for heights of items not indicated, height is to center unless otherwise indicated. 1.1 Section includes a. Locks and Latches: 38' to center of lever. a. Prefinished aluminum door frames for interiors. b. Door Pulls: 42" to center of grip. b. Prefinished aluminum door frames with sidelight frame components for interiors. c. Push Plate: 42" coordinate with pull location. 1.2 Related sects sections d. Push -Pull Bar: 42" to centerof bar. a. Section -wood doors. e. Top hinge location as per manufacturer's standard, but not greater than 10" from head of frame to b. Section 08220 - plastic doors. center line of hinge. c. Section 08710 - door hardware. f. Bottom hinge location as per manufacturer's standard, but not greater than 12-1/2" from floortocenter lineof hinge. d. Section 08800 - glazing g. Intermediate hinges equally spaced between top and bottom hinges and from each other. h. Hinge mortise on door leaf 1/4" to 5/16" from stop side of door. 1.3 Submittals i. Dead bolt not more than 44" from floor to operating lever. a. Submit under provisions of section 01300. b. Product data: manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products comply with requirements. 11. Hardware Schedule: The hardware schedule establishes a type and standard of quality, see drawings. Examine drawings c. Shop drawings: and specifications and furnish proper hardware for door opening, whether listed or not, bring omissions to attention of Provide standard installation details for typical architectural conditions. Provide details for special or custom installation conditions. Architect prior to bid opening for instructions otherwise, list will be considered complete; no extras will be allowed. 1.4 Quality assurance a. Single source responsibility: provide aluminum door frames, aluminum glazing systems, and accessories by a single manufacturer for SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING each type of aluminum frame. b. Fire rated assemblies Included: Pr vi tempered n laminated lass as shown on the contract documents. 1 WorkProvide a d g 1. In locations where fire rated openings are scheduled or required by regulatory agencies, provide fire rated aluminum frames that have been tested and certified for a specified exposure by an agency acceptable 2. Standards: Except as modified by governing codes and by the contract documents, comply with the to governing authorities. applicable provisions and recommendations of the GANA Glazing Manual. 2. Provide labels permanently on each frame that are within size limits established by NFPA and the testing authority. 3. Provide labels for openings as scheduled on the drawings. 3. Submittals: Submit a minimum of two 12 in square samples of each type of glass. Provide samples 1 with minimum f polished. Submit co of statement signed b of glass type GL col a m Imu o one edge posed Sub copy sta g y Delivery, storage, and handling installer and Contractor stating that glazing materials comply with thesespecifications and the1.5 a Deliver door and window frames in cartons to provide protection during transit and storage project site. P P g g P requirements of the drawings, and that the installation methods comply with the manufacturers published b. Inspect door and window frames upon delivery for damage. Repair minor damage to painted finish by using air drying touch up paint of instructionsn re mm n recommendations for each condition of use on this project. and co e d s a matching color supplied with each job. Replace door and window frames that can not be satisfactorily repaired. 4. Materials: c. Store aluminum frames at project site under cover and near final installation location. Do not use covering that will cause discoloration of aluminum finish. Tempered glass, marked GL-1: float glass: 1/4 in. thick, with surface applied translucent finish. See finish schedule and drawings for type and extent of surfacefinish. Com I with ASTM C1048 Kind FT 1.6 Environmental requirements and meeting the requirements of ANSI Z97.1. Exposed edges to be square edged polished. a. Do not begin installation of frames or doors until area of work has been completely enclosed and interior is protected from the elements. h Maintain tomnorahvo and humirlitd in nmac of instailotinn within oaaenahla limits ae rinco nc nnecihlo tnfinai nrrnnnnrry etanAarrle If �• Main" ...V "_1 ^ _ `^ .1 " 11 ^ 11 "' w'w_ -' " seal.-""" '• """' .--so.--""""" _ __ _ M"" -e `- "' ""' ...,.,..,...n, -..d` .--. " n ��-♦ :J t LL L i /: d: L J App pt. n((+T nM1n -I--- --A R Installation materials: provide U-ne pall silicone rubber sealant (Indicated as IJ S�. I1J 1IVI V77LU, floss al lu necessary, provide artificial heating, cooling, and ventilation to maintain required environmental conditions. use as best suited for purpose: "Silpruf' (General Electric) 795 Building Sealant" (Dow Coming Corp.); Color: CLEAR. Provide setting and edge blocks, face shims and spacers as required by installation 2.1 Manufacturers conditions shown on the drawings. Joint cleaner, primer and sealer: Products as recommended by the manufacturer. a. To establish standards of manufacturer, appearance, performance, function and design, these specifications are based upon products of: Frameworks Manufacturing: John Crisp @ 713-692-5222 www.doorframe.com 5. Installation: Pre -installation meeting: Prior to the start of work and at the contractors direction, meet at the project site to b. Substitutions: If Frameworks can not meet the project demands please contact: I.C.I.-Inter Components Incorporated: Joe Walker @ review material selections, methods and sequence of installation, glazing procedures, standard of workmanship, coordination 510-264-9620 www.aluminum-frames.com No other substitutions permitted. with other trades and evaluation of the suitability of specified components and design detailing. The meeting shall include the Owner, Architect, subcontractors and primary material/component suppliers. 2.2 Materials a. Aluminum: controlled 6063 t5 alloy billet, to assure critical tolerances and color uniformity. 6. Comply with manufacturers' written instructions for protecting, handling and installing tempered and laminated glass and side-lites. 2.3 Extruded aluminum door and window frames a. Frames: I.C.I. full height frames: continuous head track system attached to ceiling grid that secures the top of the drywall as well as the frame components, with 1 inch applied trim over face of the frame to conceal fasteners. SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD b. Frames: I.C.I.600 Series Trimline Freestanding frames: ceiling height or less than ceiling height system not using a continuous head track, with 1 inch applied trim over face of the frame to conceal fasteners. 1. Work Included: Provide metal framing for gypsum board. Provide gypsum board and accessories, Face profile: 1-3/8 inches including joint treatment. Provide acoustical insulation as speed. Return: 318 inches. Throat size: as indicated by wall thickness on the drawings. 2. Standards: perform gypsum board systems work in accordance with recommendations of ASTM C754 and ASTM C840 unless otherwise specified. 2.4 Fabrication a. Pre -machined door jambs, prepared for hardware with pre -drilled and tapped factory installed reinforcement plates. 3. Submittals: Provide two 12" long samples of each type of extruded or sheet metal trim used in b. Provide corner reinforcements and align clips as needed for exact butt connections.lation project, other items as specifically requested by Architect. c. Factory fabrication of sidelight and borrowed lights: d. Sidelights and borrowed lights: provide frame components in stock lengths for field cutting to fit opening. 4. Deflection: Provide for maximum L/240 typical, L/360 where tile is indicated on gypsum wallboard. e. Fabricate all components to allow secure installation without exposed fasteners. 5. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Listed by underwriter's laboratory, or other listing approved by applicable authorities. 2.5 Finishes a. Polyurethane finish: comply with aama 603 applied on vertical or horizontal line and oven baked to insure hardness. 6. Gypsum Wallboard: Comply with ASTM C840 for maximum permissible lengths with ends square cut, tapered edges Color: as indicated in schedules on the drawings. on boards to be finished. Provide ASTM C36, Type X, fire rated gypsum board, unless otherwise indicated. Color: Custom color to match architect's sample. 7. Tile Substrates: ASTM C630, Type X, moisture resistant gypsum board, with asphalt impregnated core. 3.1 Examination a. Examine project conditions and verify that the work of this section may properly commence. Do not proceed with installation until 8. Acoustical Insulation: Preformed mineral fiber, ASTM C665, Type I friction fit type without integral unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. vapor barrier as required to meet STC Ratings indicated, or thickness indicated. b. Verify wall thickness does not exceed standard tolerances allowed by specified throat size. 9. Acoustical Sealant: As specified under Section 07920. 3.2 Installation a. Comply with frame manufacturer's printed installation instructions and approved shop drawings. Do not attempt installation in areas where 10. Provide 18 ga backing and/or blocking concealed in walls for wall mounted accessories and items. wall thickness exceeds throat size specified. Span backing plate over 3 studs min. (see also 06400/12). b. Install frame plumb and square, securely anchored to substrate with fasteners recommended by frame manufacturer. c. Set all framing in correct location as shown on the drawings, level, square, plumb and in alignment with other work in accordance with the 11. Coordinate metal framing wl Millwork and Electrical Contractors, etc. as req'd. manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings. d. Set all doors in correct location as shown on the drawings, level, square, plumb and in alignment with other work in accordance with the 12. Gypsum wall board to be 5/8" type "X", unless otherwise noted. Provide water resistant gypsum manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings. board at toilet room partitions. Install gypsum board with long dimension perpendicular to framing. 3.3 Adjusting and cleaning 13. New and existing gypsum board shall be taped and sanded with no visiblejoints. Surfaces are to a. Protect exposed portions of aluminum surfaces from damage bygrinding and polishingcompounds, s' plaster, lime' acid cement' and other be free of imperfections, and markings subject to bleed through, and shall have smooth surface ready to contaminates. receive scheduled finish. Where deep tone or glass paint is scheduled, skim coat full surface of b. Touch up marred areas so that touch-up is not visible from a distance of 4 feet. Remove and replace frames that cannot be satisfactorily substrate. adjusted. A. Wall areas receiving reveals and/or noted as "Opaque Wall" shall receive a level 4 finish. 3.4 Protection a. Provide protection required to assure that frames will be without damage or deterioration upon substantial completion of the project. 14. Verify partition thickness suitable to accommodate plumbing, panel boxes, fire extinguishers cabinet, 15. Extruded Aluminum Reveal Trim SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS a. Aluminum Trim, General: Extruded aluminum trim with 1/2" dia. holes in fins forattachmentto drywall, staggered 1/2 o.c.; longest lengths available; primed for finish painting. Provide premanufactured 1. Work Included: Provide standard and fire rated type wood doors, forflush type doors. intersections in "+", "L", & "T" configurations. 2. Standards: American Woodwork Institute (AWI), "Quality Standards", National Wood Window and Door Association (NWWDA), Industry b. Channel Wall Reveal: "SWR-.025 050" (Pittcon Industries) or "WR/0.38W-0.51)" (Construction Standard I.S.1 Series. Underwriters Laboratories Inc., "Building Materials Directory." Specialties, Inc.) 3. Submittals: Manufacturer's product data literature and three finish veneer samples. SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: Eggers Industries Architectural Door Division. Weyerhaeuser Company. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. 1. Work Included: Provide acoustical ceiling systems, with suspended metal grid systems, trim, and 5. Substitutions of same function and performance are acceptable upon approval of the Architect. accessories as required for complete installation. 6. Materials: Flush Doors: Comply with AWI/WIC Custom Grade Wood Doors, Type A Requirements for 1-3/4" thick solid stave lumber 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: core. Five ply construction, Type II Bond, interior. Rail and Stile Doors: Comply with AWI/WIC Premium Grade, Type A Requirements for 1 a. Suspension System: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Chicago Metallic. Donn Corp., Division of USG 3/4" thick solid wood framed interior doors. Low density lumber core to have thick veneer. Face Veneers: All doors to be painted Interiors, Inc. to match SCHWAB standard furniture finish. Provide edge banding to match face veneers at both sides. b. Acoustical Units: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 7. Undercut all doors to clear top of finished floor, including, but not limited to carpet, tile, etc. as applicable by 3/16" maximum, unless 3. Submittals: Provide (2) 6" x 12" samples of each type of acoustic the used on project, (2)12" otherwise noted. samples of each type of suspension grid, ceiling trims, shadow molds, extruded drapery pockets and 8. Finish vertical edges of doors to match faces, seal top and bottom edges. ceiling coves, other items as specifically requested by Architect. 9. Paint astragals at fire rated doors to match door color. 4. Materials: a. Suspension System: All suspended tile ceiling system to be Armstrong Dune, 2'x2'04", RH: 0.90, NRC: 0.50, LR: 0.83. Comply with ASTM C635 as applicable for type of suspension system required and type of ceiling unit indicated. SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE b. Grid System: Ceiling grid to be Armstrong Silhouette 9/16" with 1/8" reveal, boltslot. Direct hung aluminum or steel as shown on drawings. Suspended ceiling to be level within a tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0". 1. Work Included: Provide hardware for all glass & wood doors. Structural Class: Intermediate duty system. Edge Molding: W-Shaped "shadow mold" with 114" reveal, USG/Donn wall angle MS134. Grid Finish: Manufacturer's standard low brightness white baked enamel. 2. Standards: ANSI Al 15 and Al 15 W Series door and frame preparation standards. ANSI A156.1 through A156.20 standards for c. Shadow Mold: W-Shaped "shadow mold" with 1/4" reveal. USG/Donn wall angle MS134. various hardware items.b 5. Seismic Restraint System: As required by applicable code. SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 1. Work Included: Provide resilient tile flooring and base. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Resilient Tile: Armstrong floor division b. Rubber Base: Allstate Rubber (Dalton, GA 1-706-297-1000) 3. Submittals: Provide 12" x 12" samples of resilient flooring, 12" long base and transition strips, 3 of each color and style. 4. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable upon approval by the Architect. 5. Materials: a. Resilient Tile: 12"x12"x118" vinyl composition tile conforming to ASTM F1066, Composition 1, color and tile layout as indicated on drawings. b. Resilient Base: Rubber base conforming to ASTM F1861 rubber type 1/8" gauge with premolded end stops and external corners, 4" high unless otherwise indicated. Provide in continuous roll. c. Transition Strips: Homogeneous vinyl or rubber, tapered or bullnose edge, color as indicated on drawings. 6. Preparation: Conform with manufacturer's recommendations for preparation and with ASTM F710. Remove subfloor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes and defects with subfloor filler. 6. Installation: a. Flooring Installation: Conform with manufacturer's recommendations. Open floor tile cartons enough to cover each area, and mix tiles to ensure shade variations do not occur within any one area. Lay flooring with joints parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical pattern. Install no less than half of full width tile at room perimeter LINO, Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. b. Install transition strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. Use full length pieces only, butt tight to vertical surfaces. Where splicing cannot be avoided, butt ends tight and flush. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tightjoints. c. Base Installation: Fit base tight and vertical. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. d. Install resilient tile using manufacturer's recommended adhesive. a. Install resilient file the came dironfinn I'NO. SECTION 09680 CARPET 1. Work Included: Provide 50cm X 50cm GlasBac carpet tiles (UNO), complete with required accessories. Unless otherwise shown, provide transition strips where carpeting terminates at other floor finishes (anodized transition strip at carpet -vinyl transition (typical)). Provide resilient base, coordinate with Section 09650. Provide carpet ramp w/ leveling compound at stone -carpet transition (typical). 2. Quality Assurance: Must pass 450 or less for ASTM E662 (Smoke density). Must be Class I ASTM E-648 Glue -down (flooring radiant panel test). 3. Submittals: Provide (2)-8" x 10" samples of each type of selected carpet. Contractor is to lay out a temporary 10' x 10' area of carpet tiles and submit a full color digital photo to Charles Schwab Project Manager, Design Manager and Architect for approval prior to final carpet installation. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: Interface (UNO). Contact David Hill at 415-421-7700, ext. #11 for Charles Schwab contract pricing. 5. Patch, level, and prepare slab for scheduled floor covering. New concrete needs at least 90 days to fully cure. Lightweight concrete and concrete poured above grade in metal pans take a considerably longer time to cure. Job site temperature must stay within 60°F and 857 (for a minimum of 48 days) prior to, during, and after instalation. 6. instaiiation: Ai! carpet tiles must be removed from the cartons and allowed to adjust to the job site temperature for 48 hours prior to installation. The lighting to be used by the building occupants must be in service for proper inspection of color and joints. Tactile installation method is to be used. Use only Re:Source 2000 Pressure Sensitive Adhesive on all areas other than stairs. On stairs, use only vinyl compatible permanent adhesive. For stair nosing, use manufacturer's recommended installation method. Cut carpet tiles where required in manner to allow for proper seam andpattern match. Ensure cuts are straight true and unfraYe . See floor finish plan and www.inteffac einc.com for further installation information. 7. Provide continuous metal transition strip with anodized aluminum finish by SCHLUTER SYSTEM INC. & style: Deco. SECTION 09720 WALL COVERINGS 1. This Section Includes The Following: a Vinvl wall rnvarinn ...,..._.. __._....,. b. Woven fiber wall covering. c. Textile wall covering. 2. Submittals: a. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. b. Shop Drawings: Show location and extent of each wall -covering type. Indicate pattern placement, seams and termination points. c. Samples: For each type of wall covering and for each color, texture, and pattern required. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide wall coverings and adhesives with the following fire -test -response characteristics as determined by testing identical products applied with identical adhesives to substrates per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. b. Surface -Burning Characteristics: As follows, per ASTM E 84: 1. Flame -Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke -Developed Index: 450 or less. 3. Fire -Growth Contribution: Textile wall coverings complying with acceptance criteria of UBC Standard 8-2. 4. Fire -Growth Contribution: Textile wall coverings tested according to NFPA 265 and complying with Method A test protocol in IBC 2000, Section 803.5.1. 4. Manufacturers (no substitutions are allowed): a. Dry Erase Board & Tack Board: Singer Wallcoverings b. Wood Wall Paneling: Brookside Veneers, Inc. c. Fabric Wrapped Wall Panels: Maharam or Design Tex 5. Installation: a. Install per manufacturer's specifications. b. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. c. Fully bond wall covering to substrate, uno. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. d. Fabric wallcovering is not to be glued to substrate. e. Trim edges and seams for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure. Butt seams without any overlay or spacing between strips. SECTION 09900 PAINTING 1. Work Included: Provide painting and finishing of all exposed items and surfaces. Specified surface preparations, priming and coats of paint are in addition to shop -priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of work. 2. Acceptable Manufacturer: Benjamin Moore Paint Co. ., „sue "X,', 2_ 3. Materials: "Paint" as defined herein means coating systems including primers, emulsions, enamels, <. stains sealers fillers whether used as rime intermediate or finish coats. Provide premium grade p P .' primers as recommended by paint manufacturers for compatibility with substrates indicated and finish ,Q--,--, ;t coats specified. �y ,-, L! '' i 4. Submittals: Apply opaque paint finishes on 8" x 10" cardstock. Apply transparent finishes to same \N``' material. Submit 3 displays of each color finish and sheen.,: _-._:. 5. Preparation: Per manufacturer's recommendation as appropriate for substrate. 11_!nJ 91 c�tm= .'%=1 M, t 6. Application: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques = best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Apply additional coats when stains or �� blemishes show through final coat until paint is a uniform finish in color and appearance. 7. Opaque Finishes: Provide uniform finish color and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, brush marks, run, sags, ropiness or other surfaces imperfections are not acceptable. 8. Transparent Finishes: Produce glass smooth film of even luster provide with no cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel or other surface imperfections. 9. Prepare and paint all exposed columns, panel boxes, conduits, surface raceways, louvers, draperyr _. --. pockets, grilles, etc. not prefinished to match adjacent partition or ceiling color. -A 10. Prime and paint all exposed and semi -exposed gypsum board with a minimum of 2 color coats of acrylic latex, eggshell sheen, use 3 color coats for dark colors. New door frames to be painted shall �t be finished with 2 coats bonding agent, 1 lacquer undercoat, 2 color coats acrylic lacquerwith scheduled> '- '�---------_,-- --._..__ .. sheen. 11. Mask U.L. Label on doors, frames and finishes. Do not apply finishes to door or tame labels. SECTION 10250 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 1. Work Included: Provide Fire Extinguisher Cabinet with Fire Extinguisher as noted on the contract documents. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Larsen's "Occult Series", Model: 0-2409, Door Style: Solid Flush Panel, Lettering: black type "A" die cut lettering (stainless steel), to meet local code requirements. 3. Fire Extinguisher: Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type, 10 LBS nominal capacity in enameled steel container, to meet local code requirements. If local jurisdiction deems any change, notify architect. Submittals: Provide cut manufacturers cut sheets of cabinet and extinguisher as specified F R CH I I I III Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com !, (n \\\\\\\\\�� ` qsp VNQL\111,4�__ Ni,,l\\,,, 11010 "u.1 l� �\ ��\��I - `�\\ \ \�IN I �\\\\\\ \� �\ \\, \ '\\I ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/16/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS A BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 02/26/09 Q FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE - CINCINNATI, INC. cl ARCS g9TP� V v s A * * N 09 �,9�F RENEWALT�.1%. OF CAL\� PLANS SIGNED: 03/11/09 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: 20830.000 SHEET INFORMATION Architectural Specifications DRAWN BY: B. Williams REVIEWED BY: R. Rink SCALE: As Noted spi so 1 2 3 4 5 0 VA W 10 11 12 13 14 15 IF. 17 18 1 04 3 4 0 0 M 13 14 16 17 18 PI N' MI LI KI HI GI FI EI DI CI BI A 0 KEYED NOTES 1. COORDINATE ALL DUCTWORK PRIOR TO DUCTWORK FABRICATION. INSTALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE THE PATH OF THE DUCTWORK WITH THE LIGHTING PLAN, SPRINKLER PIPING, EXISTING STRUCTURE, EXISTING DUCTWORK AND ALL OTHER EXISTING CONDITIONS. (TYPICAL). MODIFY THE EXISTING DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE THE NEW DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE NEW HEAT EXTRACTION EXHAUST FAN AS SCHEDULED, AND REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE. 3. PROVIDE NEW CARIER 3V CONTROL SYSTEM PILOT IN LOCATION AS SHOWN ON PLANS. VVT CONTROLS AND THERMOSTATS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING CARRIER HVAC EQUIPMENT AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM. PROVIDE NEW SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AS REQUIRED. 4. PROVIDE THERMOSTATS IN LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. LABEL SENSORS WITH UNIT SERVED AND OFFICE AREAS. 5. PROVIDE EXHAUST FAN PROVIDE NEW TOILET EXHAUST DUCTWORK FOR NEW RESTROOMS. 6. PROVIDE NEW CARRIER VAV BOX WITH VVT CONTROLLER PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND MAINTAIN ALL MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES. 7, INSTALL BYPASS DUCT BETWEEN THE SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCT RUNS WITH A BYPASS DAMPER. PROVIDE AND INSTALL STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. 8. LANDLORD SHALL PROVIDE NEW FAN COIL. VERIFY THE FINAL LOCATION OF THE FAN COIL UNIT WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. BALANCE TO THE SCHEDULED CFM. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW SECONDARY DRAIN PAN WITH HIGH WATER ALARM. A 9. EXTEND NEW RESTROOM EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO THE BUILDING EXHAUST MAIN. FIELD VERIFY THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR TENANT RESTROOM EXHAUST 10. ROUTE NEW INSULATED COPPER CONDENSATE FROM FAN COIL TO THE MOP SINK. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMP. 11. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW ADDRESSABLE DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE SUPPLY AIR DUCT. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING TO FAN INTERLOCK. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE WIRING FOR GENERAL NOTES A. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO STRUCTURE. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND WITH EXISTING DUCTWORK, STRUCTURE, PIPING, SPRINKLER MAINS, AND ALL OTHER EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTACT THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY IF CEILING CONFLICTS ARE ENCOUNTERED. ANY RELOCATION OF DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO COORDINATE NEW WORK WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL RE DONE AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER_ B. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, CEILING HEIGHTS AND EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF ANY DUCTWORK OR ORDERING OF ANY EQUIPMENT. D. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TENANT WITH AS —BUILT DRAWINGS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. E. REMOVE ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK NOT INTENDED FOR REUSE, DO NOT ABANDON. F. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM A PRE CONSTRUCTION CHECKOUT OF EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF WORKSPACE. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE BUILDING CHIEF ENGINEER SO THAT CONDITIONS CAN BE VERIFIED AND CORRECTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL REPAIRS NOT NOTED DURING PRE CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION. G. ALL DRAWINGS ARE CONCEPTUAL AND SCHEMATIC AND ARE INTENDED FOR USE AS A GUIDELINE. THE CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL FIELD CONDITIONS AND ADJUSTING OR MODIFYING THE SPECIFIC ELEMENTS OF THEIR WORK AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. H. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DRAWINGS, CALCULATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED FOR THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 1. THE CONTRACTORS SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK REQUIRED DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS IN EVIDENCE. HVAC DUCTWORK LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SG ® SUPPLY GRILLE RG 171 RETURN GRILLE SR ® SUPPLY REGISTER CD ® CEILING DIFFUSER LD ® LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER T LOW VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT R REVERSE ACTING LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT ® CO2 SENSOR ® HUMIDITY SENSOR rB_C__U1 BUILDING CONTROL UNIT MOD — vl MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER MVD —i MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED UP x; SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED DOWN RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED UP RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED DOWN BRANCH DUCT WITH SPLITTER DAMPER DUCT WITH MANUAL DAMPER ��---i ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES LINED DUCTWORK ® FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK CONNECTION NEW WORK FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. QT FC-1 245 CFI SCALE: 1/4' = T-O" RG-2 10 ' JWT_E)R ; CLOSET 129 f� F-3 I I rl BOVE CL 7 .� r, f r , TORAGE LOSET r F r f, I F I R I C I H I Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com K L H KOHRS LONNEMANW HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS 0 A BUILDING DEPARTMENTT COMMENTS 02/20/09 FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. Q6.gEsslON,q/ R U No. M 307 E 0 � ,� 913 f A 20 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT M 8826.01 SHEET INFORMATION H.U.C. PLAN DRAWN BY: L FEINAUER, M DEBEVEC REVIEWED BY: J MILLARD, J KOHRS SCALE: As Noted 101 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 7 I 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 N MI LI HI Gj F E D C B A - - !HVAC / ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SCHEDULE - i ABBREVIATIONS CONTRACTOR TYPE MOTOR CONTROL TYPE CONTROL TYPE I DC _- _ LOCAL DISCONNECT EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR CS _ _ COMBINA110N STARTER j TIC TIMECLOCK- MC MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) EX EXISTING MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 'CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER !SD DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FC FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR MG MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CN CONTROLS GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR MS MANUAL STARTER ILOW LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS ITS TOGGLE SWITCH HC HVAC CONTRACTOR VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE LINE LINE VOLTAGE CONTROLS j C/B H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOAR MFR MANUFACTURER MSR MANUAL STARTER W/CONTROL RELAY RUNE REVERSE ACTING LINE VOLTAGE STAT j !FUSE FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY FIELD RATING) PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OCP OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 'MAN MANUAL , FLA OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS OR OWNER OR OTHERS ! FA FIRE ALARM MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR j CP CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION INT INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT MARK DESCRIPTION r VOLTS P SE EMERG BHP HP HA HTG KW WATTS FLA MCA OCP � DC FURN DC INST I DC WIRE MC TYPE MC FURN MC INST , MC WIRE CN TYPE CN FURN CN INST CN WIRE SD QUAN BPD-2 VAV BOX 120 1 MFR MFR MFR MG MFR MFR MFR BAS HC HC HC _ 0 BPD-3 VAV BOX 120 1 ! MFR MFR MFR MG ! MFR_ MFR MFR HC. HC- 1 -- HC 1 I _ _ ---._._ ___ _-_ -__ -__ __ _ . __ ___----_, _._.__ _ _ ,_._._ - _ _ _.BAS ---%_ T- - -- - -' BPD-4 120 1 I ; MFR MFR MFR MG MFR MFR MFR BAS HC HC HC 0 CU-1 CU-2 C❑NDENSING UNIT C❑NDENSING UNIT 480 480 _ _ - 3 i 3 1 _ _ 10.6 1 15 EC 10.6 I 15 EC EC EC EC EC EX EX LOW LOW - HC HC ---- --.. HC HC -- -- - - HC HC 0 CU-3 CONDENSING UNIT A 480 3 10.6 15 EC EC EC.__ EX HC HC H`' 0 �__.._. _ .._' . -_. _ .. _.__._.. _ _ _._ __. _LOW ___...__C _..t CU-4 C❑NDENSING UNIT 480 3 1 0,6 15 EC EC EC EX LOW HC HC ` HC _ 0 EF-1 E A S�`" 120 1 113 MFR MFR ! MFR MG EC EC EC MAN EC EC EC 0 - Y EF-2 EXHAUST FAN 120 1 - _ 113 _MFR _ MFR MFR MG EC EC EC j MAN _ EC EC EC 0 EF-3 j120 1 - 48 _ MFR MFR MFR MG EC _ EC -� EC RLINEI HC EC EC j 0 FC-1 FANC❑IL UNIT 480 3 1` 10 I - EC EC EC EX LOW HC HC HC 1 FC-2 FANCOIL UNIT 480 3 1 10 EC_ EC EC EX _. _ _- _-- LOW HC HC HC 1 FC-3 FANC❑IL UNIT A 480 3 1 10 EC- _ _:_ __ EC __ i .. EC EX LOW HC _HC_ . _ _HC 1 ---- - FC-4 FANC❑IL UNIT 480 3 1 10 EC EC EC EX !: ! LOW HC HC HC ~; 1 V2-01 - A r j 480 3 '; ' 3.5 1 MFR MFR � MFR MG MFR MFR MFR BAS HC HC HC 0 _ _ .._ _. ____ _---- . _ ___-- ____-- V2-02 !VAV BOX 480 3 4.5 MFR MFR MFR MG MFR MFR MFR BAS HC HC HC 0 V2-03 VAV BOX 480 3 ! 3.5 MFR MFR MFR MG MFR MFR MFR BAS HC HC HC-0 V3-01 'VAV BOX 480 3 4.5 i MFR MFR MFR MG I MFR MFR MFR BAS ! HC HC HC 0 V3-02 'VAV BOX ...___a_._.__- ; 480 j 3 i 1 _ MFR MFR MFR v MG MFR MFR MFR BAS HC � HC � 0 _ ._. _ !/3-03 VAV BOX ! 480 _ .. -_ _-. 3 -__ _- . _ l ....___ _ ---. _ _- MFR y...__ MFR MFR t MG MFR MFR MFR - . BAS _- - HC _ __. _____.-- ;- HC - ___ HC 0 -- V3-04 VAV BOX ! 480 3 2.5 MFR MFR MFR MG !; MFR MFR MFR BAS HC HC HC 0 . _ _ _ _ V4-01 VAV BOX 1480 3 0.5 1 MFR __-- _- . ____ . MFR v. - __ MFR ------_-_--__ MG MFR MFR _ _ --__-- . MFR - ----_ BAS . HC _ HC HC 0 - - V4-02 !VAV BOX 480 1. 3 _ -- ---._ ! ------.___ 0.5 __ __ _ _ __ MFR MFR _MFR A MG MFR_ .__MFR- j -; MFR -- BAS _HC HC HC _ 0 ---- - V4-03 i VAV BOX 480 -i------- 3 ( ------ -------r----___ 1 I ,--------�- MFR MFR MFR MG MFR MFR MFR rt BAS ( HC I HC HC 0 V4-04 I VAV BOX 480 �� 3 2 { MFR MFR ( MFR MG MFR MFR MFR BAS i HC I HC HC I 0 V4-05 I VAV BOX ; 480 3 ; 5.5 ! MFR ( MFR MFR MG MFR MFR MFR BAS I HC HC HC I 0 HVAC ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIESi 1. MOTOR DAMPER 5, INTAKE HOOD 9, ACCESS DOOR 13. FACE/BYPASS DAMPER 17, DUCT FLANGES 21. ECON POWERED EXHAUST 2, ECONOMIZER 6, VIBRATION ISOLATION 10. FLEX CONNECTIONS 14, CONDENSATE PUMP 18. BASE RAIL 22, EC❑N BAROMETRIC RELIEF 3. ROOF CURB 7, FLAT FILTER 11. MOUNTING COLLAR 15, MOTOR GUARD 19. HUMIDIFIER 23, HEAT RECLAIM COIL 4. SMOKE DETECTOR 8, FILTER/MIXING BOX 12, HOT GAS BYPASS 16, GREASE TRAP 20. CO2 SENSORS HVAC CONDENSI U I H D E MARK CU-1 CU-2 CU-3 CU-4 DESCRIPTION CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT C❑NDENSING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT AREA SERVED T❑WNSQUARE EXTERIOR OFFICE CONF RM / P❑ BACK OFFICE / P❑ MFGR CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER MODEL 38QRRO60 38QRRO60 38QRRO60 38QRRO60 VOLTS PHASE 3 3 3 3 WILT EMERG CLG MBH 40 34 45 52 CLG SENS 38 31 39 47 ACCESS FLA MCA 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 OCP 15 15 15 15 HVAC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MARK - -C❑L - - DESCRIPTION FAN OIL I ANUN T FANC IL UNIT FANCOIL UNIT AREA SERVED k TOWNSQUARE EXTERIOR OFFICE CONF RM / P❑ BACK OFFICE / PO GR MAGIC AIRE MAGIC AI MAGIC AIRE MAGIC ARI DEL HBB20A2AA BB20A2 A HBB20AEAA HBB20A2AA VOLTS PHASE 1 3 1 3 1 3 3 A WEIGH I EMERG CFM 2200 2190 2080 2140 ESP (IN) 1 1 1 1 ❑ACFM 154 131 521 534 BHP HP 1 1 1 i RPM CLG MBH 40 34 45 52 CLG SENS 38 31 39 47 CLG GPM 0 0 0 0 CW EWT CW LWT HTG MBH 23 10 26 27 HTG GPM 0 0 0 0 HW EWT HW LWT GAS HTG IN GAS HTG OUT HTG KW 10 10 10 10 ACCESS LA MCA ❑CP 0 KEYED NOTES: 1. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF INSUL. FLEX 6. SECURE TO CEILING PER DUCT EQUALS 5 FEET. FLEX NOT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS PERMITTED IN INACCESSIBLE AND PER CEILING FINISH. PROVIDE CEILINGS GRID CLIPS PER MFG'R 2. INSULATED DUCT, COLLAR AND DIFFUSER REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE FRAMING BY HVAC CONTRACTOR FOR DRYWALL 3. SCOOP INSTALLATION. 4. SPIN IN FITTING WITH MANUAL VOLUME 7. HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTURE AND DAMPER DUCTWORK 5. INTERNAL BUTTERFLY DAMPER FOR 8, CLAMP DRYWALL APPLICATIONS ONLY. 9. HARD SHEET METAL ELBOW ON (PROVIDE KEY FOR ADJUSTMENT) CONNECTION TO AIR DEVICE. ��DFFUSER INSTALLATION (TYPICAL) SCALE: NONE HVAC EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK F-1 EF-2 EF-3 DESCRIPTION EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN __E_Q_1 AREA SERVED RESTROOM R STR❑ IP ROOM MIFGR GR N ECK GREE ECK GREENH C MODEL SPA190 SPA190 SPA200 VOLTS 120 120 120 PHASE 1 L 1 WEIGHT 15 5 25 EMERG CF 160 160 225 ESP (IN) 0.25 0.25 0.25 BHP HP WATTS 113 113 48 RPM ACCESS 1 1 1 FLA OCP AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE NOTESi 1. SYMBOL KEY- 4. VOLUME DAMPER - FIRST LETTER, S-SUPPLY R-RETURN E-EXH T-TRANSFER FACTORY FURNISHE. OPPOSED BLADE OR BUTTERFLY SECOND LETTERi D-DIFFUSER R-REGISTER G-GRILLE WHERE AVAILABLE. ADJUSTABLE FROM FACE. 2. PROVIDE OPTIONAL DIRECTIONAL BLOW FEATURE FOR 5. BORDER STYLE - OTHER THAN 4-WAY 'A' SURFACE MOUNTED 'B' LAY -IN, PROVIDE WITH PLASTER FRAME 3. FINISH- FOR DRYWALL CEILING MOUNTING. 'A' WHITE. 'C' LAY -IN FRAME FOR BOLT -SLOT CEILING. 'B' WHITE- G.C. TO FIELD PAINT 6. PROVIDE BOOT FOR DUCT MOUNTING, TO MATCH CEILING OR WALL WITH ENAMEL FINISH, 7, VERIFY ALL AIR DEVICE MODELS AND FINISHES WITH CHARLES 'C' BLACK. ENTATIVE PRIOR TO ORDERING. SCHWAB REPRES MANUFACTURER/ NOMINAL SIZE MOUNTING MATERIAL FINISH DPR, BORDER REMARKS SYMBOL CATALOG NUMBER MOD, NECK CEILING S_DEWALL (3) (4)(1)(2) C5>- RG-1 TITUS 24'X24' N/A o o B N/A C 25RL-NT SD-1 TITUS 24'X24' 1210 o o B ° C MB-30-NT SD-2 TITUS 24'X24' 10'0 o o B ° C Q MB-30-NT SD-3 TITUS 24'X24' 8'0 o o B ° C Q MB-30- NT SD-4 TITUS 24'X24' 8'0 o o B ° C MB-30-NT LD-1 TITUS 46 10, o o B 0 A 100 3 8 0 FL-10-HT LD-2 TITUS 24• 1010 o o B ° A 008 1= I -10-H 1 LD-3 TITUS 24 s ° o B o A 038 FT-10-HT SR-1 TITUS 6'x8" 6'x611 o o B ° A 30ORL 01 PR❑VIDE INSULATED PLENUM 2Q (1) 1' SLOT WIDTHS. Q (2) V SLOT WIDTHS. ® (3) 1' SLOT WIDTHS. © (4) 1' SLOT WIDTHS. ® PR❑VIDE CONTINUOUS SLOT, LENGTH ❑F AIR DEVICE IS INDICATED ❑N FLOOR PLAN, MAX MFG LENGTH IS 12'-0' Q UNUSED SECTION OF FL10-HT-NT TO BE KEPT CLEAR FOR RETURN AIR, SEE DETAIL. (D FURNISH WITH TITUS BORDER STYLE 11. TITUS SS1 SPLINE CLIPS AND SC-1 SUPPORT CLIPS. (9) FURNISH WITH TITUS BORDER STYLE 16. TITUS SS1 SPLINE CLIPS AND SC-1 SUPPORT CLIPS, HVAC VAV BOX SCHEDULE SYSTEM SIZE MAX CFM MIN CFM MBH GPM VOLTS PHASE HP HTG K V2-01 10 760 380 12 0 480 3 3.5 V2-02 10 910 455 15 0 480 3 4.5 V2-03 8 520 260 it 0 480 3 3.5 V3-01 8 520 260 15 0 480 3 4.5 v3-02 7 415 208 4 nU 48^v 3 i V3-03 6 300 150 3 10 480 3 11 V3-04 10 845 422 8 0 480 3 12.5 V4-01 5 200 100 2 0 480 3 10,5 V4-02 5 200 100 2 0 480 3 0.5 V4-03 6 300 150 3 0 480 3 1 V4-04 18 530 265 6 0 480 3 2 V 4-05 110 1910 1430 118 0 1 480 3 5.5 HVAC VENTILATION SCHEDULE VENTILATION CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON ASHRAE 6 ROOM ROOM NAME SYS ZONE AREA CLNGHT AIR CHGS ❑A CHGS PEOPLE DES PEOPLE RED ❑A PER OA SOFT REQ SUP ACT SUP REQ ❑A ACT OA ACT RET ACT EXH CRIT OA PRESSURE 101 T❑WNSQUARE 1 1006 0 0 0 10 10 0 0.15 2156 2200 150 154 2200 0 0.06 E 102 CONFERENCE ROOM 3 4 422 0 0 0 16 8 0 0.5 844 845 182 211 845 0 0.24 E 103 READY ADVISOR 2 1 242 0 0 0 6 6 0 0.15 605 760 35 46 760 0 0.04 E 104 PRIVATE OFFICE 2 2 148 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 370 470 22 28 470 0 0.04 E 105 PRIVATE OFFICE 2 2 145 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 362 440 20 26 440 0 0.05 E 106 PRIVATE OFFICE 2 3 141 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 352 520 24 31 520 0 0.04 E 107 PRIVATE OFFICE 3 1 142 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 85 110 24 28 110 0 0119 E 108 PRIVATE OFFICE 3 2 144 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 86 100 21 25 100 0 0,22E 109 FILE ROOM 3 3 144 0 0 0 1 1 0 0.15 86 200 43 50 200 0 0.11 E 110 PRIVATE OFFICE 3 1 142 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 85 110 24 28 110 0 E ill PRIVATE OFFICE 3 2 144 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 86 100 21 25 100 0 0.22 E 112 PRIVATE OFFICE 3 3 144 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 86 100 21 25 100 0 1 0,22 E 115 PRIVATE OFFICE 4 1 145 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 87 100 19 25 100 0 0.22 E 116 PRIVATE OFFICE 4 1 145 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 87 100 19 25 100 0 0.22 E 117 PRIVATE OFFICE 4 2 145 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 87 100 19 25 100 0 0.22 E 118 PRIVATE OFFICE 4 2 145 0 0 0 2 2 0 0,15 87 100 19 25 100 0 0.22 E 120 PRIVATE OFFICE 4 3 142 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 85 100 19 25 100 0 0.21 E 121 PRIVATE OFFICE 4 3 138 0 0 10 2 2 0 0.15 83 100 19 1 25 100 0 0,21E 122 PRIVATE OFFICE 4 3 138 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 83 100 19 25 100 0 0,21 E 123 READY ADVISOR 4 4 216 0 0 0 2 2 0 0.15 130 130 25 32 130 0 0.24 E 124 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 4 4 114 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15 68 80 15 20 0 160 0.21 N 125 MEN'S RESTROOM 4 4 114 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15 68 80 15 20 0 160 0.21 N 126 BACK OFFICE 4 5 492 0 0 0 3 3 0 0.15 295 700 135 175 700 0 011 E 130 EQUIP. ROOM 4 5 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15 17 190 17 22 90 0 0.04 IE 131 WEST INTERIOR CORRIDOR 3 2 357 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15 214 215 46 54 215 0 0.25 E 132 INORTH EXTERIOR CORRIDOR 3 1 211 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15 127 300 64 75 300 0 011 E 133 IELBOW EXTERIOR CORRIDOR 4 5 196 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15 118 120 23 30 120 0 0.24 E 134 IELBOW INTERIOR CORRIDOR 4 4 399 0 0 0 0 0 0 0,15 239 240 46 60 240 0 0.25 E ,1 i HVAC LOADS COOLING LOAD BREAKDOWN HEATING LOAD BREAKDOWN MARK ; CROOF ;CWALL 1CPART CGLASS ;CSOLAR CLIGHTS ICPSENS CSSENS CFAN COAS CTSENS !CPLAT COAL CTLAT !CTOT HROOF HWALL IHPART HGLASS IHSLAB HSPACE !HOA IHTOT FC-1 ! 0 i0.5 10 3.8 114 110.3 11.3 12.4 32.5 2,9 I2.5 38 i2 0.1 2.1 140.1 0 11.3 0 13,7 1 16 7.1 FC-2 1 0.9 10.5 10 3.6 111.1 113.4 13.4 12.9 26A 2.9 12 31.1 2.4 0 2.5 33.6 1.3 1.4 10 14.3 0.6 17.8 6 1 23.8 FC-3 ---------_-- FC-4 0.5 0 !0.3 U l,v II.`J __---.---_-.- t0 5 0 _. _.-L 9----_-_�1.9 ----- '1U.1 _- 113-----._i14 1b.l _._ 1b.6 C/./ i_4 6 36,1 ----_-___�._' 2.8 2.9 $.2 $ 4 3s 8 -_- 5.5 47,4 3 8 "u.3 0.3 5.ts �+�+,6 u.7 4,2 51.6 t-___----- ,u --- -- _,_i3_ o____ i•�__._ ---- 11. 14 25 24.7 364 CAP , . . , M" P= M/2S M XIMUM TOTAL GENERAL NOTES: STATIC PRESSURE 1. LOCATE TRAPS SO AS TO BE CAP ACCESSIBLE FOR CLEANING 2. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL GRADUALLY SLOPE DOWN FR 1 _ DRAIN TRAP K FLOW PIPE FULL SIZE SEE NOTE 2 OF AIR UNIT DRAIN CONNECTION M CAP POSITIVE AIR UNIT CASIN O O O O PIPE FULL SIZE O OF AIR UNIT DRAIN O CONNECTION O CAP FS L H rtFLOW 0 0 KEYED NOTES: SEE NOTE 2 1. TO CONDENSATE P-TRAP 2. LITTLE GIANT CONDENSATE PUMP_ 3. CONDENSATE PIPING MAIN 4. FLOW SWITCH = 0" FOR EACH 1" OF MAXIMUM 5. SHUT OFF VALVE NEGATIVE STATIC PRESSURE) + AIR UNIT CASIN 7. CHECK VALVE J = HALF UNION OF H NEGATIVE = H + J + PIPE DIAMETER + CONDENSATE PUMP PIPING INSULATION 8 SCALE: NONE CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP 0 4 v O 0 14 12' MIN, / 13 11 12 10 3-1/2' MIN 0 KEYED NOTES: CEILIN 1. LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY DUCT 6. SHEET METAL PLENUM 2. 1" WIDE BAND AND CLAMP. 7. 1/2" ACOUSTICAL LINING 3. SHEET METAL SCREW 8. PATTERN CONTROLLER 4. INSULATED FLEX. DUCT 9. SCREWS, MIN 6" ON CENTER & SEAL MAX LENGTH W-0" AIRTIGHT, TYP, BOTH SIDES 5. SECURE FLEXIBLE DUCT TO SPIN -IN 10. VOLUME ADJUSTER FITTING AND DIFFUSER COLLAR WITH 11. BAND CLAMP 1/2" GALVANIZED ADJUSTABLE BAND 12. MAXIMUM SAG 1/2" PER FOOT CLAMP WITH CADMIUM PLATED BETWEEN SUPPORT BRACING BUCKLE AND SCREW WITH SLOTTED 13. TAKE -OFF SPIN -IN FITTING WITH HEX HEAD ADJUSTABLE MANUAL DAMPER FOR LAY -IN CEILING APPLICATION 14. SHEET METAL BRANCH DUCT APLENUM/LINEAR DIFFUSER SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE 24' MIN "A y- - - - - - - / x - - - --- 1 I 1 6' MIN I I O� 0 KEYED NOTES: 2. 12x12 RG OR 2424 RG (UNLESS OTHER WISE NOTED) 3. OPENING SAME SIZE AS RG NECK 4. OPENING SIZE: 1202 RG = 12x12 DUCT 2424 RG = 2418 DUCT 5. x + y DIMENSIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM FLOOR PLANS PLENUM RETURN AIR GRILLE SCALE: NONE 1. 1.5"x1.5" ANGLE (18 GA.) FASTEN TO ALL FOUR SIDES OF FIRE DAMPER (6" O.C.). DO NOT FASTEN TO WALLS 2. "SLIP BREAK AWAY" CONNECTIONS. DO NOT USE "C" DRIVES, SCREWS OR RIVETS 3. FIRE DAMPER WITH WALL SLEEVE, (GAUGE PER MANUFACTURER) INTEGRAL WITH DAMPER OR FURNISHED SEPARATELY, FASTEN DAMPER TO SLEEVE 4. ACCESS DOOR IN DUCT 5. PROVIDE ARCHITECTURAL 8' MAX Y ACCESS PANEL IN 3 16' MAX NON -ACCESSIBLE WALLS OR CEILINGS 6. FASTNERS, 4 SIDES, 6" O.C. O 02 AT STUD & DRYWALLUSE #10 SCREWS, PENETRATE g 04 STUD 1/2" MIN. AT MASONRY, USE #10 SELF -TAPPING CONCRETE SCREWS, PENETRATE WALL 1-1/2" MIN. GENERAL NOTES: 1. INSTALLATION TO CONFORM TO NFPA 90A AND INSTRUCTIONS 2. FLOOR INSTALLATION IS SIMILAR TO THAT SHOWN 3. FIRE DAMPERS TO BEAR THE UL LABEL �� FIRE DAMPER (TYPE A) SCALE: NONE ATD CI M/ KEYED NOTES: 1. 20 GAUGE DOUBLE SHEET METAL AIR FOIL FULL DEPTH OF MAIN DUCT UP TO 12" WIDE BRANCHES 18 GAUGE ON WIDER BRANCHES 2. MAIN DUCT 3. GALVANIZED 3/16" ROD 4. VENTLOCK NO. 600-3 DAMPER BLADE, BRACKET & LOCKING BALL JOINT WITH 1/4.0 GALVANIZED OPERATOR PAD 5. BRANCH DUCT 6. DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES (TYPICAL) 7. 3" RADIUS MINIMUM RECTANGULAR LOW PRESSURE BRANCH SCALE: NONE <EYED NOTES: ISOLATORS (RUBBER OR SPRING AS SCHEDULED) 2. GALVANIZED ALL THREAD ROD SUSPEND FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND FROM FAN MOUNTING FLANGES. USE CHANNELS UNDER FAN AS AN ALTERNATIVE SUPPORT 3. CEILING FAN 4. OUTLET FLANGE 5. BACKDRAFT OR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER (SEE SCHEDULE SPECS) 6. METAL HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTURE AND TO DUCTWORK 7. BRICK VENT, LOUVER, ROOF CAP AS REQUIRED 8. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION CABINET EXHAUST FAN SCALE: NONE n 0 KEYED NOTES: 1. INSULATED INLET DUCT MAXIMUM FLEX DUCT LENGTH OF 24" 2. VAV BOX 3. ACTUATOR 4. GALVANIZED HANGERS (CONNECT TO STRUCTURE) 5. ELECTRIC HEATING COIL SECTION 6. OUTLET CONNECTION, PROVIDE SUFFICIENT STRAIGHT LENGTH TO ASSURE EVEN AIR FLOW OVER HEATING COIL 7. SHEET METAL DUCT VAV BOX, MINIMUM LENGTH OF 3 TIMES INLET DUCT DIAMETER 8. DISCONNECT SWITCH, FACTORY PROVIDED, WIRED, AND MOUNTED TO VAV BOX. VAV BOX W/ ELECTRIC HEAT SCALE: NONE �FIRICIH) Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 241 3000 www.frch.com KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEER MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX I ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTMENTT COMMENTS 02/20/09 FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. Q�pFESSlO�q� C H A C', R� �roFijr � y w No. M 30725 CC Ex, . 213 110 I E 2009 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT M 8826.01 SHEET INFORMATION H.V.A.C. DETAILS AND SCHEDULES DRAWN BY: L FEINAUER, M DEBEVEC REVIEWED BY: J MILLARD, J KOHRS MWE SCALE: As Noted M11 1 3 4 5 1 7 m 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 N M L K J G F 19 [7 C 1 0 HVAC SPECIFICATION GENERAL: General Provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to work of this section. SCOPE: The base bid includes furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment and the performance of all work required to install a complete heating and air conditioning system as outlined herein. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Provide a complete installation in conformance with the following standards. AGA American Gas Association ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers NFPA National Fire Protection Association SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. Statewide Building Code Uniform Mechanical Code WORK NOT INCLUDED: The following work is not included under this contract: —Electric power wiring of motors —Starters and disconnect switches except as hereinafter specified —Field painting of equipment except as hereinafter specified PERMITS, FEES, INSPECTIONS, LAWS, AND REGULATIONS: Permits and fees of every nature required in connection with this work shall be obtained and paid for by this contractor who shall also pay for all the installation fees and similar charges. Laws and regulations, which bear upon or affect the various branches of this work shall be complied with by this contractor and are hereby made a part of this contract. All work, which such laws require to be inspected, shall be submitted to the proper public official for inspection and a certificate of final approval must be furnished. SEISMIC BRACING: Provide seismic bracing of mechanical and electrical components where required by code. QUALITY ASSURANCE The contractor shall provide seismic restraint systems to meet total design lateral force requirements for support and restraint of piping, conduit, cable trays and other similar systems and equipment where required by the applicable building code. SEISMIC BRACING AND SUPPORT OF SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS Seismic restraint designer shall coordinate all attachments with the structural engineer of record. Provide engineered stamped and signed drawings of seismic design. Seismic restraint designer shall provide visual inspection after installation and approve installation of seismic design components. Design analysis shall include calculated dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for the connection of the equipment or system to the structure. Analysis shall detail anchoring methods. bolt diameter, and embedment depth. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept without failure the forces calculated per the applicable building code. Friction from gravity loads shall not be considered resistance to seismic forces. Fire protection systems shall meet the requirements of NFPA-13 and NFPA-14 for the building seismic requirements. WORK IN EXISTING SPACES: General: Care shall be taken when working in existing spaces so as not to damage existing walls and ceilings where work is being performed. Ceilings: Where work is being performed above ceilings, and the architectural drawings do not indicate ceiling modifications by the general contractor, it shall be the responsibility of this contractor to remove and replace existing ceilings where work is being performed. In those instances, all repair and installation of new grid, ceiling panels, etc shall be the responsibility of this contractor. Match existing finishes. Walls & Floors: It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to patch existing walls and floors and match existing finishes where work is being removed or installed and patching is being performed, unless noted otherwise on the architectural drawings. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: No ducts, piping, fixtures or equipment shall be concealed or covered until they have been inspected and approved by the Architect and the inspector who shall be notified by the contractor when the work is ready for inspection. Work shall be completely installed, tested and leak tight before inspection is required. All tests shall be repeated to the satisfaction of those making the inspection. METAL DUCTWORK DUCTWORK MATERIALS Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. Exposed ductwork which is to be painted shall have paint grip applied. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel, lock forming quality; with G 90 zinc coating and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. Minimum gauge shall be 24. MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS Volume Dampers: Provide volume dampers in all branch ducts or as required for balancing to required air flows. Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum 15 deg. change of direction per section. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45 deg. laterals and 45 deg. elbows for branch takeoff connections. Where 90 deg. branches are indicated, provide conical type tees. Duct Sealant: Non —hardening, non —migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type applicable for fabrication/installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. Duct Cement: Non —hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement, type applicable for fabrication/installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in ductwork. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot —dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. FLEXIBLE DUCTS: Either spiral —wound spring steel with flameproof vinyl sheathing, or corrugated aluminum. Unless specifically mentioned, the maximum length of flex duct on the supply equals 5 feet. Flex is not allowed for return, relief or exhaust applications. The flexible ducts indicated for use in the H.V.A.C. system shall conform to the requirements of UL 181 for Class 0 or Class 1 flexible air ducts and shall be so identified. Flexible Ducts: Where installed in unconditioned spaces other than return air plenums, provide 1" thick 1-1/2 lb. continuous flexible fiberglass sheath with vinyl vapor hnrriar in -Lno+ --..--. Flexible Ducts: Installation is not permitted above drywall ceilings and inaccessible ceilings. FABRICATION Shop fabricate ductwork in 4, 8, 10 or 12—ft lengths, unless otherwise indicated or required to complete runs. All ductwork shall be Pittsburgh Construction with a minimum of thickness of 24 gauge. In addition, ductwork used in systems over 3" W.G. shall have cold sealant applied. Shop fabricate ductwork of gauges and reinforcement complying with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards". LINED DUCT Fabricate ductwork with duct liner in each section of duct where indicated. Laminate liner to internal surfaces of duct in accordance with instructions by manufacturers of lining and adhesive, and fasten with mechanical fasteners. Duct liner to be 3—lb density for acoustic requirements 2" thick or as noted. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Duct Liner: Fibrous glass of thickness indicated. 3—lb density. All liners, insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50. Duct Liner Adhesive: Duct Liner Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air —tight (5% leakage for systems rated 3" and under; 1% for systems rated over 3") and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems, capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true —to —shape and to prevent buckling. Support vertical ducts at every floor. Sealing: Seal all longitudinal seams, S's and drives and all joints with mastic or cement. Install according to SMACNA standards. Balancing Dampers: The sheet metal contractor shall be fully responsible for installing balancing dampers in the ductwork, (whether shown on the drawing or not) in order to arrive at the intended air flow. The balancing sub —contractor shall provide direction and assistance in determining locations where dampers are required. Additional dampers, if required shall be installed at no additional cost to the owner. Wall Penetrations: Seal and pack around all ducts and piping sleeves which pass through walls that extend to bottom side of structure and rated walls. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop —fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1" clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults and their electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of some gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2". Fasten to duct and substrate. Where ducts pass through fire —rated floors, walls, or partitions, provide fire dampers and firestopping between duct and substrate, in accordance with requirements of Division-7 Section "Firestopping". Coordination: Coordinate duct Installations with installation of accessories, dampers, co il frames equipment, controls and other associate d work of ductworksystem. INSTALLATION OF DUCT LINER General: Install duct liner in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Store internally lined ductwork up off of the floor. Protect internally tined ductwork from water and dust. "Butter the leading edge of all internal duct lining with the manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Inspect and repair all damaged lining prior to installation of ductwork. INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS Maximum Length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 5' — O" extended length. Installation shall have smooth full radius turns down to diffuser. Installation not permitted above inaccessible ceilings. ACCESS PANELS: Furnish all access panels required for proper servicing of equipment. Provide access panels for all concealed valves, vents, controls and cleanout doors, and sprinkler devices required by NFPA. Provide frame as required for finish. Furnish panels to General Contractor. Exact locations to be approved by the Architect. Minimum size to be 12" x 12", units to be 16 gauge steel, locking device shall be screwdriver cam locks. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: Support all piping, ductwork and equipment by hangers or brackets. Furnish structural steel members where required to support piping and equipment. No portion of piping or valves shall be supported by equipment. Ductwork — Support by means of hangers as follows: Duct Width Hanger Size and Type Max. Spacing 30 or less (#16 gage) 8 31 to 60 (#14 gage) 8 61 to 90 3/8" dia. Rod 8 A pair of hangers shall be located at every transverse joint and elsewhere according to the table. CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS: Diffuser Faces: Square: Square housing, core of square concentric louvers, square or round duct connection. Linear: Extruded aluminum continuous slot, single or multiple. Diffuser Mountings: Surface Mount: Diffuser shall have rolled edge below finished ceiling for surface mounting or diffuser shall be furnished with accessory plaster frame. Lay —In: Diffuser housing sized to fit between ceiling exposed suspension tee bars and rest on top surface of tee bar. Diffuser Dampers: Opposed Blade Dampers: Multiple opposed blade dampers connected to linkage adjustable from face of diffuser with key. Integral: Combination volume control and pattern adjustment for linear diffusers. Fire Damper: Combination adjustable opposed blade damper and fusible link fire damper with UL approved link and assembly designed to meet requirements of NFPA 90A. Diffuser Acoustic Performance: NC less than or equal to 30 Diffuser Accessories: Plaster Ring: Perimeter ring designed to act as plaster stop and diffuser anchor. Titus TRM frame kit Diffuser Finishes: White Enamel: Semi —gloss white enamel prime finish. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the following: Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Metal —Aire Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Tuttle and Bailey. Price CEILING & WALL REGISTERS & GRILLES: Steel Construction: Manufacturer's standard stamped sheet steel frame and adjustable blades. Register Dampers: Opposed Blade: Adjustable opposed —blade damper assembly, key operated from face of register. Register and Grille Finishes: White Enamel: Semi —gloss white enamel prime finish. Register and Grille Acoustic Performance: NC less than or equal to 30 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the following: Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Metal —Aire Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Tuttle and Bailey. Price EQUIPMENT FANS AND VENTILATORS CEILING VtN I ILA I VRS Centrifugal Ceiling Exhausters: Provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters, designed for ceiling or wall mounting, of type, size and capacity as scheduled. Provide AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. Type: Provide galvanized steel housing lined with acoustical insulation, adaptable for ceiling or wall installation. Provide centrifugal fan wheels mounted on motor shaft with fan shrouds, all removable for service. Provide integral backdraft damper fan discharge. Grille: Provide steel louvered grille with flange on intake with thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. Motor: Provide permanent split —capacitor motor, permanently lubricated. Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard roof jack, wall cap, and transition fittings as indicated on drawings or schedules. Vibration Isolation: Provide spring floor isolators or hangers depending on type of installation. Duct Lining: Provide 1" thick, 3—lb density duct liner a minimum of 5' (five feet) up and down stream of fan. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters of one of the following: Acme Breidert Carnes Cook Co., Loren. Greenheck. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc. Jenn Fan Twin City Fan & Blower INSTALLATION OF POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS Coordinate ventilator work with work of roofing, walls, and ceilings, as necessary for proper interfacing. Provide access door in duct below ventilator to service damper. Solder bottom joints and up 2" of side joints of duct under roof ventilator to retain any moisture entering ventilator. Access: Provide access and service space around and over fans as indicated, but in no case less than that recommended by manufacturer. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory —mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division-16 sections. Ensure that rotation is in direction indicated and intended for proper performance. Do not proceed with centrifugal fan start—up until wiring installation is acceptable to fan Installer. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing: After installation of ventilators has been completed, test each ventilator to demonstrate proper operation of units at performance requirements specified. When possible, field correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units, which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Cleaning: Clean factory —finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch—up paint. SPARE PARTS General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, one spare set of belts for each belt drive power ventilator. VARIABLE —AIR —VOLUME UNITS CENTRAL AIR TERMINALS General: Provide factory —fabricated and tested air terminals as indicated, selected with performance characteristics which match or exceed those indicated on schedule. Transformer & Wiring: Provide transformers with connection to line voltage junction box above ceiling provided by electrical contractor in various locations. Extend and connect low voltage wiring to all terminal boxes, thermostats and control panel. Refer to electrical drawings for junction box locations. Casings: Construct of die—cast aluminum or sheet metal. Provide hanger brackets for attachment of supports. Linings: Line inside surfaces of casings with lining material to provide acoustic performance, thermal insulation, and to prevent condensation on outside surfaces of casing. Provide minimum thickness of 1/2". Secure lining to prevent delamination, sagging, or settling. Double wall construction. Access: Provide removable panels in casings to permit access to air dampers and other parts requiring service, adjustment, or maintenance. Provide Controls Enclosure to cover unit mou nted controller. Provide airtight gasket and quarter —turn latches. Leakage: Construct casings such that when subjected to 0.5-in w.g. pressure for low pressure units, and 3.0—in w.g. pressure for high pressure units, total leakage does not exceed 4% of specified air flow capacity with outlets sealed and inlets wide open. Construct air dampers such that when subjected to 6.0—in w.g. inlet pressure with damper closed, total leakage does not exceed 10% of specified air flow capacity. Air Dampers: Construct of materials that cannot corrode, do not require lubrication, nor require periodic servicing. Provide maximum volume dampers, with velocity rings, both pressure dependent and pressure compensated, that are calibrated in cfm, factory —adjusted, and marked for specified air capacities. Provide mechanism to vary air volume thru damper for minimum to maximum, in response from signal from thermostat. Sound Power Levels: Provide sound power levels not exceeding the following: Radiated: 2nd octave: 78 3rd octave: 74 4th octave: 66 5th octave: 64 6th octave: 64 7th octave: 60 Controls: Provide controls accurate to 1.5 deg. F (0.8 deg. C) and adjustable from 65 deg. F (22 deg. C) to 85 deg. F (29 deg. C) of the following types: Low voltage controls. Actuators and valves by temperature control system. All VAV boxes shall have both discharge temperature and supply CFM sensors. Identification: Provide label on each unit indicating Plant Number, CFM range, CFM factory setting, and calibration curve (if required). Provide the following type of coil: Electric Heating Coils: Provide heating coils constructed of electric resistance elements in galvanized steel casing with control box and factory —wiring. Provide over —temperature protection and UL—listing as duct heater. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide air terminals of one of the following: Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Carnes Co. E.H. Price Enviro—Tec Krueger Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Carrier Corp., Sub. of United Technologies Corp. Trane (The) Co. MetalAire Tuttle & Bailey Johnson Controls BYPASS DAMPER For VAV systems that do not have supply fans with variable frequency drives, provide bypass dampers connecting supply to return. Provide static pressure sensor 2/3 downstream in ductwork for modulating bypass damper to maintain constant duct static pressure. Bypass Damper Control Outputs — These outputs are for driving the bypass dampers open and closed. The outputs are powered with a 24 VAC damper power source and can drive up to three dampers in parallel. Each damper requires 12 VA of 24 VAC power. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: CENTRAL AIR TERMINAL UNITS VAV Boxes Provide low voltage control, actuator, wiring and transformers for VVT boxes. Temperature Controls Contractor shall provide all 120 power wiring as required for transformers and temperature control panels. TCC shall connect to existing spare at electrical panel board and provide proper circuit breaker per NEC and label panel board accordingly. TCC shall route all low voltage wiring to VAV boxes, controllers and thermostats for complete operation. Provide low voltage room thermostat(s) with locking covers with connections to Rooftop unit control panel. Provide room temperature sensor(s) with digital display of room temperature and setpoint with connections to Rooftop unit control panel. Sensor(s) shall have setpoint adjustment capability, override feature, and communications jack for connection of laptop computer. On a call for heat, VVT damper shall modulate to maintain setpoint. VVT system shall be completely wired, installed and tested according to manufacturer. Provide electric reheat. Provide hand held control module for temperature control. EXHAUST FANS Toilet Exhaust Fans (Manual) Exhaust fans shall be controlled by local manual switch furnished, installed and wired by electrical contractor. When activated, exhaust fan motor damper shall open and fan shall start. (Indicated by EC on MESCH schedule) Heat Extraction Exhaust Fans Provide reverse acting thermostat with manual override furnished, installed and wired by electrical contractor for control. Upon activation, exhaust fan motor damper shall open and fan shall start. (Indicated by EC on MESCH schedule) CONTROLS Electrical contractor will provide power wiring. HVAC contractor shall provide all the low voltage wiring of HVAC units and controls, thermostats and controllers. Thermostat shall be by the manufacturer of the HVAC unit (heat/cool/auto/off) with night setback. Provide plastic protective cover for all thermostats. Replace controls on existing unit, adjust and calibrate controls. CONTROL WIRING Low Voltage Thermostats Low voltage thermostats shall be furnished, installed and wired by the HVAC contractor. The electrical contractor shall provide 4" square x 1— 1/2" deep wall outlet boxes at 54" above finished floor (with single —gang rings) for all thermostats/sensors. The electrical contractor shall provide one 3/4" empty conduit from each thermostat/sensor location, turned out above accessible ceilings (in joist space or against overhead slab/deck). The HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall provide all other necessary conduit, raceway and wiring related work. Conduit shall be identified in ceiling cavity and shall be provided with sweep bends, bushings and dragline. General Control Wiring Requirements and Installation Methods Except where specifically indicated otherwise above, the HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall provide all electrical work as required for all temperature control related wiring (i.e. conduit, raceway, outlet boxes, junction boxes, wiring, etc.) in accordance with Division 16 requirements. All conduit shall be 3/4" minimum. Coordinate all thermostat/sensor locations in field (case by case) with Architect, Owner and Electrical Contractor to ensure that they are placed in locations that will not interfere with furniture, equipment, artwork, wall —hung specialties, room finishes, etc. All thermostat/sensor wall locations indicated on HVAC drawings are schematic only and must be verified case —by —case prior to rough —in. All electrical work as described in this specification shall be per the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and per applicable state and local codes. Where "free —air" installation methods (either exposed above the ceilings, in bridle rings or in cable trays) are permitted under Division 16 above ceilings, provide plenum —rated cables wherever plenum ceilings (if any) exist and install as defined under Division 16. Install low voltage circuits, located in concrete slabs and masonry walls, in inaccessible locations, or exposed in occupied areas, in electrical conduit regardless of what wiring methods are permitted under Division 16. Where cable trays or bridle rings are provided by the electrical contractor for low voltage cables, these raceways may be utilized for control wiring by this contractor (provide special color coded jackets, label cable jackets per Division 16 and group control wiring cables together). Provide conduit drops from cable tray/bridle ring paths to wall outlet boxes and equipment unless directed otherwise under Division 16. Regardless of permitted methods in Division 16, all cables/wiring installed concealed by gypsum board, masonry or other inaccessible materials in walls or above ceilings shall be installed in conduit, 3/4" minimum. All conduit, bridle rings, raceway, outlet boxes, etc. necessary for complete operational installation of control wiring shall be provided (furnished and installed) by the temperature control contractor in strict compliance with Division 16 documents. Coordinate all work with all other applicable trades including the electrical contractor. Provide all required conduit work to and between equipment in a manner compliant with that described above (i.e. between VAV boxes, to boilers, starters, condensing units, etc. as applicable). Install control wiring without splices between terminal points, color —coded. Install in neat workmanlike manner, securely fastened. Install in accordance with National Electrical Code and per Division 16. Install circuits over 25 volt with color —coded No. 12 wire in electrical metallic tubing, per Division 16. Install circuits under 25 volt with color —coded No. 18 wire with 0.031" high temperature (105 degs. F [41 degs C]) plastic insulation on each conductor and plastic sheath over all. Install electronic circuits with color —coded No. 22 wire with 0.023" polyethylene insulation on each conductor with plastic —jacketed copper shield over all. SMOKE DETECTOR All duct smoke detectors will be furnished by electrical contractor, installed by the HVAC contractor, and wired by the electrical contractor per local codes. HVAC contractor will interlock RTU fan with smoke detector. MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS: . All fresh air intakes and exhaust louvers shall have motor operated dampers. Dampers shall be low leak with blade and edge seals. Motor operated dampers shall be line voltage, provided, installed and wired by the mechanical contractor unless otherwise noted. Provide all necessary transformers, contactors, controls and wiring for interlocking equipment to motor operated dampers. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Test, adjust, and balance the following mechanical systems: Supply air systems, all pressure ranges including variable volume systems: Return air systems. Exhaust air systems. Verify temperature control system operation. Test systems for proper sound and vibration levels. Quality Assurance Codes and Standards: AABC: "National Standards for Total System Balance". ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, 1984 Systems Volume, Chapter 37, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. SUBMITTALS Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of the Test and Balance Engineer. The reports shall be certified proof that the systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced in accordance with the referenced standards; are an accurate representation of how the systems have been installed' are a +rNia ranracan+nfinn of how the system$ are operating at the completion of the testing. adiusting. and balancing procedures; and are an accurate record of all final quantities measured, to establish normal operatingrvalues Jof the systems. Follow the procedures and format specified below: Final Report: Upon verification and approval prepare final reports, type written, and organized and formatted as specified below. Submit 2 complete sets of final report to the owner / landlord. Report Format: Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard for each respective item and system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced. QUALIFICATIONS The contractor shall procure the services of an independent Balance and Testing Agency, approved by the Engineer, and a member of Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or NEBB, which specializes in the balancing and testing of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, to balance, adjust and test all air and water systems and equipment as herein specified. All work by this agency shall be done under direct supervision of a qualified heating and ventilating Engineer employed by this agency. All instruments used by this agency shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Test, adjust, and balance the air systems before hydronic, steam, and refrigerant systems. Test, adjust'.and balance air conditioning systems during summer season and heating systems during winter season, including at least a period of operation at outside conditions within 5 deg F wet bulb temperature of maximum summer design condition, and within 10 deg F dry bulb temperature of minimum winter design condition. Take final temperature readings during seasonal operation. EXECUTION Check all filters for cleanliness, provide new as required. Check dampers (volume and fire) for correct and locked position, and temperature control for completeness of installation before starting fans. Place outlet dampers in full open position. Lubricate all motors and bearings. Check fan belt tension. Check fan rotation. Open valves to full open position. Remove and clean all strainers. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. Air balance and testing shall not begin until the system has been completed and is in full working order. The Contractor shall put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation and shall continue the operation of same during each working day of testing and balancing. The contractor shall submit within 30 days after receipt of contract, 8 copies of submittal data for the testing and balancing of the air conditioning, heating, and ventilating systems. The Air Balance and Testing Agency shall provide proof of having successfully completed at least five projects of similar size and scope. The air balancing contractor shall include the additional cost to change every fan factory installed sheave, pulley and/or belt of in order to obtain the design air flows Renovations: In areas where existing HVAC equipment is being utilized, balancing contractor shall include the cost to pre —check each equipment air flows, serving the area of work, prior to demolition, and re —check and adjust each air handler after new construction. Air flows of existing air handlers serving existing spaces shall be similar after project is complete. PERFORMING TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system identified, in accordance with the detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards. Cut insulation, ductwork, and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those removed. Seal ducts and piping, and test for and repair leaks. Seal insulation to re—establish integrity of the vapor barrier. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions; valve indicators, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark with paint or other suitable, permanent identification materials. Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications, and resubmit test results. LOUVERS AND DAMPERS: Provide louvers, dampers, and fire dampers of size as noted. Fire dampers shall be "high hat" type "B" with damper outside of air stream. Manufacturer equal to Louvers and Dampers, Aerolite, Prefco. PIPING: Provide Schedule 40 black iron pipe or type L copper pipe sized as noted on plans. PIPING INSULATION: Provide 3/4" armaflex on refrigerant piping. Provide 1" fiberglass insulation on concealed condensate drain piping. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. All insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50.11 DUCTWORK INSULATION: � ', Provide insulation on all concealed supply, return and outside air ductwork. All liners, insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and:: a � smoke developed index of not more than 50. , "'_ Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612 Type IB, without facing and wit h vapor or barrier r all —service t ) jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II, without facing and with vapor barrier all —service; jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. `1_'_:x Vapor Barrier Material for Ductwork: Paper —backed aluminum —foil, except as otherwise indicated; strength and permeability rating equivalent to factory —applied vapor barriers on adjoining ductwork insulation, where available; with following additional construction characteristics: � ' High Puncture Resistance: Low vapor transmission (for ducts In exposed areas: Mech. Rooms, etc.),.. w ,, Moderate Puncture Resistance: Medium vapor transmission (for ducts in concealed areas). GUARANTEE &--- The contractor shall provide a guarantee in written form stating that all work under this section shall be free of defective work, materials, or parts for a period of ono, far IM from the date of owner's final acceptance and shall repair, revise or replace at no cost to the owner any such defects occurring within the guarantee period. Contra' - shall also state in written form that any items or occurrences arising during the guarantee period will be attended to in a timely manner and will in no case exceed w�n>„ (4) working days from date of notification by owner. ,{; �: =,_G -: 11 I F I R I C I H I Design Worldwide 311 Eim Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com 1�= K "IIIIIIIIIIII14 L MEMINA KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW/ PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS 0 A BUILDING DEPARTMENTT COMMENTS 02/20/09 FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. �aESS1Dr,,9/ O r R H F C A R 2 D e l o w - No.M 30725 :)' * Pd.191341 A * R. ' ``101 0 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT M 8826,01 SHEET INFORMATION H.U.C. SPECIFICATIONS a d a: DRAWN BY: N L FEINAUER, M DEBEVEC � r REVIEWED BY: 2 J MILLARD, J KOHRS m SCALE: a As Noted 3 ro M1110 - f-1,714 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 PI I MI LI KI JI HI G FI E D C BI AI AIR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Part 1 of 2 MECH-2-C .__- _-___ _-____. ___ __.___ PROJECT NAME . .______ ____._____. _.____ _ ___.-_ ___._- ____-_- -__. _.._- ___.____ _._-__._. _,-___-_ DATE Charles Schwab 11 /28/2008 SYSTEM FEATURES AIR SYSTEMS. Central or Single Zone i _ 5 ITEM OR SYSTEM TAG( FC 4 _____ .._ _. . _ ___. ___ _ _ . __. Number of Systems ,___ _ _ _1 T-24 MANDATORY MEASURES Section Reference on Plans or Specification ' Heatin E ui meat EfScienc 9 q P Y , 12(a -- ! HSPF 0 Cooling Equipment Efficiency 1 (a)- 13 0 SEER / 11 0 EER Heat Pum Thermostat t 1..tb` v e5 Furnace Controls 112(c?_ 115te)- Na Natural Ventilation 121(b) Yes 1 Minimum Ventilation '2nbi 564cfm VAV Minimum Position Control 121(c) No Demand Control Ventilation ':. 121(c? No ! 12i'c . 122 e Procrammacle S,vit+;h Setback and Setup Control 122(e; Heating Requrred Outdoor Damper Control 122(f) Auto - Isolation Zones 1122(g) ' nia Pipe Insulation ; I23_ _... _._ Duct Insulation `124 R-8 C PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES C lculated Heatin Ca acit , x 1 43 a 9 P 1 144 (a & b) 51.270 btuh _. ________.-_ __ __ ...___. ; _______ ___ _____ Proposed Heating Capacity 144 is & b? 36.707 btuh C alculated Sensible Coolin Ca acit 121 9 p Y i 144 (a bt 8 66.583 btuh _....___ .__.____. ____ __ ._.__.._. ro osed Sensible Coolin Ca acit - P P 9 P Y 144 (a & b) i 41.946 btuh _ __ _ _ . _. _.. ! __ _ __ . _., _ _ . Fan Control 144 ic) n r nt'Volume Co s,a DP Sensor Location 144 (c) Supply Pressure Reset (DOC only) 144-(c)_ Yes - ., - - 1 t u Heat/Cool S1mu tat eo s 1144 d S_1. _ _,_._ No __ .._.__. _.__-_--- -_____ __.. _ .- _ ,_ .-___ . _.._____.._-_---_ Economizer •144 (e) ! .__-_ i.._... No Economizer _.--_. _._______ _._ __ __ _____ ___...__ _ _._-___ _.._...._. _.._.-,__ Heating Air Supply Reset 144 (f) Constant Temp Cooling Air Supply Reset 144 (f) Constant Temp Duct Sealing for Prescriptive Compliance `: 144 W j No ' 1: For each central and single zone air systems (or group orsimilat units) fill in the reference to sheet number ancior specification section and paragraph number where the requited features are documented. If a requirement is not applicable, put "NJA" in the column. 2: Not required for hydronic heating and cooling. Either enter a value here or put in reference of plans and specificatons per footnote 1. 3: Enter Yes if System is: Constant Volume. Single Zone: Serves < 5.000 sgft: Has % 25% duct in unconditioned space. Duct sealing is required for Prescriptive Compliance. see PERF-1 for performance method duct sealing requirements. EnergyPro 4 4 by EnergySoft User Number. 4910 Job Number: 8826.01 PageA of 11 !. MECHANICAL SIZING AND FAN POWER MECH-4-C -.._,._ - -__ _ ._ .. - _ ---- !PROJECT NAME --._.__ ..-.._-- -----_ ---- ,,, _- --- ._--- ----------,----- .-------. DATE Charles Schwab 11 /28/2008 SYSTEM NAME FC-3 FLOOR AREA 2,108 FAN POWER CONSUMPTION A B C D E F DESIGN EFFICIENCY NUMBER PEAK WATTS FAN DESCRIPTION ' i__ _. __--___._ BRAKE HP MOTOR i DRIVE : ' OF FANS B x E x 746, (C X D) __ _____ _ ....__ ____.-- __---_______., _ __.., _. .__ ___ -_ __-- ___.-.-._. _ _._ ____ Sup I Fan p y_ . _. - --- ___ __,-- __ .. _ ------- _ `---- 0.750 77 0%I 97.0%" 1.0i 749 _______ . --.. _ --_.__ _____. ___ __-__-.__- - - - ------ . _ 1 _-- . ,._ __._.._..i _.._ . . _ ,-__ . _. _ _____ _ _,__._. _ _ .. _ __ . Total Adjustments , _ -_. _ _ _ . ,_ _.__ . .__ ___ ______ ____ ._ -__ -_ - __ �_.. FI ER PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT EQUATION LT att sum Column F 749 1) TOTAL_FAN SYSTEM POWER IW s, ) __ _ ,._._. ...--__-. _...__-.___. __ _.__-. :144-A, �.. ._..___..___._ 2) SUPPLY DESIGN AIRFLOW (CFM) 2,200 : At If filter pressure drop is greater than 1 inch W.C. enter filter pressure drop. SPa on line 4 and Total Fan pressure 3) TOTAL FAN SYSTEM POWER INDEX (Row 1lRow Z) ! Pf on in 5. S L e 4 SPa B) Calculate Fan Adjustment and enter on Line 6. 5) SPf j C) Calculate Adjusted Fan Power Index and enter on Line 7 6) Fan Adjustment = 1-(SPa- 1)1SPf ,. _._____ - -. __.-__. - __- _ -.- _.,-... _ _ _ r Une 0.340 7 ADJUSTED FAN POWER INDEX LI n_ 3 x t 6 1 ___ _ _.-__ - ___ . _--_ __._, , ___ ITEM or SYSTEM TAG(S) .__.,_.__ ._.__ _ _-__.-___ . __...__- ___-__,______ ___ ______ _ _ _,_ _.- _ _ _ . __ _ __.__- - _.___._. __ ---__ _. _ _ _ __ . ___.. __ _.__ T-24 PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Section Capacity Exception Notes n 144 Electric Resistance Heatin (g) g _._ .. _ ____- , __ _ ___-__.._ -_ _ _ -_ _ ____ - _ _._ _,_ _ ____ . _ _ _______ ! Heat Rejection System 144 (h} i ill imi tin 144 i Air Ceo ed Ch er L to o {) --- ----- - EnergyPro 4 4 by EnergySoft User Number 4910 Job Numbe•. 8826.01 Page:8 of 11 AIR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Part 1 of 2 MECH-2-C - __ __- , . _.._ -- _ PROJECT NAME - ---- -.,...__... ------ ___ _ DATE Charles Schwab 11/28/2008 SYSTEM FEATURES AIR SYSTEMS, Central or Single Zone ITEM OR SYSTEM TAGS) FC-1 FC'2 FC 3 Number of Systems 1 1 T-24 ' MANDATORY MEASURES Section Reference on Plans or Specification Heatin E ui meat Efficient o• '1t_a i ( _ 70 !r HSPF r 7 _ _OHS Pr 7f F 1 Coolin E ui ment Efficient 9 q P Y 112(a? _ _. 13,C SEER / 11 0 EER. ___ 13 0 SEER 11.G EER ' 3 r) SEER , D tFR ___ Heat Pump Thermostat 1121bi Yes Yes Yes Furnace Controls ; 11._( 11Sra) n /a n!a We Natural Ventilation ' 121(b} Yes Yes Yes Minimum Ventilation 121(b) ' 59 cfm 112 cfrn 4a 1 cfm VAV Minimum Position Control 121ic) Pip P! o No Demand Control Ventilation 121(c} No No tic Time Control ,1_�_ _� 1�2?,et, S,t ^ ra t LI. ..Lch Pr,.O _ mr to c . __ _._. ^,. i Pr aroma ,e 5 .'itch F1o<rammatr,,..,tt,h _._ J___. 09 __. Setback and Setup Control 122te) Heating Required Heating Required Heating Required Outdoor Damper Control _ 122U) Auto Auto � Auto Isolation Zones 1<(g) pia n(a n/'c Pipe Insulation h? -.. .. - _... _..... :__._. __.. Duct Insulation 124 R-8.0 R-8 0 R-8 0 PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Calculated Heatin Ca acit .1,43 9 P Y ' 144 (a & bi i 38 146 btuh __, ___.__ _ .__..._. 38 ,73 btuh .._ __-__- _ .__.. __ 44,944 btuh ____ ____ Pro osed Heatin Ca nacit 144 a & b) 36 707 btuh 36,707 btuh 36.707 btuh Calculated Sensible Cooling Capacity x 1 2i ! 144 (a & b i 8G 679 btuh 75.179 btuh 55,585 bluh Proposed Sensible Cooling Capacity 144 (a & br . _ 42 R57 blab 43,8 ,3 btuh 42.?8_ Utuh Fan Control 144 'c - r+ COtlStalt. JdWne I ti3Ofl Stattl Vat me ,, t nit Volume CO 5 a DP Sensor Location 144 (c) Supply Pressure Reset (DDC only) 44 ci _._.. _.. Yes.--- __ _ ____. -__-- vies..______ --, _Yes _.._ Simultaneous Heat/Cool i 144 rid+ Edo No No Economizer 144 ter No Economizer No Economizer No Econom zer Heating Air Supply Reset ; 144 (p Constant Temp Constant Temp � Constant Tem Cooling Air Supply Reset 144 (f) Constant Temp Constant Temp Constant Temp Duct Seating for Prescriptive Compliance 144 (k) No No , No 1 � For each central and single zeta air systems (or group of similar units) fill in the reference to sheet number n a a h number where the andlor specification sec6o and p ragr p re ired features are documented. If a re uirement is qu q not applicable. put "NIA" in the column 2: Not required for hydronic heating and cooling. Either enter a value here or put in reference of plans and specificatons per footnote 1. 3: Enter 1'es if:Ystem is: Constant Volume. Single Zone. Serves •� a000 sgft: Has > 25'% duct in unto • r ( iv r' +. fi n n � ct s alin is re aired fo, P esc i t. e .cn ace. d�honed space. Du e g q p P see PERF-t for performance method duct sealing requirements. NOTES TO FIELD - For Building Department Use_Oniv_ EnergyPro 4 4 by EnergySoft User Number: 4910 Job Numbe-: 8826.01 Page:3 of 11 MECHANICAL SIZING AND FAN POWER MECH-4-C ,__.___,___ ._-____. - _ ______ _.- -._--- ____-- _- -_._-- PROJECT NAME _--.._ .- __.-_ __._ ,_____,--_-_ -__ - ._._. I DATE Charles Schwab 11/28/2008 - _ ,__-_--_._ __. -._.- __-___.__ _______ _ . ____ _ _ SYSTEM NAME _ C-2 .._--__ .. __ . ---___ -- FLOOR AREA I r FAN POWER CONSUMPTION A B C D E F DESIGN EFFICIENCY NUMBER ' PEAK WATTS FAN DESCRIPTION I - ----- ------- - . - - _- - _.... BRAKE HP , OF FANS i ., ._.-,... _ --_MOTOR-- , ___DRIVE - - B x E x 746! (C X D) 1- _........ _ ..._. _ ., --- Su I Fan 0.750' 77.0% 97.0% 1.Oi 749 1- _-_._._- ._, _-_ . ___ __- _ _, __ ___.. __ . _ _. __ _., - __ _ _ _. _._ __._ __ _________. -_._, __. -- _-__ __ Total Adjustments __..... _-,_-_,_ ___ _ ---- _-_-. __ _ ___ _-. . FILTER PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT EQUATION 1) TOTAL FAN SYSTEM POWER 1Watts, Sum Column F) 749 _. _._... 144-A - . _ . . __.. ..-____. _ . __.... .. .. 2) SUPPLY DESIGN AIRFLOW (CFM) 2,200 i A) If filter pressure drop is greater than 1 inch W C enter p -- -- crop.., a v„ !:,,a 4 a„d , otal Fa- P cssu.,- 3) T V TAL F SYST EN', rV R „4DEX (Row <r SPf on tine 5. i 4 SPa B) Calculate Fan Adjustment and enter on Line 6. 5) SPf i C) Calculate Adjusted Fan Power index and enter on Line 7. 6) Fan Ad ustment = 1-(SPa-1)1SPf 1..._._.__.__. _-- __-. -_-__. ___.___._-. _____ _..,_.-.-. D AN POWER INDEX ___--- x Line 6 '7 ADJUSTE F 0.340 __- _- _. _.-____ --__ _ _ ---_ -__ ----,. _ -._.___ ,_,_ o STEM TAG S ITEM -- SY ( }.._ _. ___ _______ _._ _-__ _ ._.___. ._-- _ __ ____ ___ _-____ _ _ - __.______ , _ T-24 i PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Section Capacity Exception Notes Electric Resistance Heating ` 144 ( ) _._.-_ ._-. ____ _.___. - - _ __ - _______. __.., .__._._ ._____.-_ _ ___._..__ I Heat Rejection System 144 (h) i im I n 144 Air Cooled Ch I er L rtat o U _ _ - __.. 1 I VI , ,,.: r .. ,: r ,- .,- . _,.; . , z by ,1. _ _- , __ , EnergyPro 4A by EnergySoft User Number:4910 Job Number. 8826.01 Page:? of 11 MECHANICAL MANDATORY MEASURES Part 2 of 2 MECH-MM _____._ .__-__-___-. _____. ___. IPROJECT NAME DATE Charles Schwab 11/28,2008-1 _____..- , .__.___.... . __-___.,__. _- -___ _ _._..._.._ ___-__-_ -__.__...._-._____-..---__..-__-.�___-____.___._--- ___-_-_ ._-___ Description Designer:Enforcement) Ventilation U §I21(9) Controls shall be provided to all ow outside air dampers or devices to be operated at the ventilation rates as specified on these plans. �- - IFv I §122(f) Gravity or automatic dampers interlocked and closed on fan shutdown shall be provided on the outside air intakes and discharges of all space conditioning and exhaust systems. - - L�J §l22(t) All gravity ventilating systems shall be provided with automatic or readily accessible manually operated dampers )n all openings to the outside, except for combustion air openings. u §1 21(f)1 Air Balancing: The system shall be balanced in accordance with the National oc dural St ndards 1983 or Ernvironntental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) Pr e a ( ), Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) National Standards (1989); or C§121(f)2 Outside Air Certification: The system shall provide the minimum outside air as shown on the mechanical drawings, and shall be measured and certified by the installing licensed C-20 mechanical contractor and certified by (i) the design mechanical engineer, (2) the installing licenced C-20 mechanical contractor, or (31 the person with overall responsibility for the design ofthe ventilation system; or t" §121(f)3 Outside Air Measurement: The system shall be equipped with a calibrated local or remote device capable of measuring the quantity of outside air on a continuous basis and displaying that quantity on a readily accessible display divice; or §t21(f)4 Another method approved by the Commission. - Service Water Heating Systems _ __-___.--__ §13(b)2 If a circulating hct water system is installed, it shall have a control capable of automatically turning off the circulating pump(s) when hot water is not required. I X§I13(c) Lavatories in restrooms of public facilities shall he equipped with controls to limit the outlet temperature to 110 degrees F. I EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft !User ,Number 4910 Job Number; 8826.01 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 2 of 2) MECH-1-C ____ _ _ _ _ . _ _____. __ ____ _ __ 'P JECT NAME RO __ ___..._, __ __ __ _. DATE Charles Schwab 11 /28/2008 ' Designer: This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below are all the acceptance tests for mechanical systems. The designer is required to check the boxes by all acceptance tests that apply and list all equipment that requires an acceptance test. If all equipment of a certain type requires a test, list the equipment descnpnon and the number of ;systems to be tested in oerentheses. The NJ number designates the Section in the Appendix of the Nonresidential ACI;4 feianual that describes the test Also ind;catethe person te-sponsible for perforating the tests 6,e. the installing contracttor. design professional or an agent - S - this selected by the o+Nnc, ). ,.nice thi, form v;ili be part of the plans, evmpletien of , 1> i : wit II s:+ the re^ onsible part to bud et for the sco e of 'work sect on .1 a o .,p y 9 P appropriately. Building Departments. - - ,. r--�- n� S`fSTEM A.CCEPT,gNC�. Before an occupancy penny �_ yranted far a n _�. y co. a s c t ';h nip stem servin a r' - �'i inn r ace ore n_w, ace-�o1 d c �t acted b., Id :, o sp p g -y 9 buildin ors ace is o erated for roru:al use.. all coat• �: devices sea,.ng the. budding g P p or ;pace shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Coda Cum ilia Ice. In addition a Cer',:Scate ofAcceptance MECH-I-A F oral shall be submitted to the building department that certifies plans, specifications_ ,rstallation ceniGcate�, and o,erahn a=rd maintenance mformatron rr,eef the regr6re-gents of u Section t0-103ib) and'` ire 7, art 6 STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE yja":ECH-2-A.. Ventdaton Syste„ Acceptance Document R , ;VISTA:_L`:NC . -VariableA.hVolumeSyste;nsOutdoorAirAcceptance CONTRACTOR iS -Constant Air Volume Systens Outdoor Air Acceptance e , RESPO�iSIBL�. Eq„ipmentrequiringacceptancetesting FOR ALL TES' S. - _ _ . ,TECH-3-A Packa ed I VAC S s+e.r,_ Acce a ice Document 9 Y- Pt .. - -- _ . I ( ALL RIS » Equ;pn.ent regw�ing acceptance tossing .._..._ __.... _. _.. -. .- ; CON i RACTOR 'a R SPCi�S,BL7- . FOR A!_� . ES-7S Fi H-4-A Adr-Side Economizer Acceptance Document EG Equipmentrequvhngacceptan,:ete,ting _.___ _..- _..._ _.__. . - __._. _ _. _. _.-... I ''. -._ __ .. ---'_. ,- ... .,._. .- ___. - __ __ _ __ : f 1 H-5-A Air Distribution Acceptance Docurne,nt Y EC __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ "N S .ALL I N G + r Equlpmentrequiringacceptancetes.+rig ;- T COS : RAC tOR iS ._.. _.-.__. __- _ _ R�Sr O\Sig _ OR AL_ T _ i MECH-frA: Demand Control Ventilation Acceptance Document Equipment requiring acceptance testing _. r - , . ,- ,., ,.. , . _ .. ,. ,, .. . '. MECH-7-A: Supply Fan Variable Flow Control Acceptance Document Equipment requiring acceptance testing _ -. _ : _' _ _.. _ _-___ _ _ __. _ _ ____- _---------. fY1ECH 8-A:-Hydronic System Control Acceptance Document _ .. __ -Variable Flow Controls ,< ; I ,.+-r : ", ' :� Automatic (solahon Controls;, -+' Su I Water Tem erature Reset Controls PP Y p Water loop Heat Pump Controls ,..-_ I ,. , :� . _ I i -Variable Frequency Controls - , , �,, _ , _ r„ - ,_� , -- . t.. , . - 1 Equipment requiring acceptance testing , EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft User Number. 49W Job Number 8826.01 Page:2 of 11 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 1 of 2) MECH-1-C ___ ______._- ___-_....- __._ _ ___-__._- _. _.__ __...... ...___ .,.--__--__ -_---_.. PROJECT NAME i DATE Charles Schwab --_.._ _ __. _ t..__ 11 /28/2008 - - -- - --- -- .PROJECT ADDRESS 19620 Stevens Creek Blvd. Cupertino - -- ------ -- ---- --..._ - Building Permit# PRINCIPAL DESIGNER - MECHANICAL ; TELEPHONE Joseph R. Kohrs DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR TELEPHONE Checked b ;Derte KLH Engineers (859) 442-8050 Enforcement Agency GENERAL INFORMATION DATE OF PLANS BUILDING CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA CLIMATE ZONE 10/17i08 6,412sI . 4 SIOENTIAL HIGH RISE RESIDENTIAL : HOTELIMOTEL GUEST ROOM BUILDING TYPE }( NONRE , PHASE OF CONSTRUCTIOt3 �( NEW CONSTRUCTION ADOITIDN ! :ALTERATION UNCONDITIONED ilndc f,ffidawt) T PERFORMANCE METHOD OF MECHANICAL �( PRESCRIP IVE COMPLIANCE PROOF OF ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE PREVIOUS ENVELOPE PERMIT , _, ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE ATTACHED STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE This Ce tificate of Compliance lists the buiidulg features and performance specifications needed to comply v✓ith Title 24, Parts 1 and 6 of the Califorinia Code of Regulations. This certificate applies only to building mechanical requirements The documentation preparer hereby certifies that Ore documentation is accurate and compiete- DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR SIGNATURE DATE KLH Engineers 5XItl �i The Principal Mechanicai Designer hereby certifies that the propo b :ding esi represented in this set of construction documents is consistent with the other compliance torms and w r ets, 'u h . e specifications, and with any other r: T 1, - r t t h' ni I calcu,at,ons submitted with this permit appl.t:a.;or,. , ..e propose_+ building has iJeeln designed to meet the � ec a ca requirements contained !n the applicable parts of Sections 100 101, 102, 110 througi ! 15, 120 through 125 142 144 and 145 i The plans & specifications meet the requ cements of Part 1 (Sections 10-103a)_ The installation certificates meet the requirements of Part 1 (10-103a 3i. The operation & maintenance information meets the requirements of Part 1 (10-103c). Please check, one (These se-ctionsof the Business and Professions Code are printed m full in the Nonresidential Manual t Xl/ I hereby affirm that I am eligible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document as the Jam: person responsible fur its preparation' and that I am licensed in the State df California as a civil engineer. or mry:hanical engineer or I ant a licensed architect. I affirm that I am eligible under the exemption to Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code by Section 5537.2 or 6737.3 to sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation. and that I am a licensed contractor performing this work. affirm that I nm eligible under the exemption to Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document because it pertains to a structure or type of r.ork described pursuant to Business and Professions Co section 65 7 5538, and 6737 1 __.. _..____ .__-__. __. __. _ ___, _ . _ .__... ______ .. ____. ,.__- PRINCIPAL MECHANICAL DESIGNER - NAME St T RE TE`! ef LIC. # N 307�5 Jos h R. Kohrs I ep INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT xi MECH-1-C: Certificate of Compliance. Part 1. 2, 3 of', are required on plans for all submittals AirMlater/Service=ater Pools Requirements. Part 1 of 3. 2 of 3. 3 of 3 are required for ail submittals.. but may be on x MECH-2-C: lans. P gi MECH-3-C. Mechanical Ventilation and Reheat is required for all submittals with mechanical ventilation, but may be on plans. "x MECH-4-C: HVAC Misc. Prescriptive Requirements is required for all prescriptive submittals, but may be on plans. ' MECH-5-C: Mechanical Equipment Details are required for all performance submittals. EnergyPro 4 4 by EnergySoft User Number:4910 Job Number: 8826.01 Page:1 of t f MECHANICAL SIZING AND FAN POWER MECH-4-C MECHANICAL VENTILATION MECH-3-C PROJECT NA61E ___--_ _-_ ,_.. -_ ___ _.. _ _-__ _ 7__.--_-- _ __-- __ _---__-- .D TE A , _ . __ _ .._.__.____ PROJECT NAME ______ ___ .. , __ , . ______ __ -_____--_-__.-.___-_ , _ ._ _. ___ .. _.___ _ __ _____ ._._._.___. DATE i harles Schwab C __.__ ! 11/28/2008 Charles Schwab ._._ . , .____. _.___-___.__-__ _._,_._. __-. _,_-___,_ _____,_.________ ___---- __ 11/28,12008 __.-_ ,.__ __ _.1- , .__ -._,_ . __.___.. -.. _, . -_ .. ____ _ SYSTEM NAME ' __ .. . . _,__- FLOOR AREA j 1 060 1 PRFSCR1PTIVERFHEAT FC_1 . v -._.. MECHANICAL VENTILATION Section 121 b 2 uMITATION (section t4a d)? FAN POWER CONSUMPTION ____ _A I-._._. _.__ - ua ____,agsts-I.._- -____ ___._. vay_MN .-_rv9_.._ A ;...._. @ �._ G i_..H._.._i._.__�....;._.__- -, r ---i L fl ..--N- - E F .. _.__ _...---_C._ _. ;-_E._... c ^Q .F__._..__ vc iv p�',p�m' mot =o �+co-°c3: �u�' s FAN DESCRIPTION !' DESIGN EFFICIENCY NUMBER i' '' FANS PEAK WATTS B E 746 r C X p D a �„� "a n w m D �, o g : p a n -o c m m 0 y O n� vn, n rn -" n; x p;, o � x ' o 3 x a� w BRAKE HP OF MOTOR DRIVE --_ ___..__ .- x x ---_.-- ... __(__.-.___'_ -- v -. ; .�, n'm T ^ n �' T m o m D14 �.a m n n N o - - Su I Fan ___.- . _.PpY.._ ____ 0! 0 ' 0.750: 77 0 %, 97.0 /e 1,0 _ , ._ _ . __._ __ _.__. ____ __ 749 _ _ __. _._ -. ZONElSYSTEM : o _ _ ._ ---. o __... _ = -_ D i _ _,_ K Z __ .-_ -m- � D _-__---- _ __ _ , .. _ To'amquare 1.060 0.15 159 � 159 ! 159: -___ __.___.._._ _.._..-,-..-_._ _ _ _i ___ __.___,.:.-_...__ j _._.. _._..___._-,_-_. FC-1 _ __ _ __ -----_- _._Y.____ ...-__ .,.. ___._,_ ._-..___ Total! 159 _- __1__. 159'i + _ ____._ _...._ _ _.__..... _ __ _.-___ ._ _.. , ___._-_ __... ... .......... .:. .__._ , _ ._.___._ _____ _ Private Offices - Ext. 458 0.15 69 i 69 i 69: - _. .__.-- - - _ ----_ _ --- - _ - __ _ _--- __.. _._ _ , ._ __..._ ; _ _..._._ ._ Read Advisor _.. 29(l .__. 0.15 44' ______ _._. .__-_ 44 •' 4 t _.._____. -._ . _ ! FC_2 - - i Total' 112 i i 1121 {Private Offices Int. 08 0 15 46 46 i 46 :TotalAdjustments ,.._---_-_ ____- __-___. __._._._..__._-,-,-__..-- .._.._____ _r--- -----r-_. - ____.__-._._..__ :,__.....__- _-- ,_--_. __._.__._.,__,.___.. _ ,_ - _,_..__- _-_ __. __.__ __-_- P USTMENT EQUATION FILTER RESSURE ADJ -_____-- t Sum Column F 1 TOTAL FAN SYSTEM POWER (Wet s, ) 749 Private Offices - Int. _ _.__... __ 305 0,15 46i _ _.._ _ ._.__ . , _ _ __-_- 46: _. ____ 46! , _,___.__ _, ____.__ _ _ _ _ . 2) SUPPLY DESIGN AIRFLOW (CFM) _ 2,200 Private Offices - Inn. r___. _. -_ _. . __. __ 308 0.15 46 ; 46 ; ----. 46 __ . . _... _. __ __ r 1 A') If filter pressure drop is greater than 1 Inch W.0. ente, � '!Conference Room ;. 441 0 50 220 ; «0' 22 0-; :' filter �recct;ra drnn `iPa r,n line 4 and Total Fan nressUre: .... ,..... ,. Z1 Tl1TU1 FA/J CV C7F P WFR INnFX rRnw nlRrtw �n _M.O. -1._..._....._._. ._....._.-_., .......,.._. ___.-_. -- ; ---_----.._--- ___..-_ .. -_-.__. _._-. _ ..-.._._..__. SPf on Line 5. : Corr der ;___ 4 9� 0 i5 74 4 74 4 SPa _ B) Calculate Fan Adjustment and enter on Line 6. 250 0 15 38 8' 38 5) SPf lRestrooms __. _.__. . __. ._ _- __-- _ i. - _:__.. _...__._____ _. . _ ,- --, _. - - -_---- --_ --_-. __ , .- Ci Calculate Ad usted Fan Po:�rer Index and enter on Line , 16) Fan Adjustment = 1 (SPa_ 1)/SPf FC-3 To.a1' 4?1I 471 i i 7 ADJUSTED FAN POWER INDEX Line 3 x Line 6) _.__ ._ I__. _ ._ 0.3 40 conida _ - 815 0.1 s 122 122 '122 ____-___. -__ -. _ _. ;., .., ;Back Office/Pantry 542i 0 50 272 i 272 i , 261i 11i :Private Offices SE IN T 53(i 0.15 80 80i 8 0 !Private Offices- SE ' 608' - 0.15 91 i , i 91 _ 91;, l I__,._ ._ .__-___-.--_-__ _-__._._ _---_-_- ___ __ .ITEM or SYS TEM TAG __.,__ .. _----___.____ ---- ----- -.. ---- . _.__,..-_-_ _ FC-4 i i To a, 564 5 54i .. __.._. ._.._ ..____ _ __ _.''__ ....:._._ . __.. T-24 i i PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Section Capacity Exception ; Notes ' Electric Resistance Heating ' 144 (g) _. _-----_________ -__ ____._._-- , .,___._ __ _-__.... ___._.__.._ _._._.__... __.-- j I I i__ Heat Rejection System . 144 (h} - - _ __ __.... _ _ _ . _ , Ajr Cocled Chiller Lunitation ' 144 {ij __ __ ___,._.-_ _- _ - _. t. , . i ., r :,: , , _.,.. ; _ I i _ _._ 1. , r,: :r --.. , _ . __ _ - _ _ _.--_ _. _. _ EnergyPro 44 by EnergySoft User Number:4910 Job Number: 8826,01 Page:6 of 11 I EnergyPro 4A by EnergySoft User Number: 4910 Job Number. 8826.01 Page:5 of 11 MECHANICAL MANDATORY MEASURES Part 1 of 2 MECH-MM ___ ._ _._._.-.. _ _.__ _ . _ _._.... __._-.._.__ ___...____ -_, ________--____. _ _ _ PROJECTNAME DATE h les Schwab 11/28/2008 C ar _--__. _- . ___ _ _..._- __.__ __. .. ,._.. .___. _.�_..-------- __ .._ .__r._._ -_ ----- DESCRIPTION }},Designer Enforcement I __ . _. _ -. _ _._ .. - - __._- - - --_ i _ . _ Equipment and Systems Efficiencies j I I X§ 11 Any appliance for which there is a California standard established in the I Appliance Efficiency Regulations will comply with the applicable standard. i §115(a) Fan type central furnaces shall not have a pilot light. !� §I23 Piping, except that conveying fluids at temperatures between 60 and 105 degrees t Fahrenheit, or within HVAC equipment, shall be insulated in accordance with 1 Standards Section 123. 1 I I� §f 24 Air handling duct systems shall be installed and insulated in compliance with I i i Sections 601, 602, 603, 604: and 605 of the 2001 CMC Standards. I j Controls � ' §I22(e) Each space conditioning system shall be installed with one of the following: I -----I I- r ,x I §I22(e)1A Each space conditioniny system serving building types such as offices and I i I manufacturing facilities (and all others not explicitly exempt from the requirements of Section 112 loll) shall be installed v;th an automatic timeswitch ! j i with an accessible manual override that allows operation of the system during I off -hours for up to 4 hours. The time switch shall be capable of programming different schedules for weekdays and weekends and have program backup capabilities that prevent the loss of the device's program and time setting for at i i least 1 D hours if power Is interrupted; or I I I , I 'I §122(e)1 B An occupancy sensor to control the operating period of the system; or i I I X1 §122(e)1C A 4-hour timer that can be manually operated to control the operating period of -"- I the system, i --. . I,� §t 22(e)2 Each space conditioning system shall be installed vYith controls that temporarily restart and temporarily operate the system as required to maintain a setback I i I i heating andfor a setup cooling thermostat setpoint. j i i I §122(g) Each space conditioning system serving multiple zones with a combined 1 I conditioned floor area more than 25,000 square feet shall be provided with Iisolation zones. Each zone: shall not exceed 25,000 square feet; shall be iprovided with Isolation devices, such as valves or dampers, that allow the supply I 1 of heating or cooling to be setback or shut off independently of other isolation �_ areas; and shall be controlled by a time control device as described above. §I22(a&b) Each space conditioning system shall be controlled by an individual thermostat { I that responds to temperature within the zone. Where used to control heating, the control shall be adjustable down to 55 degrees F or lower. For cooling, the i control shall be adjustable up to 85 degrees F o higher. Where used for both T-� 1 heating and cooling, the control shall be capable of providing a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling is shut off or reduced to a minimum. - �' __ _ I �Y I �1 P2(c) Thermostats shall have numeric setpoints In degrees Fahrenheit (Ft and adjustable setpoirnt stops accessible only to authorized personnel. I Ixl §112(b) Heat pumps shall be installed with controls to prevent electric resistance I supplementary heater operation when the heating toad can be met by the heat pump alone. 1 EnergyPro 44 by EnergySoft User Number.4910 Job Number. 8826.01 Page.10 of ti MECHANICAL SIZING AND FAN POWER MECH-4-C -----______.__ _____.____-__ _____ _____ NAME -. ___.-___ ___,___ DATE !PROJECT , Charles Schwab r._.____-___ -- _ . _ 11 /28/2008 --___ _.. __. __.___ _ __ _____- . ___ _---________ ________ SYSTEMNAft1E FC-4 _.___-.__-- _-_ .___._____.-__ -- FLOOR A2 496 FAN POWER CONSUMPTION A. B C ' D E F :.r.„ i DESIGN I EF_ FICIENCY- i NUMBER PEAK WATTS FAN DESCRIPTION { BRAKE HP OF FANS ,_,_MOTOR- DRIVE _ _. y B x E x 7461 (C X D) ^ate _.- ---- i Supply Fan 0.750 77 0%1 97 0% 1 0! __ __ _ 749 _.___.._ -_ ___ =<: - - - `__.. - _ . --- ---__.____ t � r I \ r --_.-___ _. __.- - __.._._. _ . __ ._ ..--_.__-_ -_-_-_ --- _---_- ._.._... __ _ _.__ . _ .__ ___-.__, Z, _... 01 i _ ____ _ _,_ _ _. _ i _ ___----____`_--_- _ _--_ f i.. ! _P. r Z�:, i a Total Adjustments_,_--._-__--.. _ __ - - r = fin b -- - - -- -- ---- -_ .__...,_.. _ -- ____.._._-.. __ _. _. _ e= FILTER PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT EQUATION . 1) TOTAL FAN SYSTEM POWER (Watts Sum Column F) _ --._._-_. __._.._-.._ ___.___..__.._.. .__-._..__.. 749 _ ._.__-____.. 11 r;; 144-q I 1 2) SUPPLY DESIGN AIRFLOW (CFM) - 2,200 ' '" `` j A) If filter pressure drop is greater than 1 inch W C. enter j filer pressure drop. SPa on line 4 and Total Fan pressure 3) TOTAL FAN SYSTEM POWER INDEX (Row 1/Row 2) - � V l px'S ),� . �s5-�"�,. 1 SPf on Line 5. -.... _.. _. 4)SPa _.. _...... I B) Calculate Fan Adjustment and enter cn Line 6. I 5) SPf 1 C) Calculate Adjusted Fan Povler Index aril 9nt,-i on tine 7 6) Fan Ad ustment = 1-(SPa-1)/SPf _.._. ) .. ._. --.-_---. .- .-_._ ._.. ._._..-. ___-__ . _..._-__ _-______- .. -_.._ __,.., .____- ) 7) ADJUSTED FAN POWER INDEX (Line 3 x Line � 0.340 ,ITEM or SYSTEM TAG(S) __ _ _ _ _-,,_ __ -.__ " T-24 PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Section Capacity Exception Notes Y Electric Resistance Heating 144 (g) ° - Heat Rejection System 144 (h) : Air Cooled Chiller Limitation ` 144 (I) ,..-., _ ,.. y,-, - .rt ... ,, ... .. r - _ : _- r ,.. n EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft User Number: 4910 Job Number: 8826.01 Page:9 of 11 IIIRICIHI Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 241 3000 www.frch.com H NN IHEIL ICONRS LCNNEMA ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX (A I ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 HALL B ILD CO NTRACTOR S U ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS 0 A BUILDING DEPARTMENTT COMMENTS_ 02/20/09 FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. Op ESSlO�jgl ti % �l1CHAP F,L �� I .10 o� tiN No. M 3072 �' * E . 9/3 I i 0 L PVIA1,. _ I I - PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT M 8826.01 SHEET INFORMATION MECHANICAL T-24 DRAWN BY: L FEINAUER, M DEBEVEC REVIEWED BY: J MILLARD, J KOHRS SCALE: As Noted M3. U d_ 1 E 3 4 5 n. 7 N 10 11 12 13 14 15 m 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 N I MI LI KI HI GI FI EI DI BI AI P4CO :; .1... s.. I ' ...... Is I I I i> I i I I I ,� II READY PRIVATE OFFICE ADVISOR 122 123 I i. Lid ~ Old M o = PRIVATE OFFICE W.i �t, � ' r` r''r ,'' p..° i J' r r f � f � .' .-•�' p' � f t1 r i r ! f. gip!` ,,. r' >•' r'r , r' .'' �. l,.:. �. , p: WASTE & VENT PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/40 = T-0" PLUMBING CODED NOTES 1. INSTALL NEW WATER HEATER ON PLATFORM. SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. VERIFY IN FIELD EXACT LOCATION, COORDINATE WITH GENERAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS. 2. CONNECT NEW CW LINE TO EXISTING 2" CW SHUT OFF VALVE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF LANDLORD CW MAIN PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. EXISTING WATER METER AND BACKFLOW PREVENTER TO REMAIN. 3. CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE TO THE EXISTING 4" MINIMUM SANITARY MAIN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, AND FLOW DIRECTION OF LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO BIDDING. 4. EXTEND NEW VENT TO THE EXISTING 3" VENT MAIN. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE VENT MAINT WITH A LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BIGGINING WORK. 5. PROVIDE REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PROTECTION WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. BACKFLOW VALVE AND WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. PIPE DRAIN TO MOP SINK. 6- PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER FOR FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MODEL AND MANUFACTURER. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER VALVE ASSEMBLY IN WALL AT AN ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT. PROVED ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED. EXTEND 1/2" CW FROM NEAREST MAIN TO NEW TRAP PRIMER. 7. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN WALL. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AND COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. EXTEND AND CONNECT PIPING TO FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 8. PROVIDE NEW BUILDING STANDARD WATER METER AND REMOTE METER READER AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE THE SPECIFIC METERING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BID. PRIVATE OFFICE 117 r p . IJANOR� i IT ,f' ✓ p EQUIP. ROOM ` f' 13a r. STORAGE CLOSET f' 119 j, pf r r frfr. i r.' ! ,r rlr {! 2 i ohs 1 .I' WASTE & VENT ISOMETRIC PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = T-0" .. J WOMEN'S MEWS BACK OFFICE RESTROOM RESTROOM — 124 125 126 CW r ii CW CW r' HW HW P 21; `I P I P2' r n: I,. t s i {'} :. { s I READY PRIVATE OFFICE PRIVATE OFFICE ; 'E PRIVATE OFFICE ADVISOR 122 121 12a 123 i SCALE: 1/40 = T-0" PRIVATE OFFICE i i PRIVATE OFFICE PRIVATE OFFICE PANTRY 127 8 ; EQUIP. ROOM 1 1 ;7� I F I R Ifll fjl:, ; i t Il�fl Design 311 Elm Street Suite 6 513 24 www.fr KOHRS LON ENQINEE MECHANICAL ELEC 1538 ALEXANDRII FT. THOMAS, KE 800-354- 859-442 859-442—? ISSUE INFORM ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIE LANDLORD REVI. BID CONTRACTOR ONLY FROM S 'CONSTRUCTIO REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTME FRCH / ARCHIT No. M 30 .. ._ Exp 13 ±_ A# �. MAR PROJECT INFO CHARLES CUPERTIN 19620 STEVENS C SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 9 PROJECT M 8826.01 SHEET INFORM PLUMBING P1 DRAWN BY: L FEINAUER, M DEBE REVIEWED BY: J MILLARD, J KOHRS SCALE: As Noted IM14ml 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 PI N' i MI LI KI HI GI F I EI DI CI BI AI t� I, I N I WOMEN'S MEN'S l BACK OFFICE RESTROOM < RESTROOM 1 --42 125 12 —' -- '�3 rr �� 3 3 ! ..��: ``4 �3i, 3 (�� `• r __.. P 2 i' E d i! I :a > r.::�• t r i { I S 1. V .Y 6 :a• !! i. !. f O i n - a :e• t 3 3u F. 1 • a,.,,, u. .,., _,.........., --- `� READY ;: PRIVATE OFFICE PRIVATE OFFICE PRIVATE OFFICE i ADVISOR F 120 123 ?JANITOR 1, i j I. _-'i29 ' {,/ rr,"r',I /`�;'f ✓ 'J1,'rf',%'ir,l rf f":r.r ydf f'd > i ! `tiflr, i .ir r r% '"'� % r "✓r {,. t/r f r`` •'' ! '`,' !`' f,,r •t"`• , 1 r f f �,� d f,•' d -- EQUIP. ROOM4 r" �r r : , 1 Y} � r, .r. f` I} 3D f r' V rr• f °r, i" , 3 VENT r rr - STORAGE CLOSET f % 119 : r r r , !f F— `.. , � ,� a r r ! .S , /r ✓f � f r f ,'r f", i`i I LLJ PRIVATE OFFICE PRIVATE OFFICE PRIVATE OFFICE PRIVATE OFFICE 115 116 117 118 _f f _r f f l 6 r` r ' r: J ,f r,' ;f r r,r r fr r'•� r k f r` rrJ� r r r„ r' i d f' f. f r WASTE & VENT PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = T-0' PLUMBING CODED NOTES 1. INSTALL NEW WATER HEATER ON PLATFORM. SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. VERIFY IN FIELD EXACT LOCATION, COORDINATE WITH GENERAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS. 2. CONNECT NEW CW LINE TO EXISTING 2" CW SHUT OFF VALVE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF LANDLORD CW MAIN PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. EXISTING WATER METER AND BACKFLOW PREVENTER TO REMAIN. 3. CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE TO THE EXISTING 4" MINIMUM SANITARY MAIN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, AND FLOW DIRECTION OF LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO BIDDING. 4. EXTEND NEW VENT TO THE EXISTING 3" VENT MAIN. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE VENT MAINT WITH A LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BIGGINING WORK. 5. PROVIDE REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PROTECTION WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. BACKFLOW VALVE AND WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. PIPE DRAIN TO MOP SINK. 6. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER FOR FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MODEL AND MANUFACTURER. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER VALVE ASSEMBLY IN WALL AT AN ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT. PROVED ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED. EXTEND 1/2" CW FROM NEAREST MAIN TO NEW TRAP PRIMER. 7. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN WALL. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AND COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. EXTEND AND CONNECT PIPING TO FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. S. PROVIDE NEW BUILDING STANDARD WATER METER AND REMOTE METER READER AS REQUIRED, COORDINATE THE SPECIFIC METERING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BID. r` i,. f f {f, f r t f. ! J' r' rr /a <\ ,- a/ I ,, q$ I �$ I 2 i i' WASTE & VENT ISOMETRIC PLAN ' SCALE: 1/4' = T-0' i' ;.ar':�. 3 _ WOMEN'S MEWS BACK OFFICE RESTROOM RESTROOM 124 225 ' CW rf CW ti, i CW HW HW 2 P21 .r. ..a 3 Li L,L I :.Y.LY:r.l:.Y. • J.' ttY::r::'. I t. k t i CW --- -- 7 7 READY PRIVATE OFFICE PRIVATE OFFICE PRIVATE OFFICE ADVISOR 122 121 s 120 123 I I i a k ! t r' h i 4 fi, ,f' ,r' ✓{ it / f't ,:' j" %` i' ,r'' r f,r` r` ,.F �' r '` :f %.'' /! rf ,/ x. / rf• r rf r. j ,,i ,' r°" ,., ,r" ` %" � tr ,r ✓ r r % r, ,. f j r' r " l j /''" ` `r' r`' " r'" f' r , f� f•' t� d is sr A . r �Y r it r f' r r ✓ t f,, f` r i. r' r` r rf f; f f' ff t p J . f : s rr r Fr` /• f`r rA, r f f' 1 f f f` f' f r PLUMBING SUPPLY PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = T-0' 1 ff .% f r err, F 1 tf PANTRY 127 CW 1 r f � r. i .r r :A U r i N_ 3 r f` x f d`r r f' rrr. C.� r' r' jf. i` r, l r'r 1Ktl. •�":. .;, ff' rr' ,�,: rdf '' f r, 1� 'JANITOR I 'CLOSET r 1F ✓`r ff' f ,` {'rri" f; ' f .•' r r .rr` r 5 r s✓ f �/ f . ' rj• ^�-� f�/J ,' EQUIP. R001V, r r' / r F' 130 r. frr r f r ,+' r l` STORAGE r F f CLOSET r r i d,r f r f f' r Z! 1! / r r f r PRIVATE OFFICE •' f f � ,• , : r r,. f. f, ff r=` r r f r r / f r f' l' 1 f f .f r fr ✓ %r ✓ r'f %r f ,• f fr: f,. f r,. r %,^ r 1 F" fe rr f �f it f� f l 1` ✓ f i f'r l 1 IIIRICIHI Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com K N ICOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX i ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION ICOS UCTI N TR N SETII HEREIN 0 REVISIONS A BUILDING DEPART COM MENTS 02/20/09 MENTT FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. Q�p�ESS1 prjq� t�0 �1CHAJ�p w No. M 3072 Exp l3 11 P AI MAR 2009 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: 8826.01 SHEET INFORMATION PLUMBING PLANS DRAWN BY: L FEINAUER, M DEBEVEC REVIEWED BY: J MILLARD, J KOHRS SCALE: As Noted M4ml 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 16 17 18 01 M M =I Mil ©I GI FI E a C A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SHALL APPLY TO AND BE PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVALS REQUIRED. SCOPE OF WORK WATER PIPING SYSTEMS SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SYSTEMS PLUMBING FIXTURES PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PAINTING AND ELECTRICAL WORK IS NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT. GENERAL STANDARDS THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN: AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TEST MATERIALS (ASTM); AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION (ASA); UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL); NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA); CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. THE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE LOCAL PLUMBING CODES AND STATUES. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL DO ALL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING. LAY SEWER AND UNDERGROUND PIPING LINES ON 6" COMPACTED SAND. BACKFILL UNDER BUILDING AND ALL DRIVES, ROADS AND WALKS WITH BANK -RUN GRAVEL. WATER PIPING SYSTEMS INTERIOR BACKFLOW PREVENTERS WITH FUNNELS AND DRAINS DOMESTIC COLD -WATER PIPING DOMESTIC HOT-WATER PIPING TRAP PRIMERS FOR FLOOR DRAINS INTERIOR WATER PIPING: TUBE SIZE 2" AND SMALLER: COPPER TUBE. WALL THICKNESS: TYPE L, HARD -DRAWN TEMPER. FITTINGS: WROUGHT -COPPER, SOLDER -JOINTS. TUBE SIZE 2-1/2" AND LARGER: COPPER TUBE. WALL THICKNESS: TYPE L, HARD -DRAWN TEMPER. FITTINGS: WROUGHT -COPPER, SOLDER -JOINTS. REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER (DOMESTIC BUILDING SL_J E): SOIL WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM IN THE BUILDING AND ON THE SITE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. NO -HUB CAST IRON MAY BE USED ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. ABOVE GROUND SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS INCLUDING SOIL STACKS, VENT STACKS, HORIZONTAL BRANCHES, TRAPS, AND CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND DRAINS. UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAIN PIPING INCLUDING MAINS, BRANCHES, TRAPS, CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND DRAINS, AND CONNECTIONS TO STACKS, TERMINATING AT CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER. FLOOR DRAINS INTERIOR PIPING: CAST IRON SOIL PIPING AND FITTINGS SERVICE WEIGHT ASTM A-74 WITH ASTM C-564 GASKETED JOINTS. WASTE AND VENT PIPING 2-1/2- AND UNDER - TYPE "M" COPPER ASTM B88.62. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING 3" AND OVER IN SIZE AND ALL UNDERGROUND CAST IRON SOIL PIPING AND FITTINGS, ASTM A-74, SERVICE WEIGHT. NO -HUB CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE USED ABOVE FLOOR FOR SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING. PIPING ALIGNMENT SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS USING APPROVED Y BRANCHES OR EIGHT BANDS FOR DIRECTION CHANGES AND SHALL BE SURELY SUPPORTED OR SECURED TO MAINTAIN SUCH ALIGNMENT. PITCH OF PIPING SHALL BE UNIFORM AT A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT FOR BUILDING DRAINS AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR SEWERS. PROTECTION SHALL BE GIVEN ALL FOOTINGS, OTHER STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS DURING UNDERGROUND WORK ADJACENT TO SUCH ITEMS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. VENT ALL FIXTURES, CONNECT BRANCH VENTS TO MAIN VENT RISERS AT LEAST THREE FEET AND SIX INCHES ABOVE VENTED FIXTURES. PITCH VENT LINES BACK TO SOIL OR WASTE PIPE, FREE OF DROPS AND SAGS. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF PIPE UP TO 4", AND 4" FOR LARGER SIZES. FOR UNDERGROUND AND CONCEALED LINES, PROVIDE CLEANOUTS IN ACCESSIBLE POSITIONS AT EACH RIGHT ANGLE TURN AND AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED FIFTY FEET. IN FLOORS, INSTALL FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR WITH EXTENSION PIPE FROM CLEANOUT "Y". FLOOR DRAINS REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. NOTE: ALL FLOOR DRAINS LOCATED IN ROOMS WHICH HAVE TILE FLOORS (TOILET ROOMS, KITCHEN, ETC.) SHALL HAVE SQUARE TOPS (TYPE "S" STRAINER). THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL TRAP PRIMERS FOR ALL FLOOR DRAINS. TRAP PRIMER SHALL BE EQUAL TO PPP INC. MODEL "OREGON #1" TRAP PRIMER VALVE. PLUMBING FIXTURES WATER CLOSETS. LAVATORIES. SERVICE SINKS. WATER COOLERS. FIXTURE SCHEDULE SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE SCHEDULE. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE CATHODIC PROTECTION PROVIDE DIELECTRIC INSULATION AT POINTS WHERE COPPER OR BRASS PIPE COMES IN CONTACT WITH FERROUS PIPING, REINFORCING STEEL OR OTHER DISSIMILAR METAL IN STRUCTURE. SHOCK ABSORBERS REMOVE SHOCK CONDITIONS FROM ALL PIPING. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHOCK ABSORBERS ON ALL PIPING SERVING FLUSH VALVE FIXTURES. VALVES MAIN SHUT OFF VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. SHUT OFF VALVES SHALL BE NIBCO S/T 580 BALL VALVES OR EQUAL. VALVES SHALL HAVE BLOWOUT PROOF STEM, TFE SEATS AND BRASS BALL. PRESSURE RATING OF ALL MAIN VALVES SHALL HAVE A RATING OF AT LEAST 400 PSI WORKING PRESSURE, VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. WHEN VALVES ARE NOT SHOWN IN DETAIL ON THE PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL VALVES NECESSARY FOR THE CONTROL OPERATION AND ISOLATION OF EQUIPMENT. PITCH ALL PIPE TO LOW POINTS AND INSTALL DRAIN VALVES. GATE VALVES OR BALL VALVES SHALL BE USED IN SERVICES REQUIRING THE VALVES TO BE FULLY OPENED OR TIGHTLY CLOSED. GLOBE OR ANGLE VALVES SHALL BE USED WHERE THROTTLING OR FLOW CONTROL IS DESIRED, OR IN BY-PASS LINES. GLOBE AND ANGLE VALVES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH THE APPROPRIATE DISC MATERIAL FOR THE INTENDED SERVICE. COLD WATER GLOBE VALVES SHALL HAVE RUBBER DISC; HOT WATER SHALL HAVE COMPOSITION DISC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SHUT-OFF VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURES, ITEM OR UNIT AT THE FIXTURE ITEMS OR UNIT WHETHER FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR OR BY OTHERS. FIXTURES, ITEM OR UNITS FURNISHED BY THE MANUFACTURER WITH INTEGRAL STOPS OR STOPS SPECIFIED WITH THE FIXTURE ARE CONSIDERED TO BE PROPERLY VALVED OFF AT THE FIXTURES. ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ALL VALVES. PIPE JOINTS AND CONNECTION ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FINISHED CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNDER THE SECTION OF SPECIFICATIONS COVERING THESE MATERIALS. ANY MINOR ADJUSTMENT IN LOCATION OF ALIGNMENT OF NEW WORK OR TO CONNECT TO EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES TO THE GROUNDS, WALKS, ROAD, BUILDING, PIPING SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND THEIR EQUIPMENT AND CONTENTS, CAUSED BY LEAKS IN THE PIPING SYSTEMS BEING INSTALLED OR HAVING BEEN INSTALLED BY HIM. HE SHALL REPAIR AT HIS EXPENSE ALL DAMAGED SO CAUSED. ALL REPAIR WORK SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY AND IN SUCH MANNER AS SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE EMERGENCY REPAIRS AS REQUIRED TO KEEP EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION WITHOUT VOIDING THE CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE BOND NOR RELIEVING THE CONTRACTOR OF HIS RESPONSIBILITIES DURING THE BONDING PERIOD. PIPE INSULATION FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION: ASTM C 547, CLASS 1 FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC PIPING INSULATION: ASTM C 534, TYPE I, (EQUAL TO ARMAFLEX). ENCASE PIPE FITTINGS INSULATION WITH ONE-PIECE PREMOLDED PVC FITTING COVERS. VAPOR BARRIER MATERIAL: PAPER -BACKED ALUMINUM FOIL, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, STRENGTH AND PERMEABILITY RATING EQUIVALENT TO ADJOINING PIPE INSULATION JACKETING. STAPLES, BANDS, WIRES, AND CEMENT: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. ADHESIVES, SEALERS, AND PROTECTIVE FINISHES: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. COVER ALL COLD WATER PIPING WITH 1 /2" THICK FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, HAVING A "K" VALUE OF .25. COVER ALL HOT WATER PIPING WITH 3/4" THICK FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, HAVING A "K" VALUE OF .25. FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSTALLATION: SLIT TUBULAR SECTIONS ONTO PIPE. ON AREAS WHERE PIPE END IS OPEN, SLIDE FULL SECTIONS ONTO PIPE. ALL EDGES SHALL BE CLEAN CUT. INSULATION SHALL BE PUSHED ONTO PIPE, NEVER PULLED. ALL SEAMS AND BUTT JOINTS SHALL BE ADHERED AND SEALED USING ADHESIVE EQUAL TO ARMAFLEX 520 ADHESIVE. INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES WHEN IT IS REQUIRED TO INTERRUPT EXISTING SERVICES, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FIRST NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT THAT AN INTERRUPTION IS REQUIRED. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT FACILITIES MUST BY KEPT IN OPERATION AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE THE ARCHITECT OF THE LENGTH OF TIME THE SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED AND SHALL GET PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. WARRANTY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT THAT ALL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIALS AND PARTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL REPAIR, REVISE, AND REPLACE, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER, ANY SUCH DEFECTS OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD. 12 0 1-1 /2"xl -1 /2"xl /4" STEEL ANGLE IRON FRAME WITH SUPPORT ANGLES AT 45'. BOLT TOP OF FRAME AND ANGLE SUPPORTS TO WALL. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WALL BLOCKING AS NEEDED. OFULL-SIZE REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER OPIPE DISCHARGE TO MOP SINK / FLOOR DRAIN 0��%%1%24 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL STRAP. SCREW INTO WALL STUD WITH 1-1/2" MIN. SCREWS. EXPANSION TANK ----,,, (AMITROL MODEL# THERM-X-TROL-ST-5) VACUUM RELIEF VALVE I 4" DEEP 20 GA. GALVANIZED DRAIN PAN WITH ALL EXPOSED EDGES HEMMED. DRAIN PAN TO EXTEND 4" (MIN.) BEYOND TANK ON ALL SIDES. 7'-0„ MINIMUM 13 14 HEAT TRAP WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS 4 -y4" CW r--I I 1 I +-3/4"l10-HW 1�2» THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. Y2"INLETS, -Y4"OUTLET 1/2"140'HW 1/2"140'HW TO MOP SINK + - - 4-� �I — -P&T RELIEF PIPE (3/4") r ` TO MOP SINK / FLOOR DRAIN A.O.SMITH t 1 DEL-10 120v, 19 DRAIN VALVE 1.5KW 3/4" DRAIN PAN PIPING TO MOP SINK /FLOOR DRAIN 2 *� PROVIDE AND INSTALL M WALL BRACKET CONNECT TO EXISTING CW MAIN MOP SINK-\ 'L FL11 PLATFORM MOUNTED WATER HEATER HOOKUP OOR NOT TO SCALE GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES A. PRIOR TO BID, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING THE EXISTING STUB -INS, TAPS, ETC. FOR PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS FOR THE TENANT SPACE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN PLANS AND FIELD CONDITIONS IN ORDER TO PREVENT UNKNOWN ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE TENANT. B. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE, LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD'S REf11 IIpFAAr7K1TC C. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE(S) AT EACH FIXTURE. D. ALL WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON. E. ALL UNDERGROUND SANITARY PIPES SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. ALL ABOVE FLOOR SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE HEIGHT NO -HUB CAST IRON. F. SLOPE ALL SANITARY PIPING 4" AND LARGER AT 1 /8" PER FOOT. SLOPE ALL SMALLER SANITARY PIPING AT 1/4" PER FOOT. G. ALL PLUMBING PIPING DROPS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN WALL SPACE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. H. SUSPEND ALL HORIZONTAL WATER AND VENT PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE ABOVE CEILING. I. SAW CUT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS. SEAL AROUND ALL WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH APPROVED SEALANT MATERIAL AND ENSURE PENETRATIONS REMAIN FIRE RESISTANT AND WATERTIGHT. J. ALL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LANDLORD CRITERIA, LOCAL AND STATE CODES. K. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PER PDI REQUIREMENTS. L. LABEL ALL BELOW SLAB PIPING. M. PLUMBING WORK REQUIRES SEPERATE PLUMBING PERMIT TO BE OBTAINED BY THE TOWNSHIP -LICENSED PLUMBER. GENERAL PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES A. AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE PLUMBING FIXTURES ARE TO BE REMOVED, PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE PIPING (WATER, WASTE, VENT) TO A POINT BEYOND FINISH SURFACE AND CAP OFF. WHERE PIPING SERVING EXISTING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED ALSO SERVES FIXTURES THAT ARE TO REMAIN, PIPING SHALL BE REROUTED AND RECONNECTED AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE REMODELED AREAS AS REQUIRED. B. WHERE EXISTING WALLS ARE REMOVED AND PIPING IS FOUND THAT MUST REMAIN, PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE AND RECONNECT PIPING AS REQUIRED, E.G. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, GAS, SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND ROOF LEADER PIPING. C. ALL PLUMBING PIPING THAT IS FOUND TO NO LONGER SERVE ANY PURPOSE SHALL BE REMOVED AND CAPPED OFF BEYOND FINISH SURFACE. D. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, NEW PIPING AND RELOCATED PIPING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL PIPING WITH HVAC AND ELECTRIC SUBCONTRACTOR. COORDINATE CUTTING AND PATCHING WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. E. WHEREVER FIXTURES REQUIRING PLUMBING CONNECTIONS ARE FURNISHED BY OTHERS, OWNER, OR ARE RELOCATED, PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL CARRIERS, "P" TRAP AND STOPS AND MAKE FINAL PLUMBING CONNECTIONS AT NEW LOCATIONS. F. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR REMOVAL, REMODELING OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE DONE BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. G. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLANS FOR EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WORK. COORDINATE WITH SAME. 15 FE:LD VERFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. P1 SINK — SINGLE BOWL STAINLESS STEEL 18 GUAGE, MODEL ELKAY LRADQ2521R SINGLE HOLE WITH TYPE 304—SELF RIM, ADA COMPLIANT. FAUCET: KOHLER K10433—CP W/1055715 (1.59 GPM) AERATOR. P2 WC — WATER CLOSET — AMERICAN STANDARD "FLOWWISE" DUAL FLUSH MODEL (0.8/1.6GPF), #2480.216, FLOOR MOUNTED, ELONGATED BOWL, TANK TYPE, CHROME TRIP LEVER, WATER SAVER, VITREOUS CHINA, 17" RIM HEIGHT MEETS ADA GUIDELINES AND ANSI REQUIREMENTS FOR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES FURNISH WITH WHITE COLOR n�urrr- MODEL ,n nnru rn-k.- r A T M/ / /Ill\TR A AIR OLSONIIC MODEL #975 OPEN FRVIVI SCNI vy!Ifl COVE MIND CHROME SUPPLY WITH STOP. P3 LAV - AMERICAN STANDARD "COMRADE" WALL MOUNTED LAVATORY, MODEL #0124.024. PROVIDE AMERICAN STANDARD "SELECTRONIC" FAUCET (MODEL #6056.205) AND 605XTMV THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. PROVIDE WITH 0.5 GPM VANDAL RESISTANT AERATOR, OFFSET GRID MODEL #7723.018 FOR WHEELCHAIR LAVATORY, ANGLE SUPPLIES, CONCEALED ARM, WALL CARRIER ZURN MODEL # Z1231, P TRAP, TRUEBRO MODEL # 103 UNDER SINK PIPE COVER. P4 EWC - OASIS MODEL P8ACSL ELECTRIC WATER COOLER, DUAL HEIGHT, WALL MOUNTED W/ FRONT AND SIDE PUSH PADS TO ACTIVATE THE FLOW OF WATER, ELECTRIC WATER COOLER SHALL DELIVER 8.0 GPH OF 50F WATER AT 9OF AMBIENT AND 8OF INLET WATER. BUBBLER AND WASTE STRAINERS TO BE CHROME PLATED. BUBBLER SHALL HAVE FLEXIBLE GUARD AND OPERATE BETWEEN 20 & 120 PSI. CABINET FINISH SHALL BE SANDSTONE POWDER COATED PAINT. COOLING SYSTEM SHALL USE R-134A REFRIGERANT. WATER COOLER SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI A117.1 AND ADA AND SHALL BE LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS' LABATORIES. P5 MOP SINK: FIAT MOP SERVICE BASIN MODEL NO. MSB-2424 WITH STRAINER AND SERVICE FAUCET MODEL NO. 830-AA WITH VACUUM BREAKER. FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT - ZURN #Z1400-HD-2 (CONC. FLOOR) OR ZN1400-2 (TILE FLOOR). EQUALS BY JR SMITH OR WADE. WCO WALL CLEANOUTS - ZURN COMPANY #Z-1446, COATED CAST IRON CLEANOUT TEE, HUB AND SPIGOT CONNECTION, BRONZE PLUG. COVER: ROUND STAINLESS STEEL WALL ACCESS COVER WITH SCREW. WH WATER HEATER - A.O. SMITH #DEL-10, 10 GAL, 1500 WATT, 120V. SINGLE PHASE, EQUALS BY RHEEM OR RUDD. WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTER - SIOUX CHIEF 750 SERIES OR EQUAL BY PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, INC. FD1 FLOOR DRAIN - SQUARE NICKEL BRONZE JR SMITH #2010-B STRAINER. (PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER JR SMITH #2699 FOR THE TRAP OF THE FLOOR DRAIN. FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE P# DESCRIPTION WASTE HOT WATER COLD WATER P1 SINK 1-1 2" 1 2" 1 2" P2 WATER CLOSET 4" - 1 2" P3 LAVATORY 2" 1 2" 1 2" P4 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER 1211 1 - 1 2" P5 IMOP SINK 3" 1 2" 1 2" f `\ I F I R I C I H I Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com �® K L H KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS9 PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX Cn ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS Q A BUILDING DEPARTMENTT COMMENTS 02/20/09 FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. Q pFESSIO�jq� CHAI�p�o�;�� W No. M 3072 CC Ex .913 1 HAI '11 no �. LQ PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT M 8826.01 SHEET INFORMATION PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS DRAWN BY: L FEINAUER, M DEBEVEC REVIEWED BY: J MILLARD, J KOHRS SCALE: As Noted M42 L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 1 6 Cl 4 5 0 7 E.3 N 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 M1 M Z01 LI Ki MI GI FI E D C B A FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. , ',._a , - I ON ON N , I i, N N N 0 0 _ i N' N �N • , ' e i ,t s Jr ! J: J J :�_. r N f �. ,; ,� f� r' J ✓ , N N N 1,1 v, f! 1" r � 1 rr J J` , /ice ✓ er �r f r f: �+, ��V ,' J J r co o o ,r ✓ .J � ri � fr,,. e f r r e e , r J J r Al ;. i : '�'; t '; !' , f, (d J'✓ '' '' ,r'r J'� J J : r` 'JI r''`e y/` ! >'J fr'' i'i � f r.. �!r �/ r,,! ;✓ r` f ✓ i r , 1 ' —% l IF ,. J , r rf 77, °/ wt,. ''...,..,f "`.! �•�'' r� , r f {,. .,.r,w. / r ___:f Jf f ,, rr'f �,` �/ r ✓' ,,''' ,,r .. .. � / ;`7 ,' ` `�.,, ,e ",I ,''` ,'`'� ;JJ e r'` ,� r: ' ` '` , ; , f i'r ,ry f,. ; % •r"` ,r'r ,,' :f// J J,+ f,! ../ :." : s��'.` ! ,' f ; f ✓r rr rr';' .! 1:= ° r / fJ : r .'` , ,s'' it ,r r {�,. 'r r� J ,✓�/ i r J F , ___. --- _.__.,. ''•..." ^'r' % '! :::_ir r, : .-. r' ._...,-:; 1 !, ,J, r, ef' w e. 1r fr �� ✓!" J ,' /t f: �,;` '` °!` i O. .___ : {"' '-'—_ __ -._ '. fe { , -.•/ : '' ! /� ,/' :° f` rJ f f ,rr +,r r° `_ r f ! �'`� f! ! Y � J �': - � �� , ✓ ,.+ f I ': , /' t ,i ./ e:� f f r�1 �.'!r .r r f <,%' r �fr ,!' f _ {;; '!: f �, ,,� ,,, , •__�,/ r �� '{ r .r r° �. J ��°rC J / `'rr. r J ; �'w J'' r,r J',^J f _,_.; >. �: ,. •,: .J'r ,,. r' �, f s; r ._-.-.e� F°,, 1,., ,J��. r, � / `� ! f. r f r ,.r..,_ `°,.1 ' ; s: s : ,•.=. '`� J':� rr ,� r• ✓d a '''`� l's � s .�� T!/ F,! "' r r '1 / ,,.r l,r !i e ,!' f. e ; ,' Jnr J i ,fr' r•/ r,! r ? i`; Jr_ '— _-r .� _ 'T" r" / .Z!! r `I a r ' r' '�� i'r i /f / J" �•" � ''rx f, f f ,:f r:'` i ' A `/ ✓'f !` ri r .; °` ,, 'i f ; , / ,r ✓ Jr r ,✓ !r? / ,' r,J d ' c I f i' r o , '" e,, J f J' N IN ,� (• N O O ON ;.�`�: .�!°�_.J�r-'r�,..��'_ -. _.._.rf ��: _.,.''.. ° ,fi F —J'j_ '`-.»._.��„J i`r--°Gi�J, f�,W, r'�f°M ° e�°' s `r •�:''''` /` /r�' r' s'��='._...� i< r• :/ '"! .r'r _r%/ _'' rr `� ° ° °f I.J'f, t Fw,.• I ,_ _ �, J� i r r r f J' i J ` r � J �` 71 !' f� �, � ,r r ,/ e/ / c1:` ,!f ,r ,' "r r f�' .J rr ✓'` /: .�Z , - i SPRINKLER LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION eN NEW CONCEALED WHITE PLATE SPRINKLER QN NEW SIDEWALL SPRINKLER HEAD FIRE (PROTECTION PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = T-0' �FIRICIH� Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 241 3000 www.frch.com L N KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX V) ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWABREVIEW/PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET,� HEREIN REVISIONS Q A BUILDING DEPARTMENTT COMMENTS 02/20/09 FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. �oyoy��v, oQ�RxcHaCm No. 307 6 CC xo /3 10 A OF C R 11 2.909 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT M 8826.01 SHEET INFORMATION FIRE PROTECTION PLAN DRAWN BY: L FEINALIER, M DEBEVEC REVIEWED BY: J MILLARD, J KOHRS SCALE: As Noted M5n1 1 2 3 2 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 m 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 1.1 7 0 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 & M L K J W G E C C A ® LIGHTM CODED NOTES 1. NEW LIGHTING SWITCH BANK FOR TOWNSQUARE LIGHTING. SEE DETAILS ON THIS SHEET FOR SPECIFIC SWITCHING INFORMATION. SWITCHES SHALL BE GANGED TOGETHER WITH A SINGLE COVER PLATE FOR A MORE FINISHED LOOK — NO INDIVIDUAL COVER PLATES. i 2. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, DISCONNECT SWITCH IN NONVISIBLE, ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AND FINAL CONNEC TION FOR 120 VOLT SIGN FURNISHED BY CHARLES SCHWAB. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH - SIGNAGE VENDOR AND CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER. 3. CONTROL CIRCUITS THROUGH NEW TIMECLOCK CONTROLLED CONTACTOR, "LC1" IN THE BACK OFFICE. COORDINATE ON/OFF SCHEDULING WITH CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONTACTORS, RELAYS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. REFER TO CONTACTOR AND TIMECLOCK SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 4. CONNECT NIGHT LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS TO UNSWI T CHED, LOCKED CIRCUIT H2-5. 5. PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. REFER TO LEGEND ON SHEET E4.1 FOR SPECIFICATION. 6. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. REFER TO LEGEND ON SHEET E4.1 FOR SPECIFICATION. SET SENSITIVITY TO HIGH. 7. CONTROL CIRCUIT THROUGH NEW TIMECLOCK IN THE BACK OFFICE. COORDINATE ON/OFF SCHEDULING WITH CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONTACTORS, RELAYS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. REFER TO CONTACTOR AND TIMECLOCK SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 8. CONTROL CIRCUITS THROUGH NEW TIMECLOCK CONTROLLED CONTACTOR, "LC2" IN THE BACK OFFICE. COORDINATE ON/OFF SCHEDULING WITH CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONTACTORS, RELAYS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. REFER TO CONTACTOR AND TIMECLOCK SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 9. MOUNT IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING. LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES A. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT FOR EACH 20 AMP CIRCUIT. B. LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0" TO 150'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 151'-0" TO 250'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. C. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CIRCUITING SHALL BE THRU—WIRING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE THRU—WIRING, ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. D. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SOME FIXTURES REQUIRE ASSEMBLY. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUSTABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER. IF THE CEILING SYSTEMS ARE FIRE RATED, E.C. SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE RECESSED FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS WITH CHARLES SCHWAB AND SUPPLIER TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE CEILING. E. DISCONNECT AND DISCARD ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. F. ALL SWITCHES TO BE MOUNTED AT 38"A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE.-------- G. ALL WIRING DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC.) AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE WHITE, NO EXCEPTIONS. H. FIXTURES INSTALLED IN FURRED SPACES SHALL BE CONNECTED BY MEANS OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND "AF" WIRE RUN TO A BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET BOX WHICH IS INDEPENDENT OF THE FIXTURE. I. EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER LOCAL AND LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. J. ALL NIGHT LIGHTS (SHOWN WITH "NL" DESIGNATION) SHALL BE WIRED AHEAD OF SWITCHING. K. EMERGENCY FIXTURES, EMERGENCY BALLASTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN viNIcw!TCHED "11(1T" TO PRfI\/IIIF CONTINUOUS IC PQWFR TO RAI I AST EVFN WHEN FIXTURE IS OFF. L. E.C. TO UNDERSTAND AND COORDINATE ALL SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS WITH CHARLES SCHWAB P.M. AS IT RELATES TO POWER, PLACEMENT, AND ANY OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION. IF POWERED SIGN IS TO BE INSTALLED, CIRCUIT TO SPARE IN PANEL. PROVIDE AND WIRE THRU TIMECLOCK PER N.E.C. AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. M. LOCATE ALL SWITCHES, T—STATS, OUTLETS AND OTHER ITEMS 6-9 INCHES FROM WALL CORNERS. N. ALL EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE 277V. 0. EXIT SIGNS AT THE TOWNSQUARE ENTRY DOOR SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENINGS. LIGHTING CONTROL DESIGN INTENT PRIVATE OFFICES: HARDWARE: WALL MOUNTED AUTOMATIC WALL SWITCH WITH DUAL RELAY SWITCHES CONTROL INTENT: LIGHTING SHALL BE MANUAL "ON" WITH EACH MANUAL SWITCH CONTROLLING ONE 2X2 FIXTURE. FIFTEEN MINUTES AFTER LOSS OF OCCUPANCY THE LIGHTS SHALL TURN "OFF" REGARDLESS OF SWITCH POSITION. CONFERENCE ROOM HARDWARE: CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH WALL MOUNTED TOGGLE SWITCHES. CONTROL INTENT: WHILE THE ROOM IS OCCUPIED THE LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL CONTROL THE LIGHTS WITHIN THE ROOM. FIFTEEN MINUTES AFTER LOSS OF OCCUPANCY THE LIGHTS SHALL TURN "OFF" REGARDLESS OF LIGHT SWITCH POSITION. BACK OFFICE/PANTRY HARDWARE: CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) WITH WALL MOUNTED TOGGLE SWITCH. CONTROL INTENT: WHILE THE ROOM IS OCCUPIED THE LIGHT FIXTURES LABELED SHALL BE "ON" AND THE LIGHT SWITCH LABELED 'b' SHALL CONTROL THE LIGHT FIXTURES LABELED "b". FIFTEEN MINUTES AFTER LOSS OF OCCUPANCY THE LIGHTS SHALL TURN "OFF" REGARDLESS OF LIGHT SWITCH POSITION. RESTROOMS HARDWARE: CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. CONTROL INTENT: WHILE THE ROOM IS OCCUPIED THE LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE "ON". FIVE MINUTES AFTER LOSS OF OCCUPANCY THE LIGHTS SHALL TURN "OFF". TOWNSQUARE HARDWARE: CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) IN PARELLEL WITH A TIMECLOCK AND WITH WALL MOUNTED TOGGLE SWITCHES. CONTROL INTENT: DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS (AS SCHEDULED BY THE TIMECLOCK) THE LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL CONTROL THE LIGHT FIXTURES. AFTER NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS, WHILE THE ROOM IS OCCUPIED, THE LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL CONTROL THE FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES AND THE TRACK LIGHTING SHALL TURN "OFF". FIFTEEN MINUTES AFTER LOSS OF OCCUPANCY (AFTER NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS) THE FLUORESCENT LIGHTS SHALL TURN "OFF". CORRIDOR HARDWARE: CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) IN PARELLEL WITH A TIMECLOCK. CONTROL INTENT: DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS (AS SCHEDULED BY THE TIMECLOCK) THE LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE "ON". AFTER NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS, WHILE THE ROOM IS OCCUPIED, THE LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE "ON". FIFTEEN MINUTES AFTER LOSS OF OCCUPANCY (AFTER NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS) THE LIGHTS SHALL TURN "OFF". EQUIPMENT ROOM HARDWARE: WALL MOUNTED AUTOMATIC WALL SWITCH CONTROL INTENT: LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE MANUAL "ON" AND SHALL REMAIN "ON" WHILE THE ROOM IS OCCUPIED. FIVE MINUTES AFTER LOSS OF OCCUPANCY THE LIGHT SHALL TURN "OFF". IMPORTANT NOTE: SOME LIGHTING FIXTURES MAY BE LONG LEAD—TIME ITEMS. GC IS TO ENSURE THAT LIGHTING IS ORDERED AT SUCH TIME THAT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WILL NOT BE AFFECTED 1 EXIT ,�Sooa,b PRIVATE OFFICE EXIT 3 EXIT + ,,, AA/ tM r, 111 ! „. $ I ab_6 ._._.___ _ PRIVATE O _ L _ NIL �. _ _ I PRIVATE OFF CE .,m._._.„-__ i. -- _ PRIVATE OFFICE w._—_._ T _ _ __ _. RE { _.___ ._._.__, ._._--- _ __._ __.-__ ._ _ __ ___ ._. __... _ .._.,__m_ _ _.,._ _ 000 120 - - — _ - -- - -' _, 2 _� ,r JAFTflR BC,a , . � , ADVISOR 3 ,, 121 z00a " I << , F p -, CLOSET .T, \ BC EM If-._�q --U TH e TH,e TH,e TH,e 7 8 \\ AA,a AA,a NL® NL "` ® AA/EM AA,b AA/EM,b AA, ®®AA/EM AA,b 0 N. r' t t. t G BC,d BC,d _ BC,d BC,d BC,d d _ - AA EMa , AA EM,a TOWNSQUARE _ / Ll { fiF �!t F J d. BC,c BC,c BC,c BC,c BC,cI' °• 11 1 NL NL ;�` Akio AA,a 4 AA/EM AA.a 3 AA/EM,a AA,a 4 AA/EM AA,a 4O EXIT __ _. _ ---- 7 2 f ,t 4Ali /r ELECTRICAL LII SCALE: 1/4' T--O' FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS OCCUPANCY SENSOR r-- I E.C. SHALL PROVIDE AS MANY POWER/RELAY PACKS AS NECESSARY TO POWER ALL ORS IN SPACE OCCUPANCY SENSORS OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) F1 P 1� DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD I TO BE CONTROLLED. DOWNLIGHTS DOWNLIGHTS FLUORESCENT FLUORESCENT CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS TOWNSQUARE TOWNSQUARE LIGHTING LIGHTING NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. ELECTRIC PANEL WALL SWITCH "a" ELECTRIC PANEL `a' 'b' TOWNSQUARE TOWNSQUARE E OR OWNER PRIOR TH ARCHITECT ENGINEER T SHALL CONTACT E THE CONTRACTOR , 20A 20A — 20A 2 OA POWER / RELAY PACK `c' `d' TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND — LIGHTING LOAD, a LIGHTING LOAD INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS 20A 20A 20A 20A ❑ MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL --� POWER / RELAY — '— AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. ' PACK LIGHTING LOAD, b TRACK LIGHTING 20A 20A 20A 20A TOWNSQUARE BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL `— WALL SWITCH "b" TIMECLOCK 'e' WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH BI-LEVEL LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL SCALE 1 TOWNSQUARE AND CORRIDOR SCALE 2 MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH BANK SCALE CONTRACTOR SHALLGOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER N OROT OWNEROF ANDYING. THE APPA ENT NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEMATIC t.. a MINAIRE SCHEDULE NO SUBSTITUTIONS LU (N ) TYPE MFGR CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION VOLT WATTS MOUNTING LAMP LAMP TEMP. j - REMARKS- — - AA JUNO O G 6 APERTUREHT W/ � CH6-218Q-650C-WH DOWN LIGHT UNV. 36 RECESSED 18W QUAD CFL � 3,500 K STANDARD DOWN LIGHT i CLEAR FINISH I ((2) STANDARD DOWN LIGHT AA/EM JUNO CH6-218Q-650C-WH-EM 6" APERTURE DOWN LIGHT Wi UNV. 36 RECESSED (2) 18W QUAD CFL 3,500 K WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY CLEAR FINISH BACK-UP BC i NEORAY 202R-2BX40W-EB INDIRECT 2'x2' FOR FINE LINE 277 CESSED 72 REj (2) 40W BIAX 3,500 K (2x2) i CEILING GRID i - BC/EM NEORAY 202R-2BX40W-EB-EM INDIRECT TxTFOR FINE LINE CEILING GRID WITH 90 MINUTE I I 277 72 RECESSED ( (2) 40W SIAX 13,500 K ;PROVIDE 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK-UP (2x2) P K (WITH EM PACK) BATTERY BACK-UP j DECORATIVE PENDANT, � i PROVIDE ENOUGH STEM P EUREKA j 4237-XLQ-CFD32 COMPACT FLUORESCENT, 277 36 PENDANT ; (1) 32W TRIPLE TUBE j 3,500 K ,y i LENGTH SO THAT B&T6i 4 O LIGHTING TRIPLE 4 PIN 32 WATT FIXTURE I CFL 'FIXTURE IS AT 5'-8" s\�FF WITH ELECTRONIC BALLAST I i I - r S METALUX _ _ SN132 UNV-EB81 U 4'-0" (I) LAMP STRIP ACCENT UNV. 32 COVE F 2T I i (1) 3 8 3,500 K LIGHTING TRACK MOUNT LOW VOLTAGE TH ! LIGHTOLIER ALCYON 22MC6WH CYLINDER MR 16 TRACK HEAD, 1'LO 50 TRACK (1) 50W MR16 ! 3,500 K PROVIDE WITH ACC�S ,QR1ES: LENS (HEAD) ; WHITE FINISH (WITH INTEGRAL AF2SF j t 1 TRANSFORMER) I TH LIGHTOLIER BASIC LYTESPAN 6000 SURFACE MOUNTED, SINGLE N/A I N/A SURFACE I N/A ; N/A PROVIDE LENGTHS PER PLAN (TRACK) i SERIES CIRCUIT TRACK, WHITE FINISH CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN EXIT CORNERSTONE LEP SERIES EXIT SIGN WITH WHITE 277 4.4 I UNIVERSAL ! INCLUDED N/A { WITH GREEN LETTERS AND HOUSING I BATTERY BACK-UP NOTES: 1. INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS, 2. ALL LIGHTING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ARE ALLOWED. 3. LAMPS SHALL BE G.E., OSRAM SYLVANIA OR PHILIPS - NO EXCEPTIONS 4. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND EXIT SIGNAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK-UP TIMECLOCK "TC" NUMBER OF CIRCUITS: 4 ---- ZONE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 LC1— CONTACTOR LC1 21 LC CONTACTOR LC2 3 B-1 TRACK LTG 4 I -- -- 'SPARE 'LIGHTING CONTACTOR "LC1" LIGHTING CONTACTOR "L-C2''- u. NUMBER OF POLES: 4 NUM BER OF POLES' 2 --- ------ CONTROL REMARKS: TIMECLOCK "TC". CONTROL REMARKS: TIMECLOCK "TC". MOUNT IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE MOUNT IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE 1 POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 B3 SI GNAGE 1 H2-1 TOWNSQUA RE LTG 2 B-5 SIGNAGE 2 H2-3 CORRIDOR LTG -- . ._. _.._ __-_---__ ---.- ----- _-- 3 B-7 SIGNAGE 41-- -- 1 SPARE IFIRICIH Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 241 3000 www.frch.com K L H KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS AA BUILDING DEPARTMENTT COMMENTS 02/20/09 FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. AR 112009 PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: 8826.01 SHEET INFORMATION ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN U a U � DRAWN BY: m L FEINAUER, M DEBEVEC REVIEWED BY: ° J MILLARD, J KOHRS SCALE: a As Noted m •3 1 El A N 1 3 4 0 7 0 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 PI N I MI LI KI HI GI FI E D C B'I AI 1 2 3 ® POWER CODED NOTES 1. REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET E5.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2. PROVIDE (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR POWER AND (1) 1-1/2" CONDUIT FOR DATA/TELE. CONDUITS SHALL BE TRENCHED INTO THE SLAB AND CONTINUED TO WALL OR COLUMN, UP THE WALL OR COLUMN TO ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE ;----- --`'- CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO TRENCHING. -- 3. FOR LCD SCREEN. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ELEVATION AT SCHWAB LCD TV DETAIL ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND DETAILS. RECEPTACLES, OUTLETS AND FACEPLATES AT THIS LOCATION SHALL BE BLACK. 4. REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON SHEET E3.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 5. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM DEVICE AS SHOWN TO MATCH BASE BUILDING DEVICES TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY WITH THE BASE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL POWER SUPPLIES, TRANSPONDERS, ETC. TO ENSURE A COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE WIRING FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO THE CENTRAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM VENDOR FOR PART NUMBERS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 6. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, DISCONNECT SWITCH, AND FINAL CONNECTION FOR ELECTRIC WATER HEATER. REFER TO PLUMBING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION. 7. EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICE SHALL REMAIN. 8. LOCATE SONITROL SECURITY PANEL AT THIS LOCATION. 9. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM ON SHEET E3.1 FOR MORE DETAILS. 10. REFER TO SHEET E2.3 FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT. 11. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN COLUMN BUILD -OUT FOR HOSPITALITY TABLE. 12. REFER TO SHEET E4.1 FOR FLOOR BOX SPECIFICATIONS. 13. FOR PLASMA SCREEN. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ELEVATION AT SCHWAB PLASMA TV DETAIL ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND DETAILS. i 14. PROVIDE INTERMATIC ET70415 4-CIRCUIT, DUAL VOLTAGE TIMECLOCK. 15. PROVIDE (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR POWER AND (1) 1-1/2" CONDUIT FOR DATA/TELE. PROVIDE (1) 1-1/2" CONDUIT FOR AUDIO AND VIDEO AND (1) 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS. CONDUITS SHALL BE TRENCHED INTO THE SLAB AND CONTINUED TO WALL OR COLUMN, UP THE WALL OR COLUMN TO ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO TRENCHING. (NOTE: ONE CONDUIT SHOWN FOR ROUTING PURPOSES) 16. REFER TO DETAIL 3 ON SHEET E3.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. E.C. SHALL MAKE ALL CONNECTIONS FROM TABLE TO FLOOR BOX. I 17. PROVIDE (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR POWER AND (1) 1-1/2" CONDUIT FOR DATA/TELE. CONDUITS SHALL BE TRENCHED INTO THE SLAB AND CONTINUED TO WALL OR COLUMN, UP THE WALL OR COLUMN TO ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO TRENCHING. (NOTE: ONE CONDUIT SHOWN FOR ROUTING PURPOSES) j POWER GENERAL NOTES A. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0" TO 150'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 151'-0" TO 250'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS ABOVE 250'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. B. ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OTHER ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTIONS NOT SHOWN OR SPECIFIED ON PLANS. C. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL ------ ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES TO INSURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. ` 4 D. ALL RECEPTACLE COVERPLATES SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR UNLESS NOTED - OTHERWISE. E. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. F. ELECTRICAL DEVICE PLATES ARE DIMENSIONED TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE CLUSTER. G. POWER RECEPTACLES TO BE MOUNTED AT V-6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER OF RECEPTACLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. H. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ELECTRICAL/TEL/DATA FEED REQUIREMENTS WITH CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER & FURNITURE SUPPLIER. 1. ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RESISTANT/RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED USING APPROVED METHODS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. J. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICE TYPES AND RATINGS. K. FURNITURE IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT IN THE CONTRACT. CHARLES SCHWAB SHALL PROVIDE FURNITURE SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. L. REFER TO SHEETS A1.3 AND E5.1 FOR EQUIPMENT LISTS, ELEVATIONS AND LEGEND. EQUIPMENT LISTED ON EQUIPMENT LEGEND IS NOT IN CONTRACT. M. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR TYPICAL ELECTRICAL DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. N. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT WITH A LICENSED ENGINEER AND OBTAIN ACCEPTANCE FROM CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO MODIFYING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE UTILITIES AND --F OUTLETS. 0. LOCATE ALL SWITCHES, T-STATS, OUTLETS, AND OTHER ITEMS 6-9 INCHES FROM WALL CORNERS. P. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND RACEWAY FOR THERMOSTATS AND HVAC LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS AT 48" A.F.F. THERMOSTATS AND HVAC LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS INSTALLED AND WIRED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. TYPICAL OF ALL. Q. DISCONNECT AND DISCARD ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. R. NO BLANK PLATES ARE TO BE USED AFTER REMOVAL OF RECEPTACLES, DATA OUTLETS, DEVICES, ETC. DEVICES SHALL BE DEMOLISHED BACK TO SOURCE AND THE WALL MUST BE PATCHED AND PAINTED. IMPORTANT NOTE: -ANY AND ALL APPLICABLE LOW VOLTAGE PERMITS MUST BE ACQUIRED PRIOR TO START OF WORK. -REFER TO DEVICE ALIGNMENT DETAIL ON SHEET E3.1 FOR CONDITIONS WHERE MULTIPLE DEVICES ARE LOCATED ON THE SAME WALL. FELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. 1 2 3 4 5 0 7 0 9 10 ELECTRICAL POWER AND DATA SYSTEMS PLAN SCALE 1/49 ® T-0" 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 im 5 �' i`YG..J I i"i�1JiVl � s rv.v � r a�.o+✓iv� .---- �' t, ,� ! f' ,,, r ,, 124 225 (TYP CH 75cd ff ;I' 10 i `, rr (A-12,14,16} <, (A-2,4,6) r r '. ;, � N' i., v�', `0 j+'Y __. _.. (b`) ,. 1. _ C r,...�= (4,6) t r� v . ,--.. � -- - -- - ;;%�'' ,F A-20 j - ... __ .t,i' f +,' cq f W r f c. a -(6) „ FT] GFI GEI i' .y s . f / ! - _ f : JANITOR f CH- w CLOSET Y PRIVATE OFFICE 129 PRIVATE OFFICE (A-27� PRIVATE OFFICE 122 121 (A-32,34).= H2 flow READY ADVISOR ' 123 - I H �� f - _ .r r r f r f ,- f (r ,'QUIP``` r _._., - 00 A(B 4 B 6 , :r k r r r' r , , , T - f {a p°� {� .rrTQRAOI: (A-19) , ,.T fr ' f I i 1 TELECOM AND DATA GENERAL NOTES A. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL DATA AND TELEPHONE LOCATIONS F. OUTLET FACE PLATES SHALL BE COLOR WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. L. ALL DATA OUTLETS TO HAVE CONDUIT FROM BOX SHALL BE STUBBED 6" ABOVE SHALL RECEIVE 2 DATA DROPS AND 2 TELEPHONE DROPS. FINISHED CEILING. EACH CONDUIT SHALL HAVE 2 PULL STRINGS. G. REFER TO SHEET A1.3 FOR LOCATIONS AND SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. B. DATA RECEPTACLES TO BE MOUNTED AT V-6" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR TO CENTER M. WHERE "FREE -AIR" INSTALLATION METHODS (EITHER EXPOSED ABOVE THE OF RECEPTACLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. H. VERIFY ALL FLOOR CUTTING/CORING WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO START OF WORK. CEILINGS, IN BRIDLE RINGS OR IN CABLE TRAYS) ARE PERMITTED, PROVIDE CHECK WITH CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO PLENUM -RATED CABLES WHEREVER PLENUM CEILINGS (IF ANY) EXIST AND INSTALL C. EXACT LOCATION OF DATA RECEPTACLES ADJACENT TO FURNITURE SHALL BE STARTING WORK. PER NEC. COORDINATED THROUGH CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER, IF NOT PROVIDED IN THE DRAWING. 1. NOTIFY CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER IF EXACT DIMENSIONING ON FLOOR BOXES CANNOT BE OBTAINED, D. FURNITURE IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT IN THE CONTRACT. CHARLES SCHWAB SHALL PROVIDE FURNITURE SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION J. ALL CABLE ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE RUN AND SUPPORTED, IN COMPLIANCE WITH DRAWINGS. LOCAL CODES USING J-HOOKS. VELCRO WIRE WRAPS SHALL BE USED IN PLACE OF TIE WRAPS. EXISTING, UN -USED CABLE SHOULD BE REMOVED. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT WITH A LICENSED ENGINEER AND OBTAIN ACCEPTANCE FROM CHARLES SCHWAB PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD K. ALL TELECOM/EXTRON & LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS CABLING SHALL BE BY CHARLES PRIOR TO MODIFYING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE UTILITIES AND SCHWAB GENERAL CONTRACTOR. OUTLETS. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 I F I R I C I H I Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 241 3000 www.frch.com K NA L KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW/PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS Q A BUILDING DEPARTMENTT COMMENTS 02/20/09 FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. Q�a�ESS/p,Iq �2 L No. E 18016 a rn Exp.121131/10 2 AR PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAB CUPERTINO 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: 8826,01 SHEET INFORMATION ELECTRICAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN DRAWN BY: L FEINAUER, M DEBEVEC REVIEWED BY: J MILLARD, J KOHRS SCALE: As Noted T � r- E121 i r 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 N I L Me J H G F F9 a C L-1 N 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The General Provisions of the Contract including any General and Supplemental Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work in this section. Before submitting a bid, examine all Mechanical, Architectural, and/or Structural documents, visit the site and get acquainted with all conditions that may in any way whatsoever affect the execution of this contract. Take measurements and be responsible for exact size and locations of all openings required for the installation of work. Figured dimensions are reasonably accurate and should govern in setting out work. Where detailed method of installation is not indicated or where variations exist between described work and approved practice, direction of the Owner's representative on job site shall be followed. The contract includes all items of material and labor required for the complete installation and full operation of the electrical work as shown on the drawings and hereinafter specified. All work, materials, and equipment shall have a one year warranty after acceptance of the work by the Owner. Any defective items shall be removed and replaced at the electrical sub -contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Perform work under this contract in close harmony with other contractors so completed work shall present a neat and workmanlike installation. Exposed finished materials and equipment shall be carefully cleaned and wiped to remove grease, smudges, dust and other spots and left smooth and clean. During the progress of the work, the electrical sub- contractor shall carefully clean up after his men and shall leave the premises and all portions of the building in which he is workina free of debris and in a clean and safe condition. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in applicable UL and NEC Standards. Whenever the words "contractor", "this contractor", etc. appear on drawings or in these specifications for the Electrical Work, it shall refer to the Electrical Sub -Contractor. Whenever the word "provide" appears in these documents, it shall be interpreted to mean "Furnish & Install". Outlet mounting heights as indicated on the plans are approximate to be used for bidding purposes only. The exact mounting height of outlets shall be determined in the field with relation to architectural details and equipment being served. It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to coordinate outlet location with equipment. The Owner's representative shall be permitted to relocate any outlet prior to installation within a 15 foot limit at no additional charge in contract price. All fasteners, hangers and methods of hanging exposed work in finished areas shall be submitted to the Owner's representative for approval before installation. If during construction if becomes apparent that certain minor changes in layout will effect a neater job or better arrangement, such alterations shall be made as part of the contract. Engineer's approval shall be obtained before making such changes. Workmanship throughout shall conform to the standards of best practice. Marks, dents or finish scratches will not be permitted on any exposed materials, fixtures or fittings. Inside of panels & equipment boxes shall be left clean. The system shall ring entirely free from ground when tested out in the presence of the Owner's representative. This contractor shall be responsible for the proper instruction of each system to the satisfaction of the Owner's rA roccn+n+ivP I In r, - 11.1 inn of +ha itch this rnn rnrt r _ _ furnish the wnPr with a m IPtP # f o eratmd ..,p. ........,. ,.ro.. .,o..,.. ._. _.. �__, ..._ �_..-•---o. _.._.. ._....._.. _..1 0...... ... _ co...p.�., se. o. p „ instructions on all electrical systems installed. The Electrical Contractor shall consult the plans of all other trades in all instances before installing his work so that his piping will not interfere with those branches. In the event of a conflict, this contractor shall report to the Owner s representative at once and do no further work to be installed until a satisfactory arrangement is decided upon. Any work done, or equipment placed in position by this contractor, creating a conflict in violation hereof, shall be readjusted to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative at the expense of the contractor. The decision of the Owner's representative shall be final in regard to changes due to conflicting conditions. Contractor shall complete his work or any part thereof at such time as may be designated by the Owner, so that it can be used for temporary or permanent use and such use of the system shall not be construed as an acceptance of same by Owner. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit shop drawings on all items of material and equipment for approval by the Engineer (i.e. conduit and fittings, wires and cables, outlets and junction boxes, switches, receptacles, panelboards, etc). The contractor is not authorized to purchase any material until such approval is obtained. A minimum of six separate sets of drawings is required and will be distributed as follows: 1 copy for Engineer's file; 1 copy for Architect's file; 2 copies for the Owner's file; 2 copies for the contractor. Shop drawings shall be neatly bound in a flat ring binder having job name and contractor's name on cover.?A single submission is preferred having all items included. Loose ill be acce fed. All items of material to be su lied which do not re uire sho sheet or incomplete submittals w not p pp q p drawing submission such as conduit, wire, boxes, etc., shall be listed as separate material showing manufacturer's name and catalog number and type and shall be included with shop drawings submittal. 3. RECORD DRAWINGS AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS & SERVICE MANUAL Two sets of mechanical/electrical drawings shall be provided as record drawings which shall be separate, clean, sepia reproducibles reserved for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. These drawings shall also serve as work progress report sheets and the electrical sub -contractor shall make any notations, neat and legible thereon daily as work proceeds. The drawings shall be available for inspection at ail times and shall be kept at the job at a location designated by the Owner's representative. At the completion of the work, these record drawings shall be signed by the electrical sub -contractor, dated and returned to the Owner's representative. Final payment of contract will not be made until receipt and review of said drawings. Provide two neatly bound (with tabbed sections) copies of maintenance and instruction books, parts list pertaining to all equipment furnished. Submit to the Owner's representative for approval. Final payment will not be made until drawings for record; maintenance and instruction manuals are delivered to the Owner's representative. 4. PERMITS AND REGULATIONS The latest edition of the National Electric Code shall be the minimum requirement for all work. All electrical materials used in this work and all workmanship and tests performed therein, unless specifically specified shall conform to the latest rules and regulations and specifications of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, local and state codes and authorities having jurisdiction and utility company. Examine the drawings and specifications for compliance with prevailing codes, regulations and ordinances and base bid and work accordingly. Any minor discrepancy between these drawings/specifications and codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations shall be corrected by this contractor as required without any additional reimbursement. Major discrepancies shall immediately be brought to the attention of the engineer (in writing), prior to installation, along with the contractor's proposed cost for correction. This contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits or certificates of inspection and approval required for this branch of the work. Owner shall be furnished with certificates of final inspection and approval prior to final acceptance of this branch of the wvrk. 5. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS The specifications and accompanying drawings are intended to describe the scope of all electric/mechanical work. The drawings are an outline to indicate the approximate location and arrangement of raceways, wiring and equipment. The drawings shall be followed as closely as possible in executing of the work. Should there be a conflict between drawings and specifications, this contractor shall refer the matter to the Owner's representative for a decision as to method or material. Electrical Contractor shall refer to drawings of all other trades for details, dimensions and locations of other work and route his work so as not to conflict with any other branch. This contractor shall be responsible for checking quantities of equipment mentioned in the specifications with those shown on the drawings. If discrepancies are noted, provide the greater of the quantities or the better of the qualities as applicable. 6. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT All materials and equipment shall be new. All materials, apparatus and equipment shall bear the Underwriter's Laboratories Inc., label where regularly supplied. Certain manufacturers of material and equipment are specified and plans are detailed according to this material. This contractor shall base his bid on furnishing and installing this make of material and equipment. Where more than one make of material or equipment is specified, the contractor shall state in his bid which make he proposes to furnish. 7. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Provide manufacturer's standard self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1-1/2" wide. Where applicable, install on all concealed raceways at connection to all junction boxes, pull boxes, equipment, wall/floor/, etc. Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, provide orange tape with black letters. Provide circuit identification bands for all cables and conductors. Provide manufacturer's standard color coding for cable/conductor jacket and/or insulation for all cables and conductors of all systems. Match identification with marking system used in existing systems (where applicable), shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for project's electrical work. Provide on all conductors of all systems. Install engraved plastic -laminate sign on major units of electrical equipment, including central or master unit of each electrical system including communication/control/signal systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2" high lettering, on 1-1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering in black field. Unless determined otherwise in field, provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. Secure to substrate with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate substrate. As a minimum provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work where such work exists on the project all starters and disconnects; All remote fixture or equipment switching devices (via engraved wallplates); All System devices, ports, taps, J.B.'s, P.B.s, etc.; Panelboards, electrical cabinets; Any other equipment designated by Owner or engineer in field. All equipment & system identification nomenclature shown on drawings or listed herein is shown for general design and installation reference only. The actual nameplate, etc. nomenclature for this project shall be verified by electrical contractor in field prior to fabrication and where applicable, shall be an extension of existing nomenclature used on the site as determined in field by electrical contractor. In addition to the above, all labeling for all electrical wiring work (for all systems) shall be 3M DCI No. 054007-11954 "SWD" Write -on Tape Dispenser Kit with factory provided special fast drying marker included with kit. All markings shall be clear and legible. As determined in field, provide color -coding for junction boxes, pull boxes and associated plates to match existing building standards. The following insulation color code shall be used for system and voltage identification for feeder and branch circuit wiring. 480Y/277V System - Brown, Orange, Yellow & Gray (neut.) 208Y/120V System - Black, Red, Blue & Gray (neut.) Equipment Grounding - Green Equipment Grounding - Green Systems - To match existing - verify in field. Systems - To match existing - verify in field. 8. GROUNDING All metallic conduit, surface wireways, supports, cabinet and equipment shall be grounded in accordance with the latest r als f rece tacles shall be connected to issue of the National Electrical Code and shown on plans. The ground to min o p I undi conductors shall be rotected from the equipment ground bus of the source branch circuit panelboard. Af gro ng p mechanical injury. All connections to equipment or conduit shall be make with an approved conductor and same shall be bolted or clamped to equipment and conduit.?AII contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and bright before connections to insure a good metal contact. 9. CONDUIT AND FITTINGS AII wiring for different power voltages shall be installed in raceway systems separate from each other (i.e. 24V separate from 120/208V). Only voice and data cables may share raceways. AII wiring run in finished spaces shall be run in wiremold steel raceway. All conduit installed indoors shall be galvanized steel EMT (3/4" minimum); all fittings for same shall be set screw type steel, with insulated throats. AII wiring of all systems shall be installed in conduit unless specifically indicated otherwise herein or on drawings. Conduit runs exceeding 100 feet in length or having in excess of three 90 degree turns shall be provided with pull boxes. Conduit fill shall not exceed 30 percent. All conduit systems (including J.B.'s, P.B.'s, etc.) shall be permanently identified. New branch circuit home -run conduits shall be no larger than 1-1/4" diameter. Conduit fill shall not exceed NEC requirements. i ds sh I be ca ed and lu ed with standard Conduit shall be cleaned inside before any wires are pulled. Condu t en a I pp p gg u r hall be rovided accessories as soon as conduit has been permanently installed. Conduit installed without cond cto s s p with sweep bends and baling wire for pulling. All joints shall be made tight with watertight couplings matching conduit and all corners shall be make with long radius. The ends of all conduits shall be cut square and reamed and all joints brought to a shoulder. Conduit shall be continuous between outlets to make a complete installation and to effect a continuous ground. Suitable supports and fastening shall be provided for conduit. Conduit shall be supported by approved straps, fasteners and hangers. Hangers shall be suspended from rods. Perforated straps will not be acceptable. Fasteners shall be lead expansion shields in block or concrete, toggle bolts in hollow walls, machine screws on metal surfaces and wood screws on wood construction. AII conduit shall be supported independently from all other building systems and shall be supported directly from structural components. Provide sleeves for all firewall and smoke partition penetrations (sealed accordingly). All raceways shall be entirely free of plaster, mortar, water and other foreign matter. Raceways installed under this contract without conductors shall have baling wire left in raceways from outlet to outlet for future pulling of conductors. Raceways open ends shall be plugged or capped in an approved manner. 10. METHOD OF WIRING - POWER Branch sub feeder circuits shall be installed as shown on the floor plans. Where outlets are indicated by letters on plans, they sed fo an branch circuit unless ' ch s. No wire size smaller than No. 12 shall be u r shall be controlled b corres ondin swit e Y P 9 Y otherwise noted on plans for control circuits. Larger sizes shall be used where required and/or indicated on the plans. Distances from panel to first outlet of a 15 or 20 ampere branch circuit shall require the following minimum wire size to the first outlet. Up to 100 feet: 12 100 TO 200 FEET: 10 More than 200 feet: 8 All branch circuits more than 200 feet in length shall be minimum No. 10 to the last outlet. Control circuits shall be No. 14 except for runs exceeding 300 feet where they shall be No. 12. Outlets shall be located approximately as shown on the plans and shall be wired to provide control of outlets indicated. All wires of any one circuit shall be run in the same conduit. All wires shall be run continuous from outlet to outlet. Insulation value of joints to be 100% in excess of wire. Mechanical wire splicers shall be Scotchlock insulated type, T&B Stakon or approved equal. The conductors terminating at each wired outlet shall be left not less than 8" long at their outlet fittings to facilitate installment of devices of fixtures. Friction and rubber tape conform to Federal Specifications HH-T-11 and HH-T-111. Plastic electrical tape shall be Scotch #33+ or approved equal. 11. METHOD OF WIRING - COMMUNICATIONS All wiring/cables of voice/data systems and all other systems shall be installed in conduit, 3/4" minimum as indicated on plans and details. Outlets shall consist of a flush wall mounted 4" square X 2-1/8" deep box with a single gang plaster ring. Maximum conduit fill for new work shall be 40%, based on manufacture's published data of cable outside diameter. Provide, cable, terminations, jacks, labeling, hardware, etc. as required for complete working systems. Determine exact locations of communication technology equipment, equipment outlets, etc. in field. Use caution not to exceed the allowed bending radius for respective cables and not to compromise the integrity of the cables during installation by pulling tie -wraps too tightly, damaging cables, etc. Raceway/Cabling bending radii shall be minimum as directed by cable manufacturer. Use pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary; compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Neatly dress all cable work. Work shall be installed in a manner which results in maintaining a minimum distance of 24 inches from feeder/branch circuit raceways and from any ballasted lighting fixture. Provide color coded jackets to identify runs of different systems. Neatly route cables parallel and perpendicular to building architectural lines. Group cables by system type wherever possible. Verify exact locations of telephone switch, data server(s), head -end equipment, equipment outlets, etc. in field. Review all termination and labeling requirements with Owner in advance. All cable shall be provided with permanent adhesive labeling identification by this contractor. Provide transparent adhesive coverings over each label, wrapped around the labels at least two times. The long axis of the labels shall installed be parallel to the long axis of the respective cable assemblies. Labels shall be approximately 1-1 /2" long by 3/8" high. d r alvanized inside & outside stri ' o s en th of s irall wound interlocked zinc Coate o T e C Cable shall be formed from contmu u M , 9 ( ) P YP 9 P Y steel. All conductors shall be rated for 90 deg. C. minimum. Provide with full parity sized green insulated equipment ground conductor. Provide compatible steel fittings with integral red plastic insulated throat bushings, compliant with NEC 350-5. Cables shall be 90 deg. C. rated with all components and fittings listed for grounding and compliant with the following. a) UL Std.4 and UL Std. 83. b) ANSI E119 and E814. c) NEC Articles 250 and 333. Type MC cable may be utilized only if NEC approved and if approved by local authority having jurisdiction and if included in the limited applications defined below. 1) All new 15 or 20 ampere branch circuit work. This shall apply only under all of the following circumstances and conditions. a) Only where concealed (all exposed wiring shall be installed in conduit). b) Route all cables perpendicular and parallel to the building architectural lines/surfaces/structural members, keeping offsets to a minimum and following surface contours where possible. Maintain a uniform elevation for all cable runs wherever possible. All cables shall be supported/anchored at maximum 4 foot intervals and within 12" of box or outlet and shall not sag. Install cables in a manner that prevents overheating. Cables shall be fastened directly to the structure using factory clamps/clips specifically designed for the respective cable (Caddy or equal). c) Only where installed for normal utility circuits; all wiring for emergency system feeders and receptacle branch circuits shall be in conduit (EMT), no exceptions. 12. OUTLET, JUNCTION AND SWITCHBOXES Gang type outlet boxes shall not be used. The outlet box locations indicated on drawings shall be considered approximate, and therefore, it shall be incumbent upon this contractor to study the general construction with relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet. All outlet, switch and junction boxes shall be made of code galvanized steel complete with rings and screw cover plates and located where shown and noted on drawings. Where conduit is concealed, boxes shall not be less than 4" square x 1-1/2" deep. All boxes shall be equipped with proper covers to bring flush with finished wall surface. Where outlet boxes occur in block, cinder, or concrete block, facing tile or other material where such materials form the finished wall surface, the opening for the box shall be cut neatly and of the size that the cover plate will cover all parts of the opening. In general, junction boxes shall be furnished and required by the National Electric Code, of the proper sizes, and shall be constructed of #12 gauge steel with removable front fastened on with counter sunk head screws or other approved means. For special application, junction boxes shall be noted, detailed and/or sized on the drawings or in the field as required. 13. HEIGHT OF BOXES Prior to rough -in, verify all box/device mounting heights and locations in field with Owner's representative relative to equipment being served and relative to existing conditions where applicable. In general, where not located at counter areas, the height of boxes from finished floor to center of boxes shall be as follows, unless otherwise noted on plans: Switches 3'2" Receptacles 1'6" Telephone Outlets (desk phone) 1'6" Telephone Outlets (Wall phone) 4'0" Data Cable Outlets 1'6" Devices at special heights As directed in field. 14. WIRE AND CABLE Furnish and install all necessary cable of the size and type indicated on the drawings or specified hereinafter. All wire shall be copper. All wiring shall be new. No wire smaller than #12 AWG shall be installed unless specifically designated. Use of #14 color coded wire will be allowed for control circuits only. All wiring shall be in conduit unless specifically indicated otherwise herein. All conductors shall be copper. Provide stranded conductors for all sizes unless indicated otherwise. Provide THHN/THWN insulation for all conductors size 500 MCM (kcmil) and larger, and no. 8 AWG and smaller. For all other sizes provide THW or THHN/THWN insulation as appropriate for the locations where installed. Provide color coded insulation/jacket for phase identification. All wires shall be rated at 600 volts. Keep conductor splices to minimum. Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway. Use UL listed pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary. Install splice and top connectors which possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation rating than conductors being spliced. Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conductor material. Increase wire sizes per NEC to offset voltage drop as/if required. 15. WIRING DEVICES DEVICE COLORS: Unless indicated otherwise within contract documents or directed otherwise in field, all normal devices shall be white in color. SPECIFICATION GRADE RECEPTACLES: Duplex receptacles shall be equal to Leviton #5362 series (NEMA 5-20R). Ground fault circuit interrupter duplex receptacles shall be equal to Leviton #6898 series (NEMA 5-20R). Duplex isolated ground receptacles shall be equal to Leviton #5362-IG. Special purpose receptacles shall be of the size, type and manufacturer as indicated on the plans or as determined in field. FLOOR BOXES - for trenching applications: (ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE HUBBELL) At Greeter Desk: Station 1: Provide #S1 PFB plastic floor box (4" minimum pour depth), #S1 CFCBRS brass coverplate and #S1 SP4X4 sub -plate to contain (4) 20A, 120V NEMA 5-20R receptacles and (2) data and (2) tele jacks. Provide all accessories as required for a complete installation. Station 2: Provide #S1 PFB plastic floor box (4" minimum pour depth), #S1 CFCBRS brass coverplate and #S1 SP4X4 sub -plate to contain (4) 20A, 120V NEMA 5-20R receptacles and (2) data and (2) tele jacks. Provide all accessories as required for a complete installation. At Conference Room Table: Provide (2) floor boxes. Provide #S1 PFB plastic floor box (4" minimum pour depth), #S1TFCBRS brass coverplate and #S1 SP4X4 sub -plate to contain (4)" 20A, 120V NEMA 5-20R receptacles and (2) data and (2) tele jacks. Provide the second floor box with #S1 PFB plastic floor box (3.5 minimum pour depth), #SITFCBRS brass coverplate and #S1SP41M sub -plate to contain audio/visual devices. Coordinate sub -plate device requirements and quantities with Charles Schwab Project Manager. Provide all accessories as required for a complete installation. At Hospitality Table: Provide #S1PFB plastic floor box (4" minimum pour depth), #S1CFCBRS brass coverplate and #S1SP4X4 sub -plate to contain (4) 20A, 120V NEMA 5-20R receptacles and (2) data and (2) tele jacks. Provide all accessories as required for a complete installation. POKE-THROUGHS - for core -drilling applications: (ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE HUBBELL - ALL POKE-THROUGHS REQUIRE A 4" CORE) At Greeter Desk: Station 1: Provide one poke -through with #S1PT4X4FIT through floor fitting (with (1) 3/4" conduit and (1) 1-1/2" conduit), #S1CFCBRS brass coverplate and #S1SP4X4 sub -plate to contain (4) 20A, 120V NEMA 5-20R receptacles and (2) data and (2) tele jacks. Provide all accessories as required for a complete installation. Station 2: Provide (1) poke -through. Poke -through shall be #S1 PT4X4FIT through floor fitting, #S1 CFCBRS brass coverplate and #S1 SP4X4 sub -plate to contain (4) 20A, 120V NEMA 5-20R receptacles and (2) data and (2) tele jacks. Provide all accessories as required for a complete installation. At Conference Room Table: Provide one poke -through with #S1 PT4X4FIT through floor fitting, #S1TFCBRS brass coverplate #S1 SP4X4 sub -plate to contain (4) 20A, 120V NEMA 5-20R receptacles and (2) data and (2) tele jacks. Provide the second poke -through with #S1PTAVFIT through floor fitting, #S1TFCBRS brass coverplate and #S1 SP41M sub -plate to contain audio/visual devices. Coordinate sub -plate device requirements and quantities with Charles Schwab Project Manager. Provide all accessories as required for a complete installation. At Hospitality Table: - - S1 SP4X4 sub- late Provide (1) poke through. Poke through shall be #S1PT4X4FIT through floor fitting, #S1CFCBRS brass coverplate and # p II ccessories as re uired for a com lete - OR ece tacles and 2 data and 2 tele 'acks. Provide a a to contain (4) 20A, 120V NEMA 5 2 r p () (} � q p installation. ***NOTE: KEEP CARPET CUT AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE TO AVOID POSSIBLE CARPET UNRAVELING. GLUE CAN BE USED TO HELP SECURE TO CARPET. SWITCHES: Single pole switches shall be equal to Leviton #5621-2 series DECORA rocker switches with smooth, screwless faceplate. A WALL PLATES: Provide wall plates with engraved legends where indicated on drawings and/or where required per ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Section. AII device wallplates shall be standard size; "midway", "oversized" ("jumbo") or "extra deep" wallplates shall not be acceptable. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to devices; screw heads colored to match finish of plates. Wollplates in finished and unfinished areas shall be commercial specification grade, white, with beveled edges. 16. SUPPORTS, INSERTS, CUTTING AND PATCHING This contractor shall do all cutting and patching required for the admission of his work. Any damage done by this contractor to the building during the progress of his work shall be made good at his own expense. All patching shall be done by a skilled craftsman in that respective trade. It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to supervise the installation of, and pay for all additional members, wood or metal and labor which may be required to support any type of permanent or temporary electrical apparatus employed in the execution of this contractor's work. SEAL ALL NEW FLOOR, CEILING, WALL, SLAB, ETC. PENETRATIONS TO MATCH OR EXCEED EXISTING/NEW ASSEMBLY FIRE RATINGS. PROVIDE SLEEVE SEALS FOR ALL SLEEVES; PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR ALL PENETRATIONS. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE- RATED OR SMOKE -RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. SHALL BE SEALED IMMEDIATELY AFTER RACEWAYS ARE INSTALLED. ALL NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK, DUCTWORK HANGERS, CEILING SUPPORTS, EXISTING CONDUIT SUPPORTS, ETC. ALL CONDUITS (AND CABLE ASSEMBLIES, WHERE APPLICABLE) SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. ANY AND ALL NONCOMPLYING WORK INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE ENGINEER, AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 17. LIGHTING FIXTURES All surface mounted ballasted fixtures shall be mounted with air spaces between fixture and surface per latest edition of NFPA/NEC. AII recessed fixtures shall be equipped with necessary plaster frames and surface trim. AII recessed fluorescent fixtures shall be equipped and suitably constructed to operate with "P" rated ballasts. AII junction boxes and serviceable components (ballasts, thermal protection devices, fuses, etc.) for recessed fixtures shall be readily accessible for service or replacement from below the ceiling, without removing any ceiling components (other than tiles). All lighting fixtures utilized for emergency egress lighting shall be connected ahead of switching. AII ballasts of the same type shall be of the same manufacturer and catalog number. AII lamps of the same type shall be of the same manufacturer and catalog number. Provide low energy solid state rapid start electronic fluorescent lamp ballasts (less than or equal to 20% THD) specifically designed for operating lamp types indicated. Fluorescent ballasts shall be Motorola or Advance equal. Incandescent lamps shall be Sylvania or Philips, long life type (3000 hours). All incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted unless specifically directed otherwise. Provide socket adapters/extenders if required for accommodating the specified lamp. Fluorescent lamp color temperature shall be 3500K Compact fluorescent twin tube/dual twin tube lamps shall be Osram or Philips, 82 CRI, minimum 10,000 hours rated. Long fluorescent twin tube lamps shall be Osram or Philips, 82 CRI, 3150 initial lumens, minimum 20,000 hours rated. F32T8 fluorescent lamps shall be rapid start, energy saving type, minimum 80 CRI, minimum 3200 initial lumens and minimum 20,000 hours rated. Lamps shall be Sylvania, Osram or Philips, equal to Sylvania #FO32/RS. Provide fixtures and/or fixture outlet boxes with hangers to properly support fixture weight. All lighting fixtures installed in or on suspended ceiling systems shall be anchored directly to the building structural system above (anchored per NEC). Such anchoring shall be independent of the ceiling support system. All fixtures shall be installed plumb and level. Support surface mounted fixtures greater than 2 feet in length at a point in addition to the outlet box fixture stud. 18. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Provide all conduit and outlet boxes as required for all control wiring and thermostats. Furnish and install power wiring and make line connections to all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment. Electrical Contractor shall examine the approved drawings of all branches and shall wire and connect all motors, disconnects, control devices and other items requiring electricity for operation. This contractor shall make the necessary electrical connections between the specified equipment and the junction box near equipment with flexible metallic conduit and matched connectors. No flexible conduit shall be exposed in finished rooms. Each motor shall have disconnect switch or manual starter installed per mechanical/electrical schedule ahead of motor or motor magnetic starter. The Electrical Contractor shall provide control and interlock wiring as specifically indicated on the drawings. All other control wiring required for operation of the systems shall be provided by the Heating Contractor. 19. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SAFETY SWITCHES, STARTERS, CONTACTORS & TIMECLOCKS: All safety switches shall be safety type, quick make and quick break, externally operated, heavy duty (type HD) as manufactured by Square D. Provide NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R enclosures as required. Size for load unless indicated larger on drawings. Starters shall be Allen Bradley. Starters, in general, shall be equal to that indicated below unless otherwise indicated on the plans: 1 Phase Manual Starter in Finished Areas Allen Bradley Bul. 600TKX109 flush mounted, 2 pole toggle switch type with neon pilot; (for starters surface mounted to e^quip 'e^+ pr^%:ide Barr e ox�ep+ Rwil 6f1n TQ�l1 f�a PIEAAA 1 3 Phase Combination Magnetic Starters With Disconnect Size 1 minimum, equal to Allen Bradley Bul. 512, NEMA I enclosure. All magnetic starters shall be equipped with external pilot lights (color as directed), external reset button, external non - fused disconnect switch and external HOA selector switches in cover and with auxiliary contacts and with fused control transformers. All starters shall be sized according to load being served. Manual and magnetic starters thermal overload elements shall be rated between 115% and 125% full load current or as called for under NEC. Coordinate overload requirements with respective equipment manufacturer prior to installation. Multi -Purpose Time Clock shall be equal to Intermatic #ET70415C (or equal by Paragon, Tork). Time clock shall be programmable 365 day, 24 hour with override controls. Unit shall be 4 channel. Provide all required external contactors, relays, etc. to render the control systems fully operational. Verify zone control requirements in field prior to rough -in. Provide battery backup extended power carryover. Custom programming shall be configured as specified and detailed on plans. CONTACTORS All contactors shall be equipped with external green pilot lights in cover and external H.O.A. selector switches in cover. Lighting contactors shall be wired so that the "AUTO" position is the normal activated condition (i.e. photocell controlled, photocell/time-clock controlled, remote switch controlled, BAS controlled, etc.); the "OFF" position shall be a manual override to turn lighting off; the "HAND" position shall be a manual override to turn lighting on. All contactors shall be equipped with field convertible N.O./N.C. contacts and descriptive nameplates. Lighting contactors shall be equal to Square D Class 8903 (or Allen-Bradley Bul. 50OL-BA*94 series) for tungsten & ballast lighting and resistance heating loads. Lighting contactors shall be electrically held in factory NEMA 1 enclosure, with 120V coil and characteristics as indicated on drawings or as required. "Dry" contacts shall be rated at 30A, 250V or 600V as required. Provide number of poles (minimum of four poles) and number of contactors as required for each application. Verify all coil voltage ratings in field. PANELBOARDS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide panelboard products of one of the following (for each type and rating of panelboard and enclosure): Square D Company, General Electric Company, Siemens/ITE, Westinghouse/Cutler-Hammer. Panelboards shall bear UL labels for their specific applications. Panelboards shall be suitable for service voltage with number of branch circuits of capacity scheduled. Unless otherwise indicated, panelboards and sections thereof, if any, shall have main lugs only of capacity equal to, or greater than, the rating or setting of the over the current protective device next back on the line. All circuit breaker panelboard bus assemblies shall be of the distributed (sequence) bussing type throughout, so that any 2 adjacent single pole breakers and/or spaces shall be replaceable by a 2 pole internal common trip breaker, and any 3 adjacent single pole breakers and/or spaces shall be replaceable by a 3 pole internal common trip breaker, 15 amp through 70 amp inclusive, without disturbing any other breaker. All panelboards shall be UL listed and labeled for use as service entrance equipment where being used as such. Distribution panels shall be equal to Square D I -Line. 480Y/277V Lighting and Appliance panelboards shall be equal to Square D NF with bolt -on branch breakers. 208Y/120V Lighting and Appliance panelboards shall be equal to Square D NQOD with bolt -on branch breakers. All bussing shall be copper. All branch circuit breakers shall be full ambient compensated thermal magnetic molded case with quick -make and quick -break action r s s II e o the over -the -center to le osit ve handle tri indication both on manual and on automatic o eration Beaker ha b f and p i p p gg operating type with the handle going to a position between "on" and "off' to indicate automatic tripping. All circuit breakers shall be full size. "Tandem" or "split" breakers shall not be permitted. All multi -pole breakers shall have internal common trip with all load side box lugs of one breaker in the same gutter. All circuit breakers shall have sealed cases to prevent tampering. All 15 and 20 ampere branch circuit breakers shall be UL Listed as SWD (switching duty). All 15-70 ampere branch circuit breakers shall be HACR Type. All GFI circuit breakers shall be UL Class A with maximum threshold of 5 mA. All branch circuit breakers serving all ballasted (fluorescent/HID) lighting loads shall be HID rated. Provide all electrical distribution related equipment with appropriately braced bussing and properly rated breakers, fuses, etc. for the available fault currents. Ir existing buildings where fault current values are not indicated on drawings,'coordinate with existing "upstream" distribution equipment provide equipment AIC ratings to meet or exceed same. Fill out panelboard's circuit directory card upon completion of installation work. Directories shall be neatly typewritten. All panelboard directories shall include the actual room names/numbers that are selected for interior signage/designation. TRANSFORMERS: Power Distribution Transformers shall be Square D Dry Type. Provide copper windings. Provide 4" high concrete housekeeping pad (with chamfered edges) for all floor mounted transformers. Install units on vibration mounts; comply with manufacturer's indicated installation method. 20. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CRITERIA Where indicated on drawings, remove existing fire alarm devices in affected areas and protect during demolition and construction phases. Clean and reinstall these existing devices as indicated on drawings. Relocate devices as indicated on drawings and extend conduit and wiring as required. Modify and/or extend related existing wiring in conduit as required. Fire alarm system devices (smoke detectors, pull stations, bells, strobes, etc.) shall be of the same manufacturer as, and compatible with, the existing building fire alarm system. Provide auxiliary contacts if required for special applications. All strobe alarms shall be ADA compliant, minimum 75cd per ADA. All new wiring shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's requirements and in conduit (3/4" minimum). Fire alarm system wiring shall be installed in a raceway system separate from security sub -system wiring where/if applicable. The installation shall include a complete system test of the equipment by the local representative of the system installed. This test shall be performed in the presence of representatives of the Owner, Engineer, and local fire department. The fire alarm system supplier shall provide to the electrical contractor a complete set of floor plan drawings showing conduit sizes and number of conductors required to all components plus detailed wiring connections required at each type of device. It shall be the responsibility of the Fire Alarm Systems Manufacturer to submit these drawings to the State Fire Marshall's Office (or other authority having jurisdiction) for approval. This action shall be taken during the shop drawing procedure. The system must be approved by this authority and a copy submitted to the Engineer with the shop drawing submittal. All fire alarm system working drawings shall be provided by manufacturer. Provide all required modifications (cards, power supplies, hardware, firmware, software, etc.) to the existing Fire Alarm system as required to render the entire extension fully operable. Provide all required 2OA/12OVAC power as required to energize all new fire alarm related components. This requirement applies whether or not such power work is shown on the drawings. Branch circuits serving fire alarm related equipment shall be dedicated to fire alarm related equipment only. Smoke detector locations shall not exceed the rated coverage of the detector and, in general, shall be no more than 15 feet from a wall or 30 feet apart. Smoke detectors shall not be installed within 3 feet from a supply air diffuser. Provide contact bases for all applications where auxiliary contacts are required. The audio/visual and visual -only alarm indicating devices shall be red ADA-compliant units (with minimum 75 candela ADA-compliant strobes) wall mounted at 6'8" as shown on plans. Strobe units shall be synchronized wherever required by any authority having jurisdiction, including ADAAG. Additionally, where required by local authority, the strobes must meet ANSI S3.41 temporal code. The waterflow switches, tamper switches and pressure switches shall be provided by the sprinkler contractor. The electrical contractor shall wire and provide the related monitor modules as required. Provide isolation modules as required to isolate wire to wire shorts on a data loop to limit the number of other modules or detectors that are incapacitated by the short circuit fault and/or grounds. Isolation modules shall be part of the smoke detector base. The isolation modules shall permit the entire system to operate independently of the area disconnected by the isolation module due to wiring faults. Provide monitor modules as required to interface "non -intelligent" devices into the system as shown on the drawings (i.e. Sprinkler Flow Switches, Tamper Switches, etc.). Provide control modules for all auxiliary devices including all supervised control functions such as air handler shutdowns. *** GENERAL NOTES: 1. Electrical contractor must verify with owner all mounting heights prior to rough -in. 2. At the end of each working day, this contractor shall deposit all debris pertaining to his trade at a spot in the tenant's area, designated by the general contractor who will dispose of said debris. 3. Provide a competent superintendent who shall be in charge of the work to be installed under this section of the specifications. 4. Support and fasten electrical work in accordance with best industry practice. AII hanging shall be from the top chord of open web joints or steel beam. Refer to mall design criteria for more information. 5. Coordinate locations of thermostats with architect. 6. Examination of existing conditions of premises. A. Before submitting bid, this contractor shall visit the site of the work and shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with the existing conditions affecting the work. No extra payments will be allowed on account of extra work made necessary by failure to do so. B. Examine all work prepared by others to receive the work of this section and report any defects affecting installation to the general contractor for correction. Commencement of preparatory work by others. C. Plan installation of new work and connections to existing work to insure minimum interference with regular operation of existing facilities. Submit for approval, date schedule of necessary temporary shutdowns of existing services. Make these without any additional charge at such time as will not interfere with regular operation of owner. To insure continuous operation, make necessary temporary connection between new and existing work when so required. ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION LIGHTING CONTROL/SWITCHNG a,b,c SWITCHING DESIGNATION NL nl UNSWITCHED NIGHT -LIGHT FIXTURE SINGLE POLE SWITCH 3$ 3-WAY SWITCH o-COVERAGE CEILING MOUNTED OCC! �PANCY SENSOR (ULTRASONIC) (COVERAGE IN SQUARE FT.) HUBBELL OMNI US SERIES CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR (INFRARED) (COVERAGE IN SQUARE FT.) COVERAGE HUBBELL OMNI IR SERIES ®COVERAGE CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR (DUAL TECHNOLOGY) (COVERAGE IN SQUARE FT.) HUBBELL OMNI DT SERIES ® OCCUPANCY SENSOR AUTO WALL SWITCH AUTO -OFF AUTO OR MANUAL ON (WATTSTOPPER #WI-200) Aa,b OCCUPANCY SENSOR AUTO WALL SWITCH/AUTO-OFF MANUAL ON (WATTSTOPPER #DW-200) RECEPTACLES/MISCELLANEOUS OUTLETS 1) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IS DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - AT COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT PER ARCHITECT IN FIELD 0 DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ("QUAD") � DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ("QUAD") 'n' MOUNTED A COUNTER HEIGI-I'I OR SPECIAL HEIGHT PER ARCHITECT IN FIELD DUPLEX GFCI RECEPTACLE - COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT - DO NOT FEED DOWNSTREAM OUTLETS FROM LOAD SIDE TERMINALS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON DWGS. TWIST LOCK RECEPTACLE L5-20R FLOOR OUTLETS REFER TO SECTION 15 OF SPECIFICATIONS ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. M ISSCELLANEOUS O THERMOSTAT (LOW VOLTAGE) FURNISHED, INSTALLED AND WIRED BY H.C. OUTLET BOX AND CONDUIT STUB -UP BY E.C. THERMOSTAT (REVERSE -ACTING LINE VOLTAGE) FURNISHED BY H.C., INSTALLED & WIRED BY E.C. ® OUTLET BOX, CONDUIT, WIRING, INSTALLATION AND CONNECTIONS BY E.C. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SENSOR (LOW VOLTAGE) FURNISHED, INSTALLED & WIRED BY H.C. OUTLET BOX AND CONDUIT STUB -UP BY E.C. CU ® BUILDING CONTROL UNIT (LOW VOLTAGE) FURNISHED, INSTALLED & WIRED BY H.C. OUTLET BOX AND CONDUIT STUB -UP BY E.C. INDICATES A DIRECT CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT a HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH - (NON -FUSED) a HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH - (FUSED) MS MANUAL STARTER WITH PILOT LIGHT MOTOR a -- MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER (12OV) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY H.C.) POWER AND INTERLOCK WIRING BY E.C. E9 TIME CLOCK RECESSED OR SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD AS INDICATED ON PLANS PLYWOOD EQUIPMENT BOARD BY E.C. (SEE DIVISION 16 SPECIFICATIONS) n g CIRCUIT BREAKER (NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) 0 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR (TVSS) I INDDICATES GROUNDING F3Y E.C. PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 MINIMUM TRANSFORMER ® ELECTRIC METER RACEWAY/WIRE/CABLE -- (1,3) HOME RUN WITH CIRCUIT NUMBERS) CABLING/RACEWAY - CEILING OR WALL - SEE SPECS. FOR APPL. CONDUIT/RACEWAY REQ'TS. (FULLY CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, CONCEALED TO OVERHEAD STRUCTURE IN UNFIN. AREAS) _ CABLING/RACEWAY - BELOW FLOOR/GRADE - SEE SPECS. FOR APPL. CONDUIT/RACEWAY REQ'TS. O JUNCTION BOX - ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR AT STRUCTURE IN AREAS WITH NQ CEILING Q JUNCTION BOX -WALL (FLUSH IN FINISHED AREAS) DATA/VOICE COMBINATION TELE/DATA OUTLET; #D=NUMBER OF DATA CABLES ® COMBINATION TELE/DATA FLOOR BOX 0 EXTRON OUTLET AUDIO/VISUAL ry PLASMA TELEVISION EXTRON OUTPUT JACK BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR "C PROVIDE (1) 1 TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. REFER TO EXTRON CABLE SPECS ON E5.1 FIRE ALARM ,A �®ETS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM KEYED TEST SWITCH WITH L.E.D. INDICATOR LIGHT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HORN/STROBE UNIT � FIRE ALARM SYSTEM STROBE -ONLY UNIT k_, .1-; �� ;., FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SEMI -RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED AUDIOVISUAL DEVICE 5 .' l ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES " P. E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR f GENERAL CONTRACTOR CZ-7:1'' 0 G.C. K'A C� ,. T %;�:_=. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (OR GRADE/PAVEMENT WHERE APPLICABLE) TO CENTER OF OU LET ,�_�, �„ AFF (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) �' W/P PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE/DEVICE ' m COUNTER HEIGHT (8" ABOVE TOP OF COUNTER TO CENTER OF DEVICE) CH GFi /GFCI C IT U C UNL S S ECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON GROUND FAULT CIR U INTERR PTER DEVI E ( E S P FI EPTS. DRAWINGS, DO NOT FEED DOWNSTREAM OUTLETS FROM LOAD SIDE TERMINALS OF G REC ) EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY P.C., WIRED BY E.C. V VOICE CABLE D DATA CABLE POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT PDU i 7. Coordination of work with other trades :. _ A. The work of this section shall be coordinated with the work of all other contracts, and of the telephone ``"" company, and shall be so arranged that there will be no delay in the proper installation and completion of any part or parts of each respective work wherein it may be interrelated with that of this contract so that generally all construction work can proceed in its natural sequence without any unnecessary delay. All communications of a coordinating nature to the architect shall be via the general contractor. B. When installation of a new system is required the temporary shutdown of an existing operating system, the connection of the new system shall be performed at such time as designated by the landlord. C. The landlord shall be notified of the estimated duration of the shutdown period in advance of the date the work is to be performed. 8. Related work specified in other sections. A. The following work, related to this section, will be furnished and/or performed under other sections of the specifications, or by others, and shall not be considered as part of this section. 1. Finish painting 2. Finish painting of exposed conduits, boxes, hangers, apparatus, etc. 9. No blank plates are to be used after removal of receptacles, switches, data outlets, devices, etc. After removal of devices, the wall must be patched and painted. 10. During renovations and expansions under no condition will any power to the branch be brought down without 48 hours (minimum) notice and approval by Project Manager. F R C H I Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati, OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ■ (4 ISSUE INFORMATION ISSUED FOR SCHWAB REVIEW / PERMIT 12/15/08 LANDLORD REVIEW 12/15/08 BID 01/12/09 CONTRACTOR SHALL BUILD ONLY FROM SETS STAMPED "CONSTRUCTION SET" HEREIN REVISIONS 0 A BUILDING DEPARTMENTT COMMENTS 02120/09 U - --- U - a x U X U 2 - 3 0 0 0 O N t iu m FRCH / ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. 3 4 ESS/ ft o h��a��y atLE��,y��F�✓ 0 11 m W 1 90 fi 8 � No. E 18C G * Exp.12/3i/10 F 9T Pi n €� ,0 3 R 1 i9 a d n: PROJECT INFORMATION CHARLES SCHWAS a CUPERTINO = 19620 STEVENS CREEK BOULEVARD SUITE 100 CUPERTINO, CA 95014 PROJECT #: � 8826.01 0 U Er SHEET INFORMATION 0 0 ELECTRICAL i SPECIFICATIONS U w DRAWN BY: N L FEINAUER, M DEBEVEC � REVIEWED BY: 2 J MILLARD, J KOHRS SCALE: As Noted C 0 E4m1 93 0 N 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18